InsightFlow

Interactive Narrative Builder

An intuitive tool that allows users to weave compelling narratives around their data visualizations. This feature enables users to create a logical flow of information by linking charts, images, and text seamlessly, enhancing storytelling effectiveness and engagement when presenting data.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Interface

"As a non-technical user, I want to easily arrange my data visuals and text in a narrative format so that I can create engaging presentations without needing technical skills."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Interface requirement must provide an intuitive, user-friendly platform that allows users to easily select and reposition charts, images, and text blocks within the Interactive Narrative Builder. This functionality should enable non-technical users to create and customize their narratives with minimal friction, thus streamlining the storytelling process. By integrating this feature into InsightFlow, users will be able to craft visually engaging presentations that enhance information retention and comprehension, promoting a more effective storytelling experience in data visualization.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with the Drag-and-Drop Interface

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they access the Interactive Narrative Builder, then they should be able to drag and drop charts, images, and text blocks into the desired location on the canvas without any errors.

Customizing Elements within the Narrative Builder

Given a user has added elements (charts, images, text) to their narrative, when they click on any element and select the customization options, then they should be able to modify colors, sizes, and positions of the elements without the changes reverting.

Saving and Autosave Functionality

Given a user has created a narrative in the Interactive Narrative Builder, when they make changes or rearrangements to elements, then the system should automatically save the narrative every 10 seconds, and users should receive a confirmation message upon successful saves.

Responsive Design of the Drag-and-Drop Interface

Given a user is accessing InsightFlow on a tablet or a mobile device, when they use the Drag-and-Drop Interface, then they should be able to seamlessly manipulate elements with touch gestures without losing functionality compared to desktop.

Error Handling during Drag-and-Drop Actions

Given a user attempts to drop an element outside of the designated drop zone, when this action occurs, then the system should display an error message indicating that the drop is invalid and the element should remain in its original position.

User Feedback on Drag-and-Drop Success

Given a user successfully drops an element onto the canvas, when this action is completed, then the user should receive a visual indication (such as animation or color change) confirming the successful placement of the element.

Collaborative Editing in Real-time

Given multiple users are collaborating on an Interactive Narrative, when one user moves an element, then the other users should immediately see the change on their screens without lag or need to refresh.

Template Library for Narratives

"As a user, I want access to pre-designed narrative templates so that I can quickly create engaging presentations and maintain a consistent design throughout my work."

Description

The Template Library for Narratives requirement must provide a diverse collection of pre-designed narrative templates that users can select from while using the Interactive Narrative Builder. This collection should cater to various types of data visualization projects and storytelling styles, helping users to quickly start building their narratives without having to design from scratch. By offering adaptable templates with recommended layouts and design elements, this feature will reduce the time and effort required to create compelling data stories and ensure consistency in visual aesthetics across user presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a template from the Template Library while creating a new narrative in the Interactive Narrative Builder.

Given the user is on the Interactive Narrative Builder, When the user accesses the Template Library, Then the user should see at least 10 different narrative templates to choose from.

User applies a selected template from the Template Library to their narrative.

Given the user has selected a narrative template, When the user clicks 'Apply', Then the selected template should populate the narrative canvas with the template's layout and placeholder elements.

User customizes a narrative using elements from the applied template.

Given the user has applied a template, When the user changes the text and images in the placeholders, Then the narrative should update in real-time to reflect these changes without any errors.

User saves a narrative created with a template from the Template Library.

Given the user has completed their narrative, When the user clicks 'Save', Then the narrative should be saved successfully and available in the user's dashboard for future access.

User searches for a specific narrative template using keywords.

Given the user is in the Template Library, When the user enters a keyword in the search bar, Then the displayed templates should filter to show only those that match the keyword criteria.

User views the details of a specific narrative template before applying it.

Given the user is browsing the Template Library, When the user clicks on a template, Then a detailed view should appear showing the template layout, example content, and suggested use cases.

Interactive Elements Integration

"As a presenter, I want to include interactive elements in my narratives so that my audience can engage with the content and explore data insights in a meaningful way."

Description

The Interactive Elements Integration requirement is essential to enable users to include interactive components, such as clickable buttons, hover effects, or embedded links within their narratives. This functionality will enhance the engagement level of the presentations, allowing audiences to explore the data more dynamically. By facilitating user interaction, this feature aims to transform static data presentations into immersive experiences, thus supporting better audience understanding and retention while highlighting key insights effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Narrative Elements

Given a user has accessed the Interactive Narrative Builder, when they add an interactive button to their narrative, then they should be able to click the button and see it trigger a predefined action, such as changing a chart or displaying additional information.

Hover Effects on Data Visualizations

Given a user is editing a narrative containing charts, when they implement a hover effect on a data point, then hovering over the data point should display a tooltip with relevant information that enhances understanding of the data.

Embedding Links in Narratives

Given a user is creating a narrative, when they embed a link within the text, then clicking the link should open the specified external webpage in a new tab without interrupting the user's work on the narrative.

Real-time Collaboration on Interactive Narratives

Given multiple users are collaboratively editing a narrative, when one user adds an interactive element, then all other users should see the element appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Testing Accessibility of Interactive Elements

Given a user is reviewing a narrative with interactive elements, when they use a screen reader or other accessibility tools, then all interactive elements should be properly labeled and announced to ensure usability for all users.

User Feedback Mechanism for Interactive Elements

Given a user has published a narrative containing interactive elements, when viewers interact with these elements, then the system should prompt users to provide feedback on their interaction experience through a simple survey or rating system.

Performance Assessment of Interactive Features

Given that a user presents their narrative using interactive elements, when these elements are engaged during the presentation, then the system should perform without any noticeable lag or performance issues, maintaining a smooth user experience.

Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real time on narratives so that we can enhance our presentations through collective input and feedback."

Description

The Collaboration Tools requirement must allow multiple users to work simultaneously on a narrative within the Interactive Narrative Builder. This will include features like real-time editing, commenting, and version history. By implementing this requirement, InsightFlow aims to promote teamwork and collective input while crafting data stories. This functionality will facilitate better communication among team members and expedite the narrative creation process, enabling users to share insights and feedback instantly, thus improving the quality and coherence of the final product.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Collaboration Among Team Members Editing a Narrative in InsightFlow

Given multiple users are in the Interactive Narrative Builder, When one user makes changes to a text field, Then all other users should see the changes in real-time without needing to refresh their browsers.

Commenting Functionality for Collaborative Feedback

Given a user wants to provide feedback on a specific chart in the narrative, When they add a comment, Then the comment should appear immediately in the designated comments section and notify all collaborators of the new comment via in-app alerts.

Version History Access and Recovery for Collaborative Narratives

Given a user is collaborating on a narrative, When they review the version history, Then they should be able to see all past edits, who made them, and restore any previous version of the narrative if necessary.

User Permissions Management During Collaborative Editing

Given an admin user is setting up the narrative for collaboration, When they invite other users, Then they should be able to assign different permission levels (e.g., view, edit, comment) to each user to control access.

Multiple User Presence Indication in the Narrative Builder

Given multiple users are working on the same narrative, When a new user joins the narrative, Then their presence should be indicated with a visual marker showing their username in the editor interface.

Simultaneous Editing Without Conflicts

Given two users are editing the same text section of a narrative, When one user saves their changes, Then the system should automatically merge their changes with those made by the second user without deleting any input from either user.

Export and Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to export and share my narratives in different formats so that I can present my insights in the most effective way possible to various stakeholders."

Description

The Export and Sharing Options requirement must offer users the ability to easily export their completed narratives in multiple formats, such as PDF, PPT, and shareable links. This feature is crucial for ensuring that users can present their narratives across various platforms and devices seamlessly. By integrating flexible exporting and sharing capabilities, InsightFlow will enable users to reach broader audiences, conduct presentations more effectively, and ensure their stories are accessible to stakeholders in the format that suits them best.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to export their completed narrative to a PDF format to share with stakeholders during a meeting.

Given a completed narrative, when the user selects the export option and chooses PDF format, then the system successfully generates a PDF file containing the entire narrative with all linked visuals and text intact.

Users need to present their narrative in a PowerPoint format for a formal presentation to their team.

Given a completed narrative, when the user selects the export option and chooses PPT format, then the system generates a PowerPoint presentation that accurately reflects the narrative's structure and content, including all visuals and underscores important information.

Users wish to share their narrative via a secure, shareable link for collaboration purposes.

Given a completed narrative, when the user opts to create a shareable link, then the system generates a unique link that allows other users to view the narrative with the appropriate access permissions set (view or edit).

Users want to ensure their exported narrative maintains the formatting and visual quality across different devices.

Given an exported narrative in any format (PDF, PPT), when the user opens it on different devices (PC, tablet, smartphone), then the exported content retains its formatting and visual quality without distortion.

Users require batch processing to export multiple narratives at once to save time during presentations.

Given multiple completed narratives, when the user selects the batch export option and chooses a format (PDF or PPT), then the system successfully exports all selected narratives in the chosen format simultaneously, ensuring that the output files are named correctly according to the original narratives.

Users need to verify that their narratives can be easily shared on popular social media platforms.

Given a completed narrative, when the user chooses to export it as a shareable link, then the system should provide automatic options to share directly on social media platforms (e.g., LinkedIn, Twitter) along with a preview of the narrative content.

Data Refresh Capabilities

"As a data analyst, I want my narratives to reflect live data so that my presentations are always accurate and up-to-date for informed decision-making."

Description

The Data Refresh Capabilities requirement must allow users to integrate live data feeds within their narratives, enabling real-time updates of visualizations and text as the underlying data changes. This functionality is essential for users who rely on the most accurate and current information to support their decision-making and presentations. By implementing live data connections, InsightFlow will enhance the relevance of the narratives, allowing users to present the most up-the-minute insights and foster a more engaging discussion around dynamic data.

Acceptance Criteria

User is creating a data-driven narrative for a quarterly sales report and wants to integrate live data feeds to ensure accuracy and timeliness.

Given the user has selected a dataset, when they connect the live data feed, then the visualizations should automatically update within 5 seconds of data changes.

A user is preparing a presentation using the Interactive Narrative Builder and wants to ensure that the data visuals displayed are the latest available.

Given the user has embedded visualizations in a narrative, when the live data feed is updated, then the visualizations should reflect the updated data without requiring any manual refresh.

The team is collaborating on a project in real-time and needs to ensure that all members see the latest data reflected in their narratives during a virtual meeting.

Given multiple users are editing a shared narrative, when one user updates the live data feed, then all other users should see the updates in their browser within 3 seconds.

A user wants to create a narrative for an emergency report that requires immediate data updates from an external API.

Given the user has configured the external API connection, when there is new data available, then the narrative should display the latest data updates automatically without any additional input from the user.

The user is reviewing a dashboard that relies on live data feeds to monitor key performance indicators for their project.

Given the user is viewing live data visualizations, when the underlying data changes significantly, then the visualizations should include a notification indicating the last data refresh time.

Collaborative Story Sharing

A feature that facilitates easy sharing of storytelling presentations with stakeholders or team members. Users can collaborate in real-time by commenting on specific elements, suggesting edits, or co-creating stories, fostering collective insights and decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues on storytelling presentations so that we can create more comprehensive and insightful reports together."

Description

The real-time collaboration requirement enables multiple users to work on a storytelling presentation simultaneously, allowing for instant updates and visibility of changes. This feature is crucial for promoting teamwork as it allows users to engage in discussions, make edits, and provide feedback instantly. By facilitating real-time interaction, stakeholders can contribute their insights effectively, enhancing the quality of the stories created. This requirement should integrate seamlessly with the existing drag-and-drop interface of InsightFlow, ensuring that users can easily navigate and communicate without technical barriers. The expected outcome is an elevated collaborative experience that leads to richer storytelling and quicker decision-making processes within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users edit a storytelling presentation simultaneously during a team meeting.

Given multiple users have access to a storytelling presentation, when one user makes an edit, then all other users see the update in real-time without needing to refresh.

Users discuss and provide feedback on specific elements of a storytelling presentation in real-time.

Given a storytelling presentation is open, when a user comments on a specific element, then all other users should receive an instant notification of the comment.

Users collaborate on a storytelling presentation while remotely located from each other.

Given users are logged into the platform, when one user makes changes to the presentation, then the changes are visible to all users within 2 seconds.

A user invites team members to collaborate on a storytelling presentation via a shareable link.

Given a user shares a link to a storytelling presentation, when team members click the link, then they should be able to view and edit the presentation without facing access issues.

Users can track changes made during a collaborative storytelling session.

Given multiple users make edits, when the session ends, then a summary of changes made during the session should be available for all users.

Users utilize a chat feature to communicate while working on a storytelling presentation.

Given the chat feature is enabled, when users send messages, then all users collaborating on the presentation should see the messages in real-time.

Users can revert edits made during the collaboration if needed.

Given users are collaborating on a presentation, when a user selects a 'Revert' option, then the presentation should restore to the last saved state before edits were made.

Commenting System

"As a user, I want to comment on specific parts of the storytelling presentation so that I can provide targeted feedback and suggestions to my team."

Description

The commenting system allows users to leave feedback on specific elements within the storytelling presentations. This feature enhances the collaborative experience by enabling users to share specific thoughts or suggestions directly related to particular sections of the presentation. It helps maintain context in discussions and ensures that all feedback is easily accessible in one place. The commenting system is expected to improve the iterative process of developing stories, allowing for more precise edits and joint ownership of the content, ultimately resulting in higher quality presentations. The implementation will ensure that all comments are visible in real-time, and users will receive notifications for new comments to prompt timely responses.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Feedback Collaboration

Given a collaborative storytelling presentation, when a user leaves a comment on a specific element, then all other users should see the comment appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Comment Notifications

Given that a user has commented on a presentation, when another user accesses the presentation after the comment has been made, then they should receive a notification of the new comment within 5 minutes.

Contextual Commenting

Given a user reviews a storytelling presentation, when they click on a specific section, then they should have the option to leave a comment directly associated with that section, ensuring feedback is contextually relevant.

Editable Comments

Given a user has left a comment on a presentation, when they decide to edit their comment, then the comment should be updated and reflect the latest changes for all users in real-time.

Comment Visibility Control

Given that users are collaborating on a presentation, when a user creates a comment, then they should be able to select its visibility (public or private) to control who can see the feedback.

Comment History Tracking

Given a user has commented on a storytelling presentation, when they or another user reviews the comments, then they should see a complete history of all comments made, including timestamps and user names.

Comment Resolution Feature

Given a user has commented on a presentation, when that comment has been addressed, then the user should have the ability to mark the comment as resolved, and it should be visually distinguishable from unresolved comments.

Version Control

"As a user, I want to track changes and revert to earlier versions of the storytelling presentations so that I can manage content more effectively without losing crucial information."

Description

The version control feature allows users to track changes made to storytelling presentations over time, including the ability to revert to previous versions if needed. This functionality is essential for fostering a safe collaborative environment where team members can experiment with edits without the risk of losing previously established content. It will provide a clear history of all changes made, making it easier for stakeholders to understand the evolution of the story. Users will have access to a simple interface for navigating through different versions, empowering them to make informed decisions based on prior edits. The goal is to enhance transparency and keep the collaborative process efficient and user-friendly.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user working on a storytelling presentation, I want to be able to access a timeline of all changes made to my presentations so that I can understand how my content has evolved over time.

Given that I have made multiple edits to my presentation, when I access the version control interface, then I should see a clear, chronological list of all versions along with timestamps and editor names.

As a team member collaborating on a storytelling presentation, I want to revert to a previous version so that I can restore content that was accidentally removed or poorly edited.

Given that I have navigated to the version control interface, when I select a previous version and click 'Revert', then the current presentation should be updated to reflect the content and format of that selected version.

As a user who regularly collaborates with others on storytelling presentations, I want to receive notifications for changes made by team members so that I am always aware of the latest updates without having to check manually.

Given that a team member has made an edit to the presentation, when that edit is saved, then I should receive a notification indicating what changes were made and who made them.

As a stakeholder reviewing a storytelling presentation, I want the version control history to be easily accessible so that I can quickly understand the context of changes without confusion.

Given that I am on the version control page, when I select a version, then I should see a detailed view that includes all changes made in that version, comments from collaborators, and the option to view the presentation as it appeared in that version.

As a user managing a complex storytelling presentation, I want to filter the version history by date or by author so that I can find specific changes more efficiently.

Given that I am looking at the version control history, when I apply filters for date or user, then the list of versions should be updated to show only those versions that match the applied filters.

As a user who has initiated multiple edits in a storytelling presentation, I want the option to save a draft version separately before finalizing changes so that I can maintain a stable version for others to view while I work on the draft.

Given that I am editing my presentation, when I click 'Save Draft', then a new version should be created and saved, tagged clearly as a draft, without affecting the current published version seen by others.

As a new user learning how to use the version control feature, I want guided tutorials or tooltips explaining how to navigate and use version control effectively.

Given that I am on the version control interface for the first time, when I hover over elements or click on 'Help', then I should see tooltips or guided tutorials that explain each function available in the version control feature.

Integrated Chat Functionality

"As a user, I want to have an integrated chat option while working on presentations so that I can communicate effectively with my team without switching applications."

Description

The integrated chat functionality provides a built-in messaging system within the storytelling presentations. This feature facilitates asynchronous communication among users, enabling team members to discuss ideas or elements of the presentation without needing to leave the platform. It enhances collaboration by allowing for quick exchanges of thoughts and feedback while maintaining focus on the presentation work. The integrated chat will support file sharing, quick reactions, and tagging specific team members to keep discussions organized. The expected outcome is improved communication among users, leading to a more cohesive collaborative effort in storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time collaboration on a storytelling presentation with team members using chat functionality.

Given a user is on the storytelling presentation, when they send a message in the integrated chat, then all participants should receive the message instantly.

Sharing files through the integrated chat within a storytelling presentation.

Given a user uploads a file in the chat while in a presentation, when another user clicks on the shared file link, then they should be able to download or view the file without errors.

Tagging team members in chat to ensure focused discussions during presentations.

Given a user types a message in the integrated chat that includes a '@' mention followed by a team member's name, when the message is sent, then the tagged team member should receive a notification about the mention.

Using quick reactions in the chat during a storytelling presentation.

Given a user is viewing the integrated chat, when they click on a quick reaction option (like thumbs up or heart), then the selected reaction should display next to the corresponding message for all participants to see.

Asynchronous discussions on presentation elements through the integrated chat.

Given users are in different time zones, when a user posts a comment in the chat regarding a specific slide, then other users should be able to view and reply to that comment at their convenience.

Viewing message history in the integrated chat for follow-up discussions.

Given a user opens the integrated chat after a storytelling session, when they scroll through the chat history, then all previous messages and interactions should be accessible and displayed in chronological order.

Sharing and Permission Settings

"As a team lead, I want to set permissions for users viewing or editing presentations so that I can control the access and maintain the integrity of my content."

Description

The sharing and permission settings requirement enables users to control who can view or edit their storytelling presentations. This feature is vital for maintaining the integrity and confidentiality of the content, especially when collaborating with external stakeholders or clients. Users should be able to define access levels, such as view-only or edit permissions, to ensure that collaboration remains secure and appropriate. The implementation will also include functionality for generating shareable links and invitations through email, enhancing the ease of access for stakeholders. The outcome is a secure sharing environment that promotes confidence in collaboration among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a storytelling presentation with a team member via email invitation.

Given a user has created a storytelling presentation, When the user selects the email invitation option and inputs a team member’s email address, Then the team member receives an email with a link that allows them to access the presentation based on the specified permissions.

User sets permission levels for external stakeholders collaborating on a presentation.

Given a user has invited external stakeholders to collaborate, When the user assigns view-only or edit permissions to each stakeholder, Then the stakeholders can only perform actions allowed by their assigned permissions while accessing the presentation.

User generates a shareable link for a storytelling presentation.

Given a user has completed a storytelling presentation, When the user selects the option to generate a shareable link, Then a unique and secure link is created that allows access based on the defined permission settings.

User modifies access permissions for existing collaborators.

Given a user has shared a presentation with collaborators, When the user changes the access permissions for any collaborator, Then the updated permissions are reflected immediately and the collaborator receives a notification about the change.

User attempts to access a presentation without proper permissions.

Given that a user attempts to access a storytelling presentation for which they do not have permissions, When the user tries to access the link or joins via email invitation, Then they receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

User collaborates on a presentation with other users in real-time.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the same storytelling presentation, When one user makes changes or comments on an element, Then all other users see the updates in real-time without the need to refresh their view.

User wants to revoke access to a shared presentation.

Given a user has shared a storytelling presentation, When the user selects the option to revoke access and confirms the action, Then the specified users lose access to the presentation immediately, and they receive a notification stating their access has been revoked.

Template Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize the storytelling presentation templates so that they reflect my company's branding and stand out visually."

Description

The template customization options requirement allows users to personalize storytelling presentations with their branding and design preferences. This feature is important as it enhances the visual appeal of reports and ensures that they align with the company’s brand identity. Users should have access to various customization tools, such as color schemes, fonts, and layout designs, allowing for flexible design adjustments. The result will be storytelling presentations that not only convey information effectively but also resonate with the brand's image, thereby increasing audience engagement and retention. This requirement aims to improve user satisfaction by providing creative control over the presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies color scheme customization to a storytelling presentation in InsightFlow.

Given the user is in the template customization section, When the user selects a color scheme from the options provided, Then the selected color scheme should immediately apply to the presentation preview without any errors.

User changes font styles in a storytelling presentation template using InsightFlow.

Given the user is editing a storytelling presentation template, When the user selects a font style from the font options, Then the text within the presentation should update to reflect the new font style without loss of content.

User adjusts layout designs for a storytelling presentation in InsightFlow.

Given the user is in the layout design section, When the user selects a new layout design, Then the layout should adjust according to the selected design, maintaining all existing content placement and formatting intact.

User saves a customized template for future use in InsightFlow.

Given the user has customized a storytelling presentation template, When the user clicks on the 'Save Template' button, Then the customized template should be saved and available for future presentations in the user's template library.

User shares a customized storytelling presentation template with team members.

Given the user has customized a storytelling presentation template, When the user shares the template with a team member, Then the team member should receive an access link to the template and be able to view it immediately.

User previews the changes made to a storytelling presentation template before finalizing.

Given the user has made changes to a storytelling presentation template, When the user clicks on 'Preview Changes', Then a preview window should display the updated template accurately reflecting all changes.

User reverts a storytelling presentation template to its original design after making customizations.

Given the user has made customizations to a storytelling presentation template, When the user clicks on 'Revert to Original', Then the template should return to its original design without any user-made changes remaining.

Multimedia Integration

The ability to enrich presentations by integrating various multimedia elements such as videos, audio clips, and images alongside visualizations. This feature enhances the storytelling experience, making the data more relatable and impactful for diverse audiences.

Requirements

Video Embedding Functionality

"As a content creator, I want to embed videos in my reports so that I can provide richer context and engage my audience more effectively."

Description

This requirement outlines the necessary capabilities for users to seamlessly embed video content within their presentations. The feature should support various video formats, allow for easy links to external video sources such as YouTube or Vimeo, and ensure compatibility across devices. By incorporating video, users can enhance their presentations, delivering more engaging and informative storytelling experiences that resonate with their audiences. This integration will encourage broader audience engagement and improve the overall effectiveness of data storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

User embeds a YouTube video link into a presentation within InsightFlow to illustrate a data point during a live presentation.

Given the user has a valid YouTube video link, When the user inputs the link into the designated embedding field, Then the video should be displayed correctly within the presentation without distortion and should play seamlessly during the presentation.

User wants to embed a video file from their local device into a presentation using InsightFlow’s drag-and-drop interface.

Given the user selects a compatible local video file, When the user drags the file into the presentation area, Then the video should be embedded without error, and a play button should be visible to the user.

A user creates a presentation that includes an audio track to support their visualizations for an online seminar.

Given the user uploads an audio clip in a supported format, When the user selects the audio for embedding and clicks ‘Integrate’, Then the audio should be successfully embedded and available to play in the presentation alongside other content.

User embeds a Vimeo video in a presentation to showcase a client case study during a marketing meeting.

Given the user has a valid Vimeo video link, When the user inputs the link in the video embedding option, Then the Vimeo video should be correctly embedded and should allow playback without buffering or performance issues throughout the presentation.

A user wants to remove an embedded video from their presentation after a review session.

Given an embedded video is present in the presentation, When the user clicks the delete option next to the video, Then the video should be successfully removed from the presentation without affecting other content.

User checks the compatibility of embedded videos on different devices before finalizing a presentation.

Given the user accesses a preview of the presentation on a mobile device, When the user selects to view the embedded video, Then the video should play correctly and be fully functional across different device types (desktop, tablet, mobile).

User intends to share a presentation with embedded multimedia via InsightFlow’s collaboration features with colleagues remotely.

Given the user shares their presentation link with colleagues, When the colleagues access the presentation, Then all embedded videos and multimedia elements should be accessible and playable within the platform without requiring additional downloads or plugins.

Audio Clip Integration

"As a presenter, I want to integrate audio clips into my presentations so that I can provide explanations and context that complement my visual data."

Description

This requirement specifies the ability to integrate audio clips into reports and dashboards. Users should be able to upload or link to audio files easily, enabling them to provide narration or supplementary information alongside visual data. This functionality enhances the multimedia experience, allowing presenters to connect with audiences not only visually but also audibly, creating a more immersive experience. Such capabilities will cater to diverse learning styles and improve information retention.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads an audio clip while creating a report to enhance the storytelling experience of a data visualization.

Given the user is on the report creation page, when they select the option to upload an audio file, then they should be able to successfully upload the audio clip without any errors and see a visual confirmation that the file is ready for use.

A presenter links an external audio file to a dashboard to provide audio commentary on the visual data displayed.

Given the presenter is viewing the dashboard, when they click on the 'Link Audio' option and paste a valid audio file URL, then the audio link should be validated, and the presenter should receive a success message along with a play button to preview the audio.

User plays an integrated audio clip during a live presentation of a dashboard containing multiple visualizations.

Given the user is presenting the dashboard, when they hit the play button for the audio clip, then the audio should start playing in sync with the visual transitions on the dashboard and should be audible to all participants in the session.

User navigates through the multimedia-enhanced report to ensure all elements are functioning smoothly.

Given the user is viewing the report, when they scroll through the sections of the report that contain audio clips, then each audio clip should be playable, and the user should be able to pause, play, or stop the audio seamlessly without any lag or disruption.

A user reviews the audio clip upload history to check for any errors or issues with previous uploads.

Given the user accesses the audio upload history page, when they view the list of uploaded files, then they should see a status indicator next to each audio file showing whether the upload was successful or if there were errors, along with any error messages for unsuccessful uploads.

The user helps a colleague integrate an audio clip into a report by sharing their experience.

Given the user has successfully integrated an audio clip in a previous report, when they demonstrate the process to a colleague, then their colleague should be able to replicate the process without additional guidance, confirming the functionality’s clarity and usability.

A user attempts to upload an unsupported audio file format and reviews the resulting error message.

Given the user selects an unsupported audio file format for upload, when they attempt to upload the file, then the system should display a clear error message indicating that the format is not supported and provide a list of acceptable formats for audio files.

Image Upload and Management

"As a user, I want to upload and manage images in my reports so that I can visualize my data more effectively and enhance my storytelling."

Description

This requirement involves enabling users to upload, store, and manage image files within their presentations. The functionality should include drag-and-drop capabilities, image editing tools, and a variety of formatting options to ensure images can be easily tailored to fit properly within the presentation format. By allowing easy image integration, users can create more compelling visual narratives that support their data and make complex information more accessible and appealing to various audiences.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads an image using the drag-and-drop feature in the presentation editor.

Given the user is in the presentation editor, When the user drags an image file into the designated upload area, Then the image should be uploaded and displayed in the media library.

User edits an uploaded image using the available editing tools.

Given an uploaded image is selected in the media library, When the user applies at least one editing tool (e.g., crop, resize, filter), Then the edited image should reflect the applied changes and save successfully.

User formats an image within a presentation slide.

Given an uploaded image is present on a slide, When the user adjusts the image's size and position using formatting options, Then the image should retain the new size and position after saving the presentation.

User deletes an uploaded image from the media library.

Given the user selects an image in the media library, When the user clicks the delete option, Then the image should be permanently removed from the library and cannot be recovered.

User accesses the media library to manage images.

Given the user is in the media library, When the user lists all uploaded images, Then all images should be displayed with the correct file names and thumbnails.

User uploads multiple images at once using a bulk upload feature.

Given the user is in the upload section, When the user selects multiple image files at once and uploads them, Then all selected images should be uploaded successfully and listed in the media library.

User previews an image before inserting it into a presentation slide.

Given the user clicks on an image in the media library, When the user selects the preview option, Then the image should be displayed in a modal for review before insertion.

Slide Transition Effects

"As a presenter, I want to apply various slide transition effects in my presentations so that I can maintain audience engagement and create a more captivating experience."

Description

This requirement focuses on incorporating animated slide transitions and multimedia animations into presentations. Users should have access to a range of engaging transition styles that can enhance the visual flow of their presentations. The feature helps maintain audience interest by adding dynamism to presentations, ensuring that the narrative remains engaging and flows smoothly. This enhances the overall user experience and allows presenters to leverage visual tools more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a slide in their presentation and applies a transition effect to enhance the storytelling.

Given the user is on the slide editor, when they select a slide and choose a transition effect from the available options, then the selected transition should be applied and previewed correctly before finalizing.

A user presents a slideshow to an audience using the transition effects between slides seamlessly.

Given the user has a slideshow with transition effects applied, when they start presenting, then each slide transition should execute smoothly without any lag or errors.

User customizes the duration of a transition effect to fit the pacing of their presentation.

Given the user has selected a transition effect for a slide, when they adjust the duration setting in the transition options, then the new duration should be reflected in the presentation preview.

User wants to know which transition effects are available for use in their presentation.

Given the user is in the transition settings, when they open the transition effects dropdown, then a list of all available transition effects should be displayed for selection.

User integrates multimedia elements into slides alongside transition effects to enhance presentations.

Given the user has added multimedia elements such as videos or audio clips to their slides, when they view the presentation, then these elements should play correctly with the applied transition effects without interfering with each other.

A user reviews their presentation with transitions on a different device to ensure compatibility.

Given the user has saved their presentation with transitions applied, when they access the presentation on a different device, then all transitions should function correctly and consistently with the original settings.

User wants to reset all transition effects in their presentation back to default settings.

Given the user is in the presentation settings, when they select the option to reset transitions, then all slide transitions should revert to default settings accurately and without errors.

Multimedia Playback Controls

"As a presenter, I want to have playback controls for multimedia elements so that I can manage how my audience interacts with the content without disrupting the flow."

Description

This requirement involves creating user-friendly playback controls for multimedia elements integrated into reports. Users should have easy access to play, pause, stop, and adjust volume features for embedded videos and audio clips. These controls ensure that presentations can be navigated seamlessly, providing users with the ability to control the audience experience actively, eliminating interruptions and maintaining engagement during presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to control multimedia playback in an interactive presentation during a live webinar, so that I can pause and play audio or video content as needed without disrupting the flow of my presentation.

Given a report with embedded multimedia, when I click the play button, then the multimedia should start playing without any delay, and the playback controls should remain visible throughout the presentation.

As a presenter, I want the ability to adjust the volume of embedded audio clips during my presentation, so that I can ensure the audio is at an appropriate level for my audience without leaving the screen.

Given a report with embedded audio, when I adjust the volume slider, then the audio volume should change immediately, reflecting the selected level without affecting playback speed or quality.

As a user, I need to be able to pause and resume playback of embedded multimedia during a presentation, to allow for audience questions or to emphasize specific points without losing context.

Given a report with embedded multimedia, when I click the pause button, then the multimedia playback should halt immediately, and when I click the resume button, the playback should continue from the exact point it was paused.

As a presenter using InsightFlow, I want playback controls to be intuitive and easy to use, to minimize the learning curve and enhance user experience during the presentation.

Given a report with multimedia playback controls, when I hover over the playback area, then the play, pause, stop, and volume controls should be clearly visible and accessible without additional clicks.

As a user, I need to be able to stop the multimedia playback at any time during the presentation, so that I can switch topics or conclude a section without delay.

Given a report with embedded multimedia, when I click the stop button, then the multimedia should cease playback immediately, and the playback position should reset to the start.

As a presenter, I want the multimedia controls to work seamlessly across all devices, including tablets and mobile phones, so that I can deliver effective presentations regardless of the platform being used.

Given a report viewed on different devices, when I interact with the multimedia controls (play, pause, stop, volume), then the functionality should remain consistent and effective across all supported platforms.

Template Gallery

A curated selection of customizable presentation templates specifically designed for data storytelling. Users can choose from professionally crafted designs that align with their branding or messaging, streamlining the creation process and ensuring high-quality presentations.

Requirements

Template Customization

"As a business user, I want to be able to customize presentation templates so that I can create compelling and brand-aligned reports easily."

Description

The Template Customization requirement allows users to modify and personalize presentation templates within the Template Gallery. This feature will enable users to adjust the color schemes, fonts, and layout patterns of chosen templates to better align with their brand identity and messaging. By facilitating seamless customization, this requirement will empower users to create visually appealing presentations that resonate with their audience, thereby enhancing communication effectiveness. The implementation will involve providing a user-friendly interface that guides users through the customization process while maintaining the integrity of the template design.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a presentation template from the Template Gallery and initiates the customization process to adjust the color scheme.

Given a user is in the Template Gallery, when they select a template and choose 'Customize', then they must be able to change the color scheme using a color picker interface and see real-time updates of the template.

User customizes the font style and size of text within a selected presentation template.

Given a user is on the customization screen, when they select the 'Font' option, then they should be able to change the font style and size, and the changes should reflect instantly on the template preview.

User arranges layout patterns of the template elements to fit their content hierarchy.

Given a user is editing a template, when they drag and drop elements to rearrange layout, then the layout should adjust dynamically and maintain alignment and spacing consistency according to design guidelines.

User saves the customized presentation template for future use or sharing.

Given a user has finished customizing a template, when they click the 'Save' button, then the customized template must be saved successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message with an option to view the saved template.

User resets the template to its original design after making changes.

Given a user is in the customization mode of a template, when they select the 'Reset' option, then all customizations should revert to the original template design without any loss of the template structure.

User can preview the customized template before finalizing changes.

Given a user has made customizations to a template, when they select 'Preview', then a full-screen view of the presentation should display how the template appears with the current customizations applied.

User shares the customized template with team members for feedback.

Given a user has completed the customization of a template, when they click the 'Share' button, then the template should be shared via a generated link or email invitation with appropriate permissions settings listed (e.g., view, edit).

Template Preview

"As a user, I want to preview presentation templates in full-screen mode so that I can assess whether a template meets my needs before customization."

Description

The Template Preview requirement enables users to preview presentation templates before selecting them for customization. This feature allows users to see a full-screen representation of the template’s layout and design elements, helping them make informed choices based on their content needs. By implementing a live preview function, users can experience the template’s appearance in real-time, which streamlines the selection process and minimizes the likelihood of dissatisfaction after customization. This capability enhances user confidence in their selections and promotes a more efficient workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a template from the Template Gallery to view its details and layout before deciding to customize it.

Given a user is on the Template Gallery page, when they click on a template thumbnail, then a full-screen preview of the selected template is displayed with layout and design elements visible.

User interacts with the live preview to ensure visual elements and layout suit their data prior to selection.

Given a user is viewing the live preview of a template, when they hover over different sections of the template, then each section highlights and a tooltip with the section name appears, facilitating data placement understanding.

User wishes to compare multiple templates before making a final choice.

Given a user has selected multiple templates for preview, when they click on 'Compare', then side-by-side previews of all selected templates appear to facilitate comparison of layouts and designs.

User wants to ensure that the preview reflects their brand colors accurately.

Given a user is customizing a template, when they select a specific color palette associated with their branding, then the live preview should update to reflect those brand colors accurately throughout the template.

User attempts to navigate away from the preview without saving their changes.

Given a user is viewing a template preview, when they try to navigate away from the page, then a confirmation message appears asking if they want to leave without saving any selections or changes made in the preview.

User wants to utilize the template preview function on various devices.

Given a user accesses the Template Gallery from different devices, when they view a template preview, then the preview should be responsive and render correctly on mobile, tablet, and desktop devices without loss of quality or functionality.

User requires accessibility features while previewing templates.

Given a user is using the template preview function, when they enable accessibility options, then templates should display with appropriate contrast ratios, and use screen reader labels for design elements, ensuring usability for all users.

Template Rating System

"As a user, I want to rate and review presentation templates so that I can help others in the community choose effective designs based on my experience."

Description

The Template Rating System allows users to rate and review presentation templates within the Template Gallery. This feature facilitates community feedback, enabling users to share their experiences and recommendations. By incorporating a rating system, it will help improve the overall quality of templates available, as users are likely to gravitate towards higher-rated options. Additionally, it promotes engagement within the user community and ensures that high-quality, well-reviewed templates are more accessible, enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a template from the Template Gallery and rates it after a presentation.

Given a user has selected a template, When they click on the rating system, Then they should be able to submit a rating from 1 to 5 stars successfully.

User adds a comment when submitting a rating for a template in the Template Gallery.

Given a user is rating a template, When they submit a rating, Then they should also have the option to add a comment that is displayed alongside their rating.

Users can view the average rating of a template in the Template Gallery.

Given multiple users have rated a template, When viewing the template details, Then the average rating should be displayed prominently below the template title.

User can filter templates based on their ratings within the Template Gallery.

Given the user is viewing the Template Gallery, When they select the filter for ratings, Then templates should be displayed according to the chosen rating criteria (e.g., 4+ stars).

User can edit their rating and comment for a template they have previously submitted.

Given a user navigates to their previously rated template, When they click on the edit option, Then they should be able to change their rating and comment, and resubmit.

User can see the total number of ratings submitted for each template in the Template Gallery.

Given a user is browsing the Template Gallery, When viewing the ratings for each template, Then the total number of ratings submitted should be displayed next to the average rating.

User receives feedback confirmation after submitting their rating and comment for a template.

Given a user has submitted a rating and comment for a template, When the submission is successful, Then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded.

Template Search and Filter

"As a user, I want to search and filter presentation templates so that I can quickly find designs that suit my specific needs."

Description

The Template Search and Filter requirement provides users with robust tools to easily navigate the Template Gallery. Users will be able to search for templates based on specific keywords and apply filters such as category, style, or purpose (e.g., business, education, marketing). This functionality streamlines the process of finding suitable templates and saves users time and effort. By implementing advanced search and filter options, InsightFlow will ensure that users can swiftly discover relevant templates that fit their needs, enhancing the overall usability of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for templates using a keyword related to a specific project they are working on.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and press 'Search', then the system correctly displays templates that contain the keyword in their titles or descriptions.

User wants to filter templates by category to find specific types of presentations.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, when they select a category filter from the dropdown menu and apply it, then the system updates the displayed templates to show only those belonging to the selected category.

User seeks to filter templates based on style preferences (e.g., modern, classic).

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, when they check the style filter options and apply their selected styles, then the system displays only those templates that match the selected styles.

User attempts to reset filters after applying them to refine the search.

Given the user has applied one or more filters on the Template Gallery page, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then the system clears all applied filters and displays all available templates again.

User searches for templates related to education and needs to view results quickly and efficiently.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, when they enter 'education' in the search bar and select the 'Education' category filter at the same time, then the system shows a refined list of templates that are tagged for education.

User expects the search function to handle various input cases effectively, including spelling errors and synonyms.

Given the user is on the Template Gallery page, when they enter a misspelled keyword or a synonym in the search bar, then the system suggests correct spelling or similar keywords, providing relevant results based on the closest matches.

User requires feedback on the search/filter operation to confirm their action was successful.

Given the user performs a search or applies a filter, when the results are updated, then the system displays a message indicating how many templates were found based on the search/filter criteria applied.

Template Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to share my customized presentation templates with colleagues so that we can collaborate effectively on projects."

Description

The Template Sharing Options requirement enables users to share their customized presentation templates with team members or external collaborators. This feature will allow users to facilitate collaborative projects by providing easy access to templates. Users can share templates via email or direct links, and can also provide permissions for others to view or edit the templates. This functionality enhances the collaborative nature of InsightFlow, fostering teamwork and enabling users to create more comprehensive presentations through shared contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a customized template with a colleague via email to facilitate collaboration on a presentation.

Given a user has created a template, When they select the share option and enter the colleague's email, Then the colleague receives an email with a link to access the template.

User shares a customized template via a direct link with an external collaborator for feedback.

Given a user has created a template, When they select the share via link option, Then the user is provided with a unique URL to share, which grants access to the template.

The template owner sets permissions for a shared template to allow others to edit.

Given a user shares a template with a colleague, When they select edit permissions before sharing, Then the shared colleague has edit access to the template.

A user receives a template link and attempts to open it without permission to edit.

Given a user shares a template with view-only permissions, When a recipient accesses the template link, Then the recipient can view but cannot edit the template.

User shares a template with multiple team members at once.

Given a user wants to share a template with a group, When they enter multiple email addresses in the share option, Then all entered recipients receive individual emails with a link to the template.

A user checks the template sharing status after sharing it with others.

Given a user has shared a template, When they navigate to the sharing settings of the template, Then they can see a list of users with their respective permissions.

A user edits a shared template and saves changes successfully.

Given a user has been granted edit permissions on a shared template, When they make changes to the template and save, Then the changes are reflected in the template for all users with access to it.

Real-Time Analytics Tracker

A dynamic dashboard that tracks engagement metrics around presentations created in the Data Storyteller Hub. Users can gain insights into how stakeholders interact with their stories, enabling them to refine their approach based on audience feedback and performance.

Requirements

Engagement Metrics Overview

"As a presentation creator, I want to access real-time engagement metrics for my stories so that I can understand how my audience interacts with my content and make improvements accordingly."

Description

The Real-Time Analytics Tracker shall aggregate engagement metrics from various presentations created within the Data Storyteller Hub. This requirement involves capturing data such as views, interaction time, and audience feedback. By providing a comprehensive overview of these metrics, users will be able to analyze how stakeholders engage with their data stories. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing presentation tools within InsightFlow, ensuring that users can enhance their storytelling approach based on real-time insights. The outcome will empower users to refine content and delivery strategies, ultimately leading to more impactful presentations and improved audience engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the engagement metrics dashboard after delivering a presentation to analyze audience interaction and feedback.

Given the user has completed a presentation, when they access the Real-Time Analytics Tracker, then they should see a summary of engagement metrics including views, interaction time, and audience feedback.

A user wants to filter engagement metrics by specific time frames to compare different presentations.

Given the user selects a specific date range on the engagement metrics dashboard, when the filter is applied, then the displayed metrics should update to reflect only the data within that selected time frame.

An educator reviews feedback metrics to improve their teaching materials for future presentations.

Given the user accesses the engagement metrics overview, when they identify low audience feedback scores, then they should have the option to click on those metrics to view detailed feedback comments for actionable insights.

A business user wants to monitor the performance of multiple presentations over a week.

Given the user selects multiple presentations on the engagement metrics dashboard, when they request a performance report, then the system should generate a comparative report showing engagement metrics for all selected presentations over the past week.

A team uses the Real-Time Analytics Tracker during a collaborative review session to discuss presentation effectiveness.

Given the team members are accessing the same dashboard simultaneously, when they discuss specific metrics, then all users should see real-time updates to the engagement metrics as any member interacts with the dashboard.

A user encounters a bug in the engagement metrics display where metrics do not update correctly.

Given the user reports an issue with the engagement metrics dashboard, when the development team investigates, then they should reproduce the issue and demonstrate that the metrics do not reflect real-time data as intended.

An admin wants to ensure that the metrics collected comply with data protection regulations.

Given the admin reviews the engagement metrics collection process, when they analyze the data sources, then they should confirm that all collected metrics are anonymized and do not violate user privacy regulations.

Interactive Dashboard Customization

"As a user of the Real-Time Analytics Tracker, I want to customize my dashboard layout so that I can prioritize and focus on the most relevant engagement metrics at a glance."

Description

Users shall have the capability to customize the Real-Time Analytics Tracker dashboard according to their preferences and needs. This includes options to arrange widgets, choose metrics to display, and save multiple dashboard layouts. By enabling users to personalize their analytics experience, this requirement enhances usability and makes it easier for users to focus on relevant data. This customizable approach allows for tailored insights that can adapt to changing business priorities or presentation goals, integrating seamlessly with the existing user interface of InsightFlow.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing Dashboard Layouts for User Engagement Metrics

Given a user accesses the Real-Time Analytics Tracker, when they rearrange the widgets on their dashboard and save the layout, then the new layout should be displayed the next time they access the dashboard.

Selection of Displayed Metrics on the Dashboard

Given a user is on the Real-Time Analytics Tracker, when they select specific metrics to display from the available options, then only the chosen metrics should appear on the dashboard, reflecting their preferences accurately.

Saving Multiple Custom Dashboard Layouts

Given a user customizes their dashboard layout, when they save the layout under a specific name, then they should be able to access and switch between multiple saved layouts without losing any customization settings.

Restoring Default Dashboard Settings

Given a user has customized their dashboard, when they choose to restore the default settings, then the dashboard should revert to its original configuration with all previous customizations removed.

Real-Time Updates of Dashboard Metrics

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when the underlying data changes, then the metrics displayed on the dashboard should update in real time without requiring a page refresh.

User Interface Consistency in Customization Options

Given a user is in the customization settings, when they navigate through options to change the dashboard layout, then the interface should remain consistent and intuitive, allowing for seamless transitions between settings.

Automated Reporting Features

"As a user, I want to receive automated reports on engagement metrics so that I can easily track presentation performance without manually gathering the data."

Description

The Real-Time Analytics Tracker shall include automated reporting capabilities that allow users to generate weekly or monthly engagement reports based on the metrics collected. This feature will enable users to schedule reports to be sent via email or available for download at specified intervals. Incorporating automated reporting will save users time and effort, allowing them to focus on analysis rather than data collection. This functionality must integrate smoothly with existing email services and the dashboard, ensuring seamless user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Weekly engagement report generation for stakeholders.

Given the user sets up an automated reporting schedule for weekly reports, when the scheduled time occurs, then the system generates and sends the engagement report via email to the specified recipients without errors.

Monthly engagement report download by users.

Given the user selects to download a monthly engagement report, when the user clicks the download button, then the system provides the report in CSV format without delays or errors.

Integration with existing email services for automated reporting.

Given the user configures the automated reporting feature with their email account, when a report is generated, then the report should be successfully sent to the user's email without being marked as spam.

User interface for scheduling report preferences.

Given the user accesses the report scheduling interface, when they choose report frequency and recipients, then the system saves the preferences and displays a confirmation message indicating success.

Error handling for failed report generation.

Given the system encounters an error while generating the report, when the report generation fails, then the user receives an error notification detailing the issue and next steps.

Confirmation notifications for scheduled reports.

Given the user has successfully scheduled a report, when the schedule is confirmed, then the system sends a confirmation notification to the user that includes the scheduled date and frequency.

Stakeholder Feedback Integration

"As a presenter, I want to gather immediate feedback from my audience so that I can gain insights into their perceptions and improve future presentations based on this input."

Description

The system shall provide functionality for capturing direct stakeholder feedback during or after presentations. Users can create prompts or surveys integrated into their presentations, allowing audience members to provide immediate input. This real-time feedback will be reflected in the engagement metrics dashboard, providing insights into audience perceptions and areas for improvement. This requirement is critical for fostering a feedback-driven culture and improving the quality of presentations, integrating directly with proposed metrics for a holistic view of audience interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User creating a presentation in the Data Storyteller Hub and integrating stakeholder feedback prompts during the presentation.

Given that the user is creating a presentation, when they add a feedback prompt, then the system should allow customization of the prompt and the ability to select the feedback format (e.g., text input, multiple choice).

Audience members participating in a presentation and submitting feedback through integrated surveys or prompts.

Given that a presentation is ongoing, when an audience member submits their feedback, then the feedback must be recorded in real-time and reflected in the analytics dashboard within 1 minute of submission.

Users reviewing the engagement metrics dashboard after a presentation to analyze stakeholder feedback.

Given that the presentation has concluded, when the user accesses the engagement metrics dashboard, then they should see a new section dedicated to stakeholder feedback with visual representations of the data collected (e.g., charts, graphs).

A user checking the historical data of submitted stakeholder feedback from previous presentations.

Given that the user wants to review past presentations, when they access the feedback history section, then they should be able to filter feedback by date, presentation title, or stakeholder to retrieve specific insights.

An administrator monitoring the overall engagement metrics of multiple presentations across different users within the InsightFlow platform.

Given that the administrator is using the engagement metrics dashboard, when they select a report for multiple presentations, then the system should allow aggregation of feedback and engagement metrics across those presentations for comparative analysis.

A user generating a report summarizing stakeholder feedback and engagement metrics after a series of presentations.

Given that the user wants to create a comprehensive report, when they generate the report, then it should automatically compile feedback insights, engagement metrics, and visualizations into a downloadable PDF format.

Mobile Accessibility for Analytics

"As a busy professional, I want to access the engagement metrics on my mobile device so that I can stay updated on my presentations’ performance while I am on the move."

Description

The Real-Time Analytics Tracker shall be accessible via mobile devices, granting users the ability to view engagement metrics on the go. This requirement includes optimizing the interface for mobile use, ensuring that all critical metrics are easily viewable and navigable on smaller screens. By providing mobile accessibility, users will have the flexibility to monitor their presentations' impact anytime, enhancing responsiveness and decision-making based on real-time data. The mobile adaptation should align with the existing desktop experience for consistency.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile users must access the Real-Time Analytics Tracker from various devices, including smartphones and tablets, while attending a presentation in a meeting room to monitor live engagement metrics.

Given a user with access to the Real-Time Analytics Tracker, when they log in from a mobile device, then they should be able to view the dashboard with all critical engagement metrics displayed clearly without any navigation issues.

A user is traveling and wants to quickly check the performance of their latest presentation via their mobile device to adjust their approach in a follow-up meeting.

Given a user viewing the Real-Time Analytics Tracker on a mobile device, when they select a specific presentation, then they should be able to view engagement metrics such as views, interactions, and feedback within three taps or less.

During a remote team meeting, a presenter shares their mobile screen showing the Real-Time Analytics Tracker to illustrate viewer engagement in real-time to colleagues.

Given a mobile user displaying the Real-Time Analytics Tracker during a video call, when they share their screen, then all critical metrics must be readable and visually proportionate without distortion on various screen sizes.

A user needs to switch between different presentations while using the Real-Time Analytics Tracker on their mobile device during a client call to quickly address client inquiries regarding engagement.

Given a user is viewing analytics for one presentation on their mobile device, when they switch presentations, then the transition should occur within three seconds and maintain the layout and design consistency with the desktop version.

An educator uses the Real-Time Analytics Tracker on a mobile device to track how students engage with learning materials while moving between the classroom and office.

Given an educator accessing the Real-Time Analytics Tracker on a mobile device, when they swipe to refresh the data, then the new engagement metrics should update within five seconds without errors.

Interactive Data Insights

This feature enables users to create clickable data points within their presentations, allowing viewers to explore relevant insights in greater depth. This interactivity fosters deeper engagement and ensures that stakeholders can understand and appreciate the nuances of the data.

Requirements

Clickable Data Points

"As a business analyst, I want to be able to add clickable data points in my presentation so that stakeholders can interact with the data and access deeper insights that are relevant to their interests."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of interactive, clickable data points within generated presentations. This feature allows users to designate specific data points in their visuals that, when clicked, reveal deeper insights or additional information. By enabling this interactivity, users can enhance engagement during presentations and ensure that stakeholders grasp important details about the data. The integration process will involve adjusting the current data visualization framework to support event listeners for clicks and a mechanism to dynamically load relevant information linked to each data point. This enhancement is essential for improving data storytelling, making the insights presented more comprehensive and actionable for viewers.

Acceptance Criteria

Interactive Exploration of Data Presentation

Given a presentation with various data visualizations, when a user clicks on a designated data point, then additional insights related to that data point should be displayed dynamically without navigating away from the presentation.

User Experience and Design Consistency

Given a presentation containing clickable data points, when the data points are displayed, then they should visually indicate interactivity (e.g., hover effects, color change) to ensure users recognize that they can interact with them.

Loading Performance of Additional Insights

Given a user clicks on a data point in a presentation, when the additional information loads, then it should appear within 2 seconds to ensure a smooth and responsive user experience.

Access to Relevant Data

Given a data point has additional insights linked to it, when a user clicks on the data point, then the information displayed must be relevant and connected to the context of the data point clicked.

Integration of Data Sources

Given that additional insights are linked to data points, when the connections are established, then the system must pull data from at least two pre-defined sources to ensure a comprehensive view of the data.

Error Handling for Missing Insights

Given a user clicks on a data point with no additional insights available, when the click occurs, then a user-friendly message must be displayed indicating that no additional insights are available instead of an error code.

User Training and Documentation Availability

Given the implementation of clickable data points, when users need to understand how to use this feature, then comprehensive training materials and documentation should be available within the platform.

Dynamic Tooltip Generation

"As a presenter, I want tooltips with relevant data definitions to appear when I hover over data points, so that my audience can gain a better understanding of the metrics being presented without losing focus on the visuals."

Description

The dynamic tooltip generation requirement is aimed at providing users with contextual information that appears when they hover over or click on data points within their visualizations. This feature will utilize a tooltip component that displays relevant metrics, definitions, or commentary about the data point being interacted with. It is intended to enhance the user experience by providing immediate, on-demand information, which helps to keep the audience engaged and informed without cluttering the visuals. This requires a straightforward implementation of tooltip templates that fetch and render data dynamically based on the hovered data point, enhancing the overall interactivity of presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Contextual Information for Data Points

Given a user has created a visualization, When the user hovers over a data point, Then a tooltip appears displaying relevant metrics, definitions, or commentary about that data point.

Dynamic Update of Tooltip Content

Given a user interacts with different data points within a visualization, When the user clicks or hovers over the data points, Then the tooltip content updates dynamically to reflect the corresponding data for that specific point.

Usability of Tooltip on Multiple Devices

Given a user accesses the visualization on a mobile device, When the user taps on a data point, Then the tooltip displays correctly and is easy to read on the mobile interface without any technical glitches.

Performance of Tooltip Generation

Given a user is interacting with multiple data points, When the user hovers over or clicks on a point, Then the tooltip should appear within one second without causing any lag in the visualization experience.

Customizability of Tooltip Appearance

Given an administrator is setting up the tooltips, When the administrator chooses different styles and formats, Then the tooltips should reflect those customizations consistently across all data points.

Accessibility Compliance of Tooltips

Given a user with visual impairments interacts with the tooltip, When the tooltip is displayed, Then it must meet accessibility standards providing text-to-speech functionality and sufficient contrast for readability.

User Feedback on Tooltip Experience

Given a user has interacted with tooltips in a visualization, When the user submits feedback through the platform, Then at least 80% of the feedback regarding tooltips should indicate that they were useful and enhance understanding of the data.

Customizable Insight Layers

"As a presenter, I want to toggle different layers of insights during my presentation, so that I can adapt my narrative to different audience questions and focus areas, enhancing engagement and understanding."

Description

This requirement centers on allowing users to create and customize insight layers within their data visuals, which can be toggled on or off during presentations. This flexibility will enable speakers to emphasize particular aspects of their data story by showing or hiding layers of information as needed. Crucially, the requirement facilitates a more tailored presentation of data, allowing users to cater the information flow to specific audience interests, thus promoting effective communication. Implementation will involve adding layer controls to visuals, as well as logic to manage data visibility states on user input, ensuring that transitions between layers are smooth and intuitive.

Acceptance Criteria

Interactive Presentation with Customized Insights

Given a data visual with multiple insight layers, when the presenter toggles a specific layer on, then that layer should be displayed clearly on the visual, and all other layers should remain intact without distortion.

User Experience for Layer Management

Given a user is preparing a presentation, when they adjust the visibility of insight layers, then the transitions between layer states should be smooth without lag or delay, ensuring an uninterrupted flow in the presentation.

Audience Engagement During Presentation

Given a stakeholder is viewing a presentation with toggled insight layers, when they click on different data points, then the corresponding detailed insights should appear dynamically with relevant context and visualization, enhancing audience engagement.

Customization of Layer Settings

Given a user accesses the layer control settings, when they edit the properties of a specific insight layer, then the customization options should allow for meaningful adjustments including color, transparency, and display order, which should be reflected in real-time in the visual.

Visibility Control of Insight Layers

Given a presentation in progress, when the presenter toggles layers on or off during the presentation, then the system should retain the last state of each layer upon reloading the presentation, ensuring a consistent user experience.

Performance Metrics for Layer Loading

Given a data visual with multiple insight layers, when all layers are loaded for the first time, then the total loading time for the presentation should not exceed 5 seconds, ensuring efficiency in data visualization.

Training and Documentation for Users

Given the release of the new customizable insight layers feature, when users access the help section of InsightFlow, then they should find updated documentation that includes step-by-step guidance and video tutorials covering how to effectively use the insight layer functionality.

Storytelling Analytics Toolkit

A comprehensive set of analytical tools that provides users with insights on their storytelling effectiveness. By measuring viewer engagement, feedback, and interaction rates, users can continuously improve their presentations and presentation strategies.

Requirements

Engagement Metrics Dashboard

"As a presenter, I want to view real-time engagement metrics during my storytelling sessions so that I can adjust my delivery and content based on audience responses."

Description

The Engagement Metrics Dashboard will provide users with a real-time view of various engagement metrics related to their storytelling presentations. This includes metrics such as viewer engagement duration, interaction rates, and feedback scores. The dashboard will allow users to filter data by presentation, time period, or specific audience segments, enabling them to quickly identify trends and areas for improvement. By integrating these analytics into a user-friendly interface, users can efficiently assess the effectiveness of their storytelling in real-time and adapt their strategies based on concrete data, ultimately leading to more engaging presentations and better audience connection.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Engagement Metrics Dashboard for a specific presentation during a storytelling session to assess engagement levels in real-time.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when the user selects a specific presentation from the dashboard, then the dashboard displays real-time engagement metrics including viewer engagement duration, interaction rates, and feedback scores for that presentation.

A user wants to analyze engagement metrics over a specific time period after their storytelling presentation to identify trends and improvements.

Given a user accesses the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when the user applies a date range filter for the last 30 days, then the dashboard shows engagement metrics for all presentations within that period, detailed with trends visualized on a graph.

A user needs to segment the audience data to evaluate engagement based on different demographic segments.

Given a user has engagement metrics data available, when the user selects an audience segment filter for demographics (e.g. age, location), then the dashboard updates to display engagement metrics specific to the selected audience segment.

Users in a team want to share insights from their engagement metrics with other team members to discuss improvements in storytelling approaches.

Given the user has the Engagement Metrics Dashboard open, when the user clicks the 'Share' button, then the dashboard generates a shareable link that allows other team members to view the dashboard with applied filters.

A user is presenting their findings to management and needs to show the most engaging presentation metrics visually.

Given a user selects the 'Visualization' option on the Engagement Metrics Dashboard, when the user views the selected presentation metrics, then the dashboard displays key metrics in visually distinct formats (charts, graphs) that are easy to understand at a glance.

A user wants to download the engagement metrics report after analyzing the data on the Dashboard.

Given the user has analyzed the engagement metrics, when the user clicks the 'Download Report' button, then the application generates a downloadable PDF report containing all engagement metrics and visualizations as shown on the dashboard.

Feedback Collection Tool

"As a presenter, I want to collect feedback from my audience after my presentations so that I can understand their preferences and improve future storytelling efforts."

Description

The Feedback Collection Tool will enable users to gather qualitative and quantitative feedback from their audience after presentations. This includes customizable surveys and polls that can be distributed instantly or sent as follow-ups. The tool will also aggregate and visualize this feedback for users to assess the effectiveness of their storytelling techniques and identify the strengths and weaknesses in their presentations. By integrating this tool within the InsightFlow platform, users will be able to enhance their storytelling capabilities through continuous learning and adaptation based on their audience's input.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Feedback Collection Tool immediately after a presentation to gather real-time feedback from attendees.

Given the presentation has ended, when the user clicks on 'Send Feedback', then a customizable survey must be displayed to all attendees with a clear prompt to provide feedback.

User sends a follow-up feedback survey via email to attendees who did not complete the immediate feedback form.

Given the user selects 'Send Follow-up', when the email is dispatched, then attendees should receive an email with a link to the feedback survey within 10 minutes, ensuring accessibility.

User reviews feedback collected from both immediate surveys and follow-up emails to assess engagement levels post-presentation.

Given the user navigates to the feedback dashboard, when the feedback results are displayed, then the user should see an aggregated report visualizing qualitative and quantitative responses with clear metrics for engagement, satisfaction, and suggestions.

User customizes feedback survey questions based on the presentation topic and audience type before sending out the survey.

Given the user accesses the survey creation tool, when they customize the questions, then the survey must allow at least 5 different question types (multiple choice, open-ended, rating scales, etc.) and save changes without errors.

User integrates the feedback data into their presentation improvement strategy during team meetings.

Given the feedback has been gathered and visualized, when the user presents the insights in a meeting, then they should be able to export the report in various formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) and share it with their team with ease.

User analyzes trends in feedback over time to identify areas for improvement in their storytelling techniques.

Given the user has collected feedback from multiple presentations, when they access the trend analysis feature, then they should see a dashboard that highlights performance trends over the last 6 months, pinpointing strengths and weaknesses.

Interactive Storytelling Templates

"As a user, I want to utilize pre-built interactive storytelling templates so that I can create visually appealing presentations quickly and easily without needing design expertise."

Description

Interactive Storytelling Templates will provide users with a selection of pre-designed, customizable templates specifically tailored for storytelling presentations. These templates will incorporate best practices in visual storytelling and include elements such as infographics, data visualizations, and interactive slides. Users will be able to easily drag and drop their content into these templates, enhancing their presentations without needing extensive design skills. This feature will empower users to deliver compelling narratives that maintain audience engagement and showcase data effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a storytelling template from the library for their presentation.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the Storytelling Templates section, then they should see a variety of pre-designed templates categorized by themes and styles.

User customizes the selected storytelling template by adding their data and content.

Given the user has selected a template, when they use the drag-and-drop functionality to insert images, text, and data visualizations into the template, then the content should be displayed correctly and maintain the formatting of the template.

User shares their interactive presentation with collaborators for feedback.

Given the user has completed their storytelling presentation, when they click on the share button, then they should be able to send the presentation link via email and control access levels for collaborators (view/edit).

User analyzes the engagement metrics of their storytelling presentation after sharing.

Given the user has shared their presentation, when they check the engagement dashboard, then they should see metrics such as viewer counts, interaction rates, and feedback scores on the presentation’s performance.

User saves their customized storytelling template for future use.

Given the user has completed customizing a storytelling template, when they click on the save button and name their template, then the template should be saved under their custom templates, available for future access.

User previews their storytelling presentation before finalizing.

Given the user has added content to their storytelling template, when they click on the preview button, then they should be able to view the presentation in a simulated slideshow format to assess overall flow and design.

User deletes a previously saved storytelling template from their library.

Given the user is viewing their saved storytelling templates, when they select a template and click on the delete button, then the selected template should be removed from their library, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Engagement Prediction Model

"As a data-driven presenter, I want to receive predictive analytics on audience engagement based on my previous presentations so that I can enhance my storytelling approach for better outcomes."

Description

The Engagement Prediction Model will use machine learning algorithms to analyze past presentation data and predict future audience engagement outcomes. By leveraging historical metrics like viewer interaction rates and feedback, this model will provide users with insights and suggestions on how to improve their storytelling strategies. The predictions will help users tailor their content and presentation style to better engage their audience, thus maximizing the effectiveness of their storytelling efforts on InsightFlow. The implementation of this feature positions InsightFlow as a cutting-edge tool for data-informed storytelling.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to predict audience engagement for an upcoming presentation using historical data.

Given the user has uploaded past presentation data, when the user runs the engagement prediction model, then the system should display predicted engagement scores based on historical metrics within 5 seconds.

User seeks to improve storytelling based on the engagement prediction results.

Given the engagement prediction scores are displayed, when the user reviews suggested improvements, then the suggestions should align with the predicted engagement outcomes and be actionable to enhance storytelling effectiveness.

User wants to visually compare predicted engagement metrics with actual engagement during a live presentation.

Given the user has access to real-time engagement data, when the user views the comparison dashboard, then the system should display side-by-side visualizations of predicted vs actual engagement metrics for the current presentation.

User intends to assess the accuracy of the Engagement Prediction Model over time.

Given the model has generated predictions for several presentations, when the user requests an accuracy report, then the system should calculate and present the percentage of correct predictions compared to actual engagement outcomes over the last 5 presentations.

User needs to customize the parameters of the Engagement Prediction Model to fit their unique storytelling needs.

Given the user accesses the model settings, when the user modifies the engagement parameters, then the model should recalculate predictions based on the new parameters and update the displayed predictions immediately.

User wants to access historical feedback data in conjunction with engagement predictions.

Given the user has a presentation record available, when the user selects a presentation in the toolkit, then the system should display both engagement predictions and historical feedback data for that presentation.

User aims to prepare for future presentations based on tailored suggestions generated by the model.

Given the user has activated the engagement prediction model, when the model generates tailored suggestions, then the system should provide at least three specific strategies for enhancing audience engagement based on predicted results.

Real-Time Collaboration Features

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with my colleagues in real-time on storytelling presentations so that we can leverage different perspectives and expertise to create a more impactful story."

Description

Real-Time Collaboration Features will allow users to collaborate on storytelling presentations in real-time, enabling multiple team members to work simultaneously on a presentation. This includes features such as comments, live edits, and version control, ensuring that all collaborators are on the same page and can provide immediate feedback. By integrating real-time collaboration, users will be able to enhance their storytelling presentations through collective input and brainstorming, resulting in richer content and improved storytelling strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple team members collaborating on a storytelling presentation simultaneously during a meeting, making live edits and comments on the content without issues.

Given multiple users are accessing the presentation, When one user makes a live edit, Then all other users should see the change reflected in real-time without refresh delays.

A team member reviews comments made by others on a storytelling presentation in the dedicated comments section during a collaborative session.

Given comments have been made by different users, When a team member opens the comments section, Then they should be able to see all comments along with the user names and timestamps.

Version control functionality being used by team members to track changes made to a presentation throughout a collaboration session.

Given multiple edits have been made to a presentation, When a user selects the version history option, Then they should see a list of all revisions along with the user who made each change, and the option to revert to any previous version.

A user invites additional team members to collaborate on a presentation using real-time collaboration features via an email invite.

Given a user wishes to collaborate with others, When they send an invite link via email, Then the invited users receive an email with a valid link to join the presentation session immediately.

User feedback submitted through a feedback form during a collaborative session to improve the real-time collaboration feature.

Given users submit feedback after using the collaboration feature, When the feedback is submitted, Then it should be recorded in the feedback database and allow the admin to see the responses in a report format.

Concurrent users initiate a chat to discuss changes with each other while collaborating on the presentation.

Given users are collaborating in real-time, When they send messages in the chat feature, Then all participants in the collaboration should receive the messages instantly without any delay.

A user saves their work in progress while collaborating on a storytelling presentation and later returns to the same version without losing any edits.

Given a user is collaborating and saves their work, When they return to the presentation after some time, Then the user should see all their edits and comments preserved in the presentation state.

TrendSpotter AI

TrendSpotter AI leverages advanced machine learning algorithms to automatically detect and highlight emerging trends within datasets. By identifying patterns that might otherwise go unnoticed, this feature empowers users to stay ahead of potential changes in their business environment, facilitating proactive decision-making and strategic planning.

Requirements

Automated Trend Detection

"As a business analyst, I want to receive notifications about emerging trends in my data so that I can make quick, informed decisions and adjust my strategies accordingly."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of machine learning algorithms that can automatically analyze incoming data sets and identify emerging trends. The feature should be capable of processing datasets in real-time, comparing current inputs against historical data to recognize shifts in patterns or unusual spikes. By providing users with timely notifications about significant trends, this feature integrates seamlessly within the InsightFlow platform, enhancing its data visualization capabilities. The benefits include enabling users to make proactive decisions and adjust strategies based on current and forecasted trends, ultimately fostering a culture of informed decision-making and strategic agility within organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for emerging trends based on real-time data analysis.

Given that the user has uploaded a dataset, when the system identifies an emerging trend in the dataset, then the user should receive a notification detailing the nature of the trend and relevant data points within five minutes.

User can view identified trends on the dashboard for action.

Given that trends have been detected in the dataset, when the user navigates to the TrendSpotter AI dashboard, then the user should see a graphical representation of the trends identified, including historical comparisons and predictive analytics.

User can customize trend detection settings to fit specific data needs.

Given that the user accesses the TrendSpotter AI settings page, when the user customizes the parameters for trend detection (e.g., time frame, sensitivity), then the system should save and apply these settings to subsequent data analyses without errors.

User interacts with the trend notifications to analyze further.

Given that the user receives a notification of an emerging trend, when the user clicks on the notification, then the system should display a detailed breakdown of the trend, including charts and relevant historical data for further analysis.

System processes historical data to establish a baseline for anomaly detection.

Given that the system has access to historical datasets, when the automated trend detection feature is activated, then the system should utilize the last six months of data to establish a baseline for identifying emerging trends in real-time incoming data.

User can generate reports based on identified trends for team discussions.

Given that the user has identified trends within their dataset, when the user selects the option to generate a report, then the system should produce a downloadable report summarizing the trends, visuals, and actionable insights derived from the analysis.

System successfully identifies and flags significant anomalies in data inputs.

Given that the system is monitoring data in real-time, when an anomaly is detected that deviates more than 20% from the established trend baseline, then the system should flag this anomaly and notify the user immediately.

Custom Trend Alerts

"As a marketing manager, I want to set custom alerts for trends based on specific metrics so that I can be immediately notified of relevant changes that require my attention."

Description

This requirement focuses on allowing users to set custom criteria for trend-related alerts based on specific metrics or thresholds. Users should be able to create and modify alert parameters through the user interface without needing technical expertise. The alerts would automatically trigger when the specified conditions are met, notifying the user via email or in-app notifications. This feature will enhance user control over trend monitoring, ensuring that they only receive relevant information tailored to their unique business needs, thus improving engagement with the platform and increasing users' proactive behaviors.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a custom trend alert for a sales metric that notifies them when sales drop below a specified threshold.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the alerts section and set a threshold for the sales metric, then the user should receive an email notification when the sales drop below the specified threshold.

User modifies an existing custom trend alert to adjust the triggering conditions for a performance metric.

Given a user has an existing trend alert set for a performance metric, when they edit the alert parameters and save the changes, then the alert should update as per the new conditions without errors, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User receives an in-app notification when a trend alert condition is met for a website traffic metric.

Given a user has set a trend alert for website traffic, when the traffic exceeds the defined threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification immediately after the threshold is crossed.

User deletes a custom trend alert for an inventory metric that is no longer relevant.

Given a user has a custom trend alert set for inventory levels, when they choose to delete the alert, then the alert should be removed from their list, and they should receive a notification confirming the deletion.

User views the history of triggered trend alerts in their dashboard to evaluate past trends and responses.

Given a user has previously set trend alerts, when they access the alerts history section on their dashboard, then they should see a list of all previously triggered alerts with dates and corresponding details.

User sets multiple custom trend alerts for different metrics and receives all relevant notifications.

Given a user has set multiple trend alerts for sales, inventory, and website traffic, when any of these metrics meet their respective alert conditions, then the user should receive corresponding notifications for each alert distinctly and promptly.

Visual Trend Representation

"As a team leader, I want to view graphical representations of trends in my dashboard so that I can easily interpret data insights and share them with my team."

Description

This requirement entails the development of advanced graphical representations of identified trends within datasets. It should include intuitive visualizations such as line graphs, bar charts, and heat maps that update in real-time as new data becomes available. These visuals should summarize the trend data clearly and allow users to interactively explore the details underlying visualized trends. By presenting trends visually, the requirement aims to make complex data insights accessible and meaningful to non-technical users, thereby enhancing the user experience and improving data-driven decision-making capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Real-Time Trend Data Visualization

Given a dataset with emerging trends, when the user accesses the TrendSpotter AI feature, then they should be able to see real-time updates on visual representations such as line graphs, bar charts, and heat maps without needing to refresh the page.

Clarity and Accessibility of Trend Visualizations

Given the trend visualizations displayed on the dashboard, when users interact with any visualization, then they should be able to see detailed data insights and trends presented in a clear, understandable manner that aligns with non-technical user needs.

Interactive Exploration of Visualized Trends

Given a heat map displaying trend data, when a user hovers over different sections of the heat map, then they should receive immediate tooltip information about the underlying data points associated with those sections.

Accuracy of Trend Representations

Given a dataset from the TrendSpotter AI analysis, when the user views the trend visualizations, then they should match the expected trend patterns based on the underlying data analytics performed by the machine learning algorithms.

User Feedback on Visualization Usability

Given the published visual trend representations, when users complete a usability survey, then at least 80% of participants should indicate that the visualizations are easy to understand and effective for decision-making.

Performance and Load Times of Trend Visualizations

Given a dataset with a large volume of data points, when the user requests visual representations of these trends, then the visualizations should load within 2 seconds to ensure optimal user experience.

Trend Comparison Feature

"As a data scientist, I want to compare current trends with historical data so that I can gain insights into the performance over time and inform future strategies."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a functionality that enables users to compare current trends against past performance and benchmarks. Users should be able to select multiple data sets for a time-based comparison, allowing for side-by-side analysis of trends over time. This feature fosters a comprehensive understanding of how trends evolve and the implications for the business. It would facilitate deeper analysis and decision-making by providing contextual information about the relative significance of current trends, driving strategic planning with historical context.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares current sales trends of product A over the last quarter with sales data from the same quarter last year to understand performance improvements or declines.

Given relevant sales data is available, when the user selects product A and the last quarter for comparison, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of current and past sales trends with percentage changes highlighted.

A marketing analyst uses the Trend Comparison Feature to analyze the trend of website traffic over the last six months against historical benchmarks to make data-driven marketing decisions.

Given the user has selected the 'Website Traffic' dataset for the last six months, when the user applies the historical benchmarks, then the dashboard should display the current traffic trend plotted against the benchmarks with clear visual indicators of performance differences.

An educator analyzes student performance trends in test scores over the last three academic years to assess educational effectiveness and identify areas needing improvement.

Given the user selects test score datasets for the last three years, when the comparison is initiated, then the system should generate a report showing trend lines and key metrics such as average scores, highs, and lows for each year.

A business owner reviews monthly profit trends from the last year to project future earnings and adjust business strategies accordingly.

Given the user has selected monthly profit data for the past year, when the user initiates the comparison, then the system should visualize the trends and provide predictive insights based on past performance.

A project manager evaluates project completion trends against planned timelines to optimize resource allocation in future projects.

Given the user selects project completion data from previous projects, when the trends are activated, then the comparison should illustrate discrepancies between planned versus actual completion timelines, highlighting delays or efficiency gains.

A finance team compares current expenses against historical data to identify potential areas for cost savings.

Given the user selects expense datasets for the current month and corresponding month from the previous year, when the comparison is executed, then the system should print a report detailing differences in expenses and provide actionable insights on cost management.

A product manager assesses customer satisfaction trends derived from surveys over the last two quarters to inform product development.

Given the user selects customer satisfaction survey results from the last two quarters, when the user runs the comparison, then the system should display trend charts that reveal shifts in customer sentiment with relevant statistics highlighted for quick reference.

Collaborative Trend Insights

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate with my team on trend insights so that we can collectively analyze and respond to emerging data patterns effectively."

Description

This requirement encourages the integration of collaborative tools within the TrendSpotter AI feature, allowing users to share trend findings and insights with team members easily. Features would include commenting, tagging, and discussion threads related to specific trends. This collaboration fosters collective intelligence and enables teams to engage in data discussions, brainstorming, and strategic planning based on identified trends. Overall, this requirement aims to make data exploration a more collaborative process, enhancing teamwork and improving decision-making quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion thread on detected trends within the TrendSpotter AI feature.

Given the user has identified a trend, when they create a discussion thread, then other team members should receive notifications and be able to comment on the thread.

User tags another team member in a comment related to a specific trend.

Given a user is viewing a trend, when they tag a team member in a comment, then the tagged member should receive a notification and see the comment highlighted.

Collaborative team member access to a shared trend report.

Given a trend report is published, when team members access the report, then they should be able to view, comment, and collaborate on the findings in real-time.

User searches for specific tags or keywords related to trends.

Given a user is accessing the collaborative trend insights, when they enter a tag or keyword in the search bar, then the system should return relevant threads and comments.

A user receives real-time notifications about updates on trends they are following.

Given a user is following specific trends, when there are new comments or updates on those trends, then the user should receive immediate notifications.

User rates the quality of insights shared in a collaborative discussion thread.

Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when they rate an insight on a scale of 1-5, then the average rating should be displayed and updated for all participants.

KPI Wizard

KPI Wizard simplifies the process of defining and tracking key performance indicators by suggesting relevant metrics based on users' data sets and specific business goals. This feature enables users to quickly establish performance benchmarks, ensuring they focus on what's truly important for their growth and success.

Requirements

Automated KPI Suggestions

"As a business manager, I want automated KPI suggestions based on my data, so that I can easily define the most relevant performance metrics without extensive manual research."

Description

The Automated KPI Suggestions feature provides users with intelligent recommendations for Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) based on their imported data sets and predefined business objectives. By analyzing the existing data, the system will identify relevant metrics that align with users’ goals, thereby simplifying the KPI definition process. This functionality not only saves time but also ensures that users focus on the most impactful metrics. It integrates seamlessly with the drag-and-drop interface of InsightFlow, allowing users to easily incorporate suggested KPIs into their reports and dashboards. Furthermore, this feature enhances user engagement by promoting a deeper understanding of performance metrics relevant to their business context, thereby facilitating informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User imports a CSV data file into InsightFlow to create a report on sales performance metrics.

Given a valid CSV file is imported, When the user clicks on the 'KPI Wizard', Then relevant KPIs generated for sales performance should be displayed as suggestions.

A user has pre-defined business objectives related to customer acquisition and wants to track relevant KPIs.

Given the user has set specific business objectives for customer acquisition, When they access the KPI Wizard, Then the system should suggest KPIs that specifically align with those objectives.

A user wants to integrate suggested KPIs into their dashboard for real-time monitoring of business performance.

Given the user has selected specific suggested KPIs, When they drag and drop these KPIs into their dashboard, Then the KPIs should be displayed correctly with real-time data updates.

A user has just imported a new dataset and wants to ensure the KPI Wizard updates its suggestions accordingly.

Given a new dataset is imported, When the user reopens the KPI Wizard, Then the system should analyze the new data and update KPI suggestions accordingly.

Users are utilizing the KPI Wizard to generate KPIs for different departments within their organization.

Given users select different department filters in the KPI Wizard, When they request KPI suggestions, Then the system should provide KPIs relevant to each selected department's metrics.

Users are seeking a historical comparison of KPIs over a predefined timeline to assess their performance.

Given users have selected a timeline for historical comparison in the KPI Wizard, When the analysis is completed, Then the system should present KPIs with historical data comparison clearly displayed in the report.

Custom KPI Building

"As a data analyst, I want to build custom KPIs using specific metrics, so that I can measure performance that aligns with our unique business objectives."

Description

The Custom KPI Building feature allows users to create personalized KPIs from scratch, using any combinations of available metrics and data points within the platform. This capability is crucial for businesses with unique goals or specific operational metrics that are not covered by standard suggestions. Users can define formulas, set targets, and establish thresholds for alerting, giving them complete control over their performance evaluations. This feature integrates with existing templates and visualizations, ensuring that custom KPIs can be displayed meaningfully within reports and dashboards. The ability to tailor KPIs enhances the relevance of the insights derived from the data, empowering users to track performance in line with their distinct business strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a custom KPI using the KPI Wizard interface.

Given a user is on the KPI Wizard interface, when they select metrics and define formulas, then a custom KPI should be created and saved successfully.

User sets targets and thresholds for a custom KPI.

Given a user has created a custom KPI, when they input targets and thresholds, then those settings should be applied and visible in the KPI settings.

User integrates custom KPIs into an existing dashboard.

Given a user has a dashboard created, when they drag and drop a custom KPI into the dashboard, then the KPI should appear on the dashboard without any issues.

User receives an alert when a custom KPI threshold is breached.

Given a user has set a threshold for a custom KPI, when the KPI data surpasses that threshold, then an alert notification should be triggered and sent to the user.

User edits an existing custom KPI definition.

Given a user has previously created a custom KPI, when they access the KPI and make changes to its definition, then the updated KPI should reflect the changes immediately.

User deletes a custom KPI they no longer need.

Given a user is viewing their created custom KPIs, when they choose to delete a specific KPI, then that KPI should be removed from the user's dashboard and the KPI list successfully without errors.

User previews a custom KPI in the report template before saving.

Given a user is building a report and has created a custom KPI, when they click on the preview button, then the report should display the custom KPI correctly formatted and calculated based on the defined metrics.

KPI Dashboard Integration

"As a team leader, I want to integrate my KPIs into a customizable dashboard, so that I can monitor performance metrics in real-time and make informed decisions quickly."

Description

The KPI Dashboard Integration feature enables users to seamlessly visualize their KPIs on personalized dashboards. Users can drag and drop selected KPIs onto their unique dashboards for real-time monitoring and performance tracking. This integration ensures that all relevant KPIs are readily accessible and displayed in visually engaging formats such as charts, graphs, and tables. The dashboard will update in real-time as data changes, providing users with up-to-date insights into performance. Essential for fostering a data-driven culture, this feature allows teams to prioritize insights easily, facilitating quick assessments and informed decision-making. Moreover, the KPI Dashboard Integration responds to user feedback for customizable views, ensuring that the dashboards align with user preferences and workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully creates a personalized KPI dashboard using the KPI Wizard feature and adds various KPIs relevant to their business goals.

Given a user has access to the KPI Wizard, When they select KPIs from the suggested metrics and drag them to their dashboard, Then the chosen KPIs should be displayed correctly and updated in real-time based on incoming data.

A team collaborates on a KPI dashboard, and members can view changes and updates made by others in real-time.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a KPI dashboard, When one user updates a KPI or adds a new visual component, Then all other users should see the changes reflected on their dashboards within 5 seconds.

User adjusts the layout of their personalized KPI dashboard and saves it for future use.

Given a user has personalized their KPI dashboard layout, When they rearrange KPIs and hit the save button, Then the modified layout should be saved and displayed correctly upon the next login.

User checks the responsiveness of the KPI dashboard on different devices, including mobile and tablet.

Given a user accesses the KPI dashboard on a mobile device, When they open the dashboard, Then it should resize and display correctly across various screen sizes without losing functionality or data visualization clarity.

A user seeks to customize the view of their KPI dashboard to highlight specific metrics over time.

Given a user wants to customize their KPI dashboard, When they select the date range filter for KPIs from the available options, Then the dashboard should refresh to display only the selected metrics for the specified time period.

Actionable Recommendations Engine

The Actionable Recommendations Engine analyzes historical data and current trends to provide users with customized suggestions on actions to take. By translating complex data analysis into clear, executable strategies, this feature helps users make informed decisions faster, enhancing operational efficiency and outcomes.

Requirements

Data Insight Extraction

"As a non-technical user, I want to automatically extract important insights from my data so that I can make quick and informed decisions without needing to analyze numbers myself."

Description

The Data Insight Extraction requirement focuses on enabling users to retrieve key insights from their data automatically. This will utilize algorithms that analyze historical data patterns and current trends to surface relevant data points that can inform decision-making. It enhances InsightFlow by enriching the user experience with actionable data, thereby facilitating faster and more informed decisions. By automating the extraction process, users can save time and focus on strategic tasks, ensuring that they are always equipped with the most pertinent information before taking action.

Acceptance Criteria

User retrieves insights from the dashboard after uploading a new dataset.

Given a user has uploaded a new dataset, when they request insights extraction, then the system should display key insights based on historical patterns and current trends within 10 seconds.

User accesses the Actionable Recommendations Engine to get suggestions based on the extracted insights.

Given a user has successfully extracted insights, when they navigate to the Actionable Recommendations Engine, then the engine should provide at least three customized recommendations based on the extracted data points.

User wants to understand the relevance of the extracted insights in the context of their business metrics.

Given a user views the extracted insights, when they hover over any insight, then a tooltip should display additional context explaining how that insight relates to their specific business metrics with examples.

User checks the accuracy of the insights extracted from a historical dataset.

Given a user inputs a historical dataset, when they request insights extraction, then the insights generated should match at least 85% accuracy when compared against manually curated insights for that dataset.

User collaborates with team members on the insights extracted from a recent report.

Given a user has extracted insights, when they share the report with team members, then all team members should be able to view the insights collaboratively in real-time with editing capabilities.

User reviews insights based on multiple datasets combined for a comprehensive analysis.

Given a user uploads multiple datasets, when the user requests insights extraction, then the system should perform a combined analysis and display key insights from all datasets within 15 seconds.

User wants to automate recurring insights extraction for a weekly report.

Given a user has configured a weekly extraction schedule, when the week elapses, then the system should automatically extract and email the insights report to the user without manual intervention.

Customizable Recommendation Parameters

"As a business owner, I want to customize the parameters for the recommendations I receive so that I can ensure the suggestions align with my unique business objectives and constraints."

Description

The Customizable Recommendation Parameters requirement will allow users to set their own parameters for the recommendations they receive. By enabling users to define what factors are most important to them—such as cost, resources, timeframes, or specific KPIs—the platform can tailor its recommendations accordingly. This adds a layer of personalization that aligns with individual business goals and improves user satisfaction by ensuring that the insights generated are relevant and applicable to their situations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Recommendation Parameters for a Sales Campaign

Given a user accesses the Actionable Recommendations Engine, when they select parameters such as cost, timeframe, and target KPIs, then the recommendations generated should prioritize those selected factors in the output.

User Saves and Applies Customized Recommendation Parameters

Given a user has customized their recommendation parameters, when they save these settings and refresh the recommendations, then the system should retain the parameters and reflect the updated recommendations that align with the saved criteria.

User Requests Recommendations Based on Customized Parameters

Given a user has set their customizable parameters for the recommendations, when they request actionable recommendations, then the system should generate a list of recommendations that directly correlate with the specified parameters such as cost and resources.

User Views Recommendations and Modifies Parameters

Given a user views the recommendations provided by the Actionable Recommendations Engine, when they modify one or more parameters, then the system should immediately update the displayed recommendations to reflect the changes made.

User Receives Feedback on Parameter Settings

Given a user sets their own recommendation parameters, when they proceed to request recommendations, then the system should provide feedback on the potential impact of those settings on the quality of recommendations received.

User Shares Customized Recommendations with a Team Member

Given a user has generated recommendations based on their custom parameters, when they share these recommendations with a team member, then the shared recommendations should include all relevant customizable parameters used to generate them.

User Deletes Customized Recommendation Parameters

Given a user has set custom parameters for their recommendations, when they delete those parameters, then the system should revert to the default settings, and subsequent recommendations should reflect this change accordingly.

Integration with Third-party Data Sources

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate third-party data sources into the platform so that I can consolidate insights from multiple data streams and enhance the accuracy of the recommendations I receive."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling the Actionable Recommendations Engine to integrate seamlessly with a variety of third-party data sources. By supporting integrations with popular services such as Google Analytics, CRMs, and databases, users can broaden the scope of their analysis and enrich their data sets. With access to diverse data pools, the recommendations generated will be far more comprehensive and actionable, thus increasing user reliance on the recommendations made by InsightFlow for their business strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Integrating with Google Analytics for real-time data visualization.

Given that a user has connected their Google Analytics account, when they select the relevant data source in the Actionable Recommendations Engine, then the user should see real-time analytical data reflected in their dashboard without any lag.

Importing data from a CRM system for enhanced customer insights.

Given that the user has linked their CRM account, when the user imports customer data into the Actionable Recommendations Engine, then the system should successfully retrieve and display the data within 5 minutes, enabling users to generate actionable insights from it.

Accessing and pulling data from a SQL database.

Given that a user has proper authentication to access a SQL database, when the user initiates a data fetch from the database, then the Actionable Recommendations Engine should retrieve the specified data tables accurately and provide a confirmation message of successful data retrieval.

Using multiple data sources simultaneously for a comprehensive analysis.

Given that a user has connected multiple third-party data sources, when they create a new report, then the Actionable Recommendations Engine should allow for data analysis from all connected sources, displaying results in a unified format.

Visualizing data from imported Excel sheets for recommendations.

Given that a user uploads an Excel sheet containing relevant data, when the data is processed, then the Actionable Recommendations Engine should generate actionable recommendations based on the imported data within 10 seconds of upload.

Providing user feedback on the integration setup process.

Given that a user is in the process of integrating a third-party data source, when they complete the setup steps, then the user should receive a clear success message or troubleshooting tips if an error occurs, ensuring they understand the status of their integration.

Enabling data source configuration changes.

Given that a user has previously connected a third-party data source, when they initiate a change in the connection settings, then the Actionable Recommendations Engine should reflect the changes accurately and allow the user to re-fetch data from the updated source without needing to restart the application.

User Feedback Loop

"As a user of the platform, I want to provide feedback on the recommendations I receive so that the system can learn and improve the quality of the suggestions over time."

Description

The User Feedback Loop requirement entails establishing a mechanism for users to provide feedback on the recommendations they receive. This feature is crucial for continuously improving the quality of the recommendations over time based on actual user experiences. The feedback loop will allow the system to learn which recommendations were beneficial and which were not, thus refining the algorithms and enhancing the overall user experience. This requirement ensures that the actionable recommendations align closely with user needs and preferences, creating a more effective decision tool.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission on Recommendations Received

Given a user has received actionable recommendations, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit their feedback regarding the helpfulness of each recommendation through a simple and intuitive interface.

Feedback Integration into Recommendation Algorithms

Given the system has collected user feedback on recommendations over a specified period, when the algorithm runs its update cycle, then the recommendations presented to users should reflect improvements based on user feedback and identified trends.

User Notification of Feedback Impact

Given a user has provided feedback on actionable recommendations, when they return to the platform after a feedback cycle, then they should see a summary of how their feedback contributed to changes in future recommendations they receive.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard for Administrators

Given the feedback loop is operational, when administrators access the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see visual representations of user feedback trends, including most common issues and user satisfaction metrics with the recommendations provided.

User Experience Improvement Metrics

Given the user feedback loop is fully implemented, when the system collects data on user engagement with recommendations over time, then metrics such as increased recommendation usage and improved decision outcomes should show measurable growth compared to a baseline period.

Real-time Recommendations Updates

"As a project manager, I want to receive real-time updates to recommendations so that I can adjust actions and strategies based on the latest data trends without waiting for periodic reports."

Description

Real-time Recommendations Updates is a requirement aimed at providing users with instant updates on recommendations based on real-time data changes. As new information arrives or conditions shift, the recommendations will dynamically adjust to reflect these alterations immediately. This is vital for maintaining the relevance of suggestions, especially in fast-paced business environments, enabling users to act on the most current data available without delay.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time recommendations after updating data in their dashboard.

Given a user has updated data in their dashboard, When the data is processed, Then the recommendations should be updated and displayed within 2 seconds.

User checks the recommendations on different devices to ensure consistency.

Given a user accesses their account on a mobile device, When they refresh the recommendations, Then the recommendations should match those displayed on their desktop version.

Recommendations adapt based on user role and preferences.

Given a user with a specific role logs in, When the recommendations are generated, Then the recommendations should align with user role and previously set preferences.

User sees a notification for new recommendations when data changes occur.

Given a user is actively using the platform, When new data is processed, Then the user should receive a notification indicating that the recommendations have been updated.

User can request updates on specific recommendations manually.

Given a user is viewing recommendations, When they click the 'Refresh Recommendations' button, Then the system should immediately update the recommendations based on the latest data.

The system delivers accurate recommendations based on defined algorithms.

Given a predefined algorithm is in place, When the recommendation process runs, Then the recommendations should accurately reflect the outcomes of the algorithm based on the latest data input.

User can revert to previous recommendations if needed.

Given a user has viewed updated recommendations, When they select 'View Previous Recommendations', Then the system should display the recommendations from the last update.

Visual Feedback on Recommendations

"As a user, I want to see visual representations of recommendations so that I can understand their potential impact before executing suggested actions."

Description

The Visual Feedback on Recommendations requirement focuses on creating a visual representation of how recommendations will impact the data and workflows. By providing graphical illustrations or simulations of suggested actions, users can better understand the potential outcomes before they implement these recommendations. This enhances users' confidence in decision-making and encourages them to engage more with the recommendations offered by the Actionable Recommendations Engine.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Visual Feedback for Recommendations Following Data Analysis

Given the user has accessed the Actionable Recommendations Engine and analyzed their data, when they click on a recommendation, then a visual representation of the expected outcome is displayed clearly, enabling the user to visualize the impact of the recommendation on their data.

Comparison of Potential Outcomes

Given the user has multiple recommendations presented, when the user selects a recommendation, then the interface displays a side-by-side comparison of the potential outcomes for all recommendations to aid decision-making.

User Engagement with Visual Feedback

Given the user views the visual feedback for a recommendation, when the user interacts with the visual elements (e.g., hovering, clicking), then detailed information about each visual element is available, enhancing understanding of the recommendation's implications.

Real-Time Updates to Visual Feedback

Given that new data is input into the platform, when the user refreshes the recommendations, then the visual feedback should automatically update to reflect the changes in recommendations based on the latest data.

Clarity of Graphical Representations

Given the visual feedback is displayed, when the user reviews the graphical representations, then they should be easy to understand, with clear labels, legends, and color coding that differentiate outcomes effectively.

Access Control for Recommendations','criteria':'Given a user rolls out new recommendations, when receiving feedback on the visual impact, then those recommendations should respect user permissions to ensure appropriate data access.

Insight Dashboard Snapshot

Insight Dashboard Snapshot provides users with a visual summary of key insights and trends derived from their data. This feature presents critical information in an easily digestible format, allowing users to quickly review and share vital findings with stakeholders without diving deep into complex data sets.

Requirements

Interactive Data Insights

"As a data analyst, I want to interact with the dashboard snapshots so that I can explore trends and insights in more detail without creating separate reports."

Description

The Interactive Data Insights requirement enables users to engage with their dashboard snapshots dynamically. Users can hover over elements, click to expand details, and filter the information displayed. This functionality allows users to explore insights more deeply without needing to create additional reports or dashboards, fostering a more engaging user experience. The integration with the existing features of InsightFlow will be seamless, providing a consistent look and feel while enhancing the analytical capabilities of the Insight Dashboard Snapshot. The expected outcome is a richer data exploration experience that empowers users to make data-driven decisions swiftly.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Data Insights Overview

Given a user viewing the Insight Dashboard Snapshot, when they hover over a data point, then a tooltip displaying the data details should appear without any delay.

Filtering Functionality Availability

Given a user on the Insight Dashboard Snapshot, when they apply a filter to the displayed data, then the dashboard should refresh to show only the relevant data points based on the selected filter criteria within 2 seconds.

Expandable Data Elements

Given a user on the Insight Dashboard Snapshot, when they click on a data element, then a detailed view should expand beneath the element, displaying additional metrics and insights related to that specific data point.

Consistent UI Experience

Given a user navigating through the Interactive Data Insights feature, when they interact with various dashboard elements, then the visual design and interaction patterns should align with the existing InsightFlow interface to ensure a seamless experience.

Real-time Data Updates

Given a user using the Insight Dashboard Snapshot, when new data is available, then the dashboard should update the displayed data automatically with no more than a 5-second refresh interval.

Sharing Insights with Stakeholders

Given a user using the Insight Dashboard Snapshot, when they select the share option, then a link to the current snapshot with all applied filters and interactions should be generated, allowing easy sharing with stakeholders.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given a user interacting with the Interactive Data Insights, when they submit feedback through the provided feedback option, then a confirmation message should appear, and their feedback should be logged for review by the development team.

Automated Snapshot Sharing

"As a team lead, I want to schedule automated sharing of dashboard snapshots so that my team is consistently informed about data trends without additional effort."

Description

The Automated Snapshot Sharing requirement allows users to schedule and automatically distribute their dashboard snapshots via email or messaging platforms at set intervals. This feature enhances collaboration by ensuring that stakeholders receive timely updates on key insights and trends derived from the data without requiring manual intervention. The implementation will include options for customizing the recipients, frequency, and format of the snapshots, ensuring that users can tailor the distribution to their needs. This will improve communication across teams and keep everyone aligned on data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules automated snapshot sharing for a weekly report to be sent every Monday at 9 AM to their team members.

Given the user has configured the snapshot sharing settings for a weekly report, When the time reaches 9 AM on Monday, Then the snapshot should be automatically sent to the specified team members without any manual intervention.

User customizes the recipients of the automated snapshot and verifies that only the selected individuals receive the snapshot email.

Given the user has selected specific recipients for the automated snapshot, When the snapshot is sent, Then only the chosen recipients should receive the email containing the snapshot.

User selects the format in which the snapshot will be sent (PDF or image) and checks the received format.

Given the user has chosen a PDF format for the snapshot, When the snapshot is sent, Then the recipients should receive the snapshot in the correct PDF format as specified.

User wishes to change the frequency of snapshot sharing from weekly to daily and confirms the change takes effect immediately.

Given the user has changed the frequency of the snapshot sharing to daily, When the change is saved, Then the system should reflect the new frequency and send the first snapshot the next day.

User reviews the history of sent snapshots and checks that all scheduled snapshots are recorded accurately.

Given the user accesses the snapshot history feature, When they review the sent snapshots, Then all scheduled and sent snapshots with timestamps and recipients should be accurately displayed in the history log.

User attempts to send a snapshot at a time outside of the scheduled interval to validate an error or alert mechanism.

Given the user tries to manually trigger a snapshot outside the scheduled time, When the user executes the action, Then the system should notify the user that the snapshot sharing will only occur at scheduled intervals.

Snapshot Comparison Tool

"As a business owner, I want to compare multiple dashboard snapshots so that I can track changes in performance over different quarters."

Description

The Snapshot Comparison Tool requirement enables users to compare two or more dashboard snapshots side-by-side. This functionality allows users to assess changes over time, evaluate different datasets, or prioritize which insights are most relevant. By visualizing the differences and similarities clearly, users can make better-informed decisions and identify trends or anomalies effectively. The tool will integrate with existing dashboards within InsightFlow, making it intuitive for users to utilize while supporting various data formats. This feature is essential for users needing to analyze performance metrics or periodic reports increasingly.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares two dashboard snapshots to assess changes in sales performance over the previous quarter, looking to identify trends and anomalies in their data.

Given the user selects two snapshots for comparison, when the user initiates the Snapshot Comparison Tool, then the tool displays both snapshots side by side with highlighted differences in metrics and visuals.

A user wants to share a snapshot comparison with their team during a meeting to illustrate changes in user engagement metrics.

Given the user has performed a snapshot comparison, when the user selects the ‘Share’ option, then the system generates a shareable link that allows team members to view the comparison in real-time.

A user needs to evaluate multiple datasets to prioritize which insights are most relevant for an upcoming report.

Given the user selects more than two snapshots for comparison, when the user activates the Snapshot Comparison Tool, then the tool allows the user to choose metrics to visualize across all selected snapshots, ensuring clarity in differences and similarities.

A user wishes to save a comparison view for later analysis and reference.

Given that the user has created a snapshot comparison, when the user clicks the 'Save Comparison' button, then the system saves the comparison settings and visuals under the user’s dashboard for future access.

User wants to switch between viewing summary metrics and detailed insights within the compared snapshots.

Given the user is viewing the snapshot comparison, when the user toggles between ‘Summary View’ and ‘Detailed View’, then the display updates accordingly, showing either key metrics or expanded data points.

A user seeks to understand how to utilize the Snapshot Comparison Tool effectively.

Given that the user accesses the Snapshot Comparison Tool for the first time, when the tool is opened, then a guided tutorial prompts the user with instructions and tips on how to use the features of the tool.

Customizable Dashboard Templates

"As a marketing manager, I want to customize dashboard templates to reflect our branding so that our reports are visually appealing and professional for stakeholders."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Templates requirement introduces a suite of pre-designed templates that users can customize to create their own dashboard snapshots. Users can modify layouts, colors, and specific metrics displayed, aligning the dashboards with their branding and preferences. This feature empowers users to create presentations or reports tailored to their audience, enhancing the visual appeal and clarity of the information presented. Seamless integration with existing data sources will ensure that any changes made in the templates reflect real-time data, facilitating a user-friendly experience and better communication of insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes a Dashboard Template for Marketing Metrics

Given the user selects a pre-designed marketing dashboard template, when they modify the layout and change the displayed metrics such as 'website traffic' and 'conversion rate', then the customized dashboard should reflect these changes and display real-time data accordingly.

User Saves and Shares a Customized Dashboard Snapshot

Given the user has customized their dashboard template, when they click the 'Save and Share' button, then the dashboard should be saved successfully and generate a shareable link that can be sent to stakeholders.

User Changes Color Scheme of Dashboard Template

Given the user is editing a dashboard template, when they choose to change the color scheme, then the selected colors should immediately update in the preview, and the new scheme should be reflected in the final saved version of the dashboard.

User Integrates Real-Time Data Sources into Customized Dashboard

Given the user is creating a dashboard from a template, when they select data sources to integrate, then the dashboard should automatically populate with the most current data from those sources without requiring any manual refresh.

User Tests Dashboard Template Responsiveness on Different Devices

Given a user has created a customized dashboard, when they view it on multiple devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the dashboard should maintain layout integrity and readability across all screen sizes and orientations.

User Applies Branding Elements to Dashboard Template

Given the user has access to branding options, when they insert their logo and change the template fonts to match their brand guidelines, then these elements should be applied seamlessly across the entire dashboard and saved.

Real-time Data Refresh

"As a financial analyst, I want my dashboard snapshots to refresh in real-time so that I can base my decisions on the latest data available."

Description

The Real-time Data Refresh requirement ensures that the dashboard snapshots reflect the most up-to-date data available, allowing users to make informed decisions quickly. This capability involves automatic data synchronization at defined intervals or on-demand requests, enhancing the relevance and timeliness of the insights provided. By implementing this requirement, InsightFlow strengthens its value proposition as a tool for data-driven decision-making and provides users with confidence that the data they are analyzing is accurate and current.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a data refresh on the Insight Dashboard during a team meeting to show the latest sales figures to stakeholders.

Given that the user is on the Insight Dashboard, when they click the 'Refresh' button, then the dashboard displays the latest data without errors within 5 seconds.

The dashboard is set to refresh data automatically every 10 minutes during an active session.

Given that the dashboard is open, when 10 minutes pass, then the data displayed is automatically updated without manual intervention, and a notification is shown indicating the refresh was successful.

A user wants to compare yesterday's sales data with today's sales data using the Insight Dashboard's refresh capability.

Given that the user requests a refresh of the dashboard, when they view the snapshot, then they can see comparisons for different time periods with clear labeling of updated data.

A user is accessing the Insight Dashboard on a mobile device while on the go and wants to refresh the data remotely.

Given that the user is on a mobile device, when they click on the refresh icon, then the dashboard updates the data within 7 seconds and retains the same visual format as on a desktop.

The dashboard automatically refreshes when a new data set is uploaded by the user.

Given that a user uploads a new data set, when the upload is completed, then the dashboard refreshes automatically and displays the new data within 10 seconds, with a confirmation message.

During high-traffic usage hours, the dashboard refresh is expected to maintain performance without delays.

Given that the dashboard is accessed by multiple users simultaneously, when the refresh is requested, then the refresh completes within 10 seconds without any lag or errors.

Mobile-Friendly Dashboards

"As a remote employee, I want to view my dashboard snapshots on my mobile device so that I can analyze important insights while traveling."

Description

The Mobile-Friendly Dashboards requirement adapts the dashboard snapshots for optimal viewing on mobile devices, ensuring that users can access critical insights regardless of their location. This adaptation includes responsive design elements that adjust layout and content for smaller screens, enhancing usability and accessibility. By implementing this feature, InsightFlow ensures that users can make on-the-go decisions, maintain productivity, and collaborate with their team effectively, even when away from their primary workspaces.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing the Insight Dashboard Snapshot on a mobile device while away from the office to review key business metrics.

Given the user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, When the dashboard loads, Then it must display all key insights and trends clearly without the need for horizontal scrolling.

User shares the mobile dashboard snapshot with a stakeholder via email while traveling.

Given the user selects the share option, When the dashboard snapshot is sent, Then the email should contain a correctly rendered version of the dashboard that maintains its responsiveness.

User adjusts the on-screen filters on the mobile dashboard to view specific data points while attending a meeting.

Given the user applies filters on the mobile dashboard, When the filters are activated, Then the displayed data must update in real-time to reflect the applied filters accurately.

User attempts to access the mobile dashboard in various screen orientations (portrait and landscape) during a presentation.

Given the user rotates their mobile device, When the dashboard is displayed, Then it must automatically adjust its layout to fit the new screen orientation without losing any functionality.

User receives an automatic notification about critical metric changes while viewing the mobile dashboard.

Given the user has notifications enabled, When a critical metric changes, Then the user must receive a real-time notification that directs them to the relevant section of the dashboard.

User collaborates with team members through the mobile dashboard during a remote meeting.

Given multiple users access the mobile dashboard simultaneously, When they make changes or annotations, Then all users must see the changes in real-time without any delays or crashes.

User accesses the mobile dashboard in low-network connectivity environments.

Given the user opens the dashboard in an area with poor connectivity, When the dashboard loads, Then it must display cached data and still provide essential features without crashing or freezing.

Automated Alert System

The Automated Alert System proactively notifies users of significant changes or anomalies in their data. By sending real-time alerts based on pre-set criteria, this feature ensures that users can respond quickly to potential issues or opportunities as they arise, enhancing agility in decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Notification Configuration

"As a data analyst, I want to configure real-time notification settings for specific metrics so that I can quickly respond to changes and optimize our strategic initiatives accordingly."

Description

This requirement allows users to set up personalized criteria for receiving real-time alerts related to their data. Users can define thresholds for specific metrics, such as sales numbers or customer engagement rates, and choose the type of notifications they prefer (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications). This functionality enhances user engagement by providing timely and relevant information, enabling them to manage their data proactively and make informed decisions without constant monitoring of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully configures personalized real-time notification settings for sales metrics.

Given a user is logged in to InsightFlow, when they navigate to the 'Notification Settings' section and set a threshold for sales metrics, then the notification configuration should be saved without errors and displayed in the notification list.

User selects preferred notification channels for receiving alerts.

Given a user has configured their notification settings, when they choose notification channels (email, SMS, in-app) and save the settings, then the selected channels should be indicated as active in the user profile.

User receives timely notifications when sales metrics exceed predefined thresholds.

Given that sales metrics exceed the configured threshold, when the notification system triggers, then the user should receive an alert via their selected notification channels within 5 minutes of the threshold being breached.

User edits existing notification criteria for customer engagement rates.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they edit the existing criteria for customer engagement rates and save the changes, then the updated criteria should reflect accurately in the notification settings without causing any errors.

User tests the notification system to ensure alerts are functioning properly.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they trigger a test notification for a specified metric, then the system should generate and send a test alert to the user's selected channels within a minute and provide confirmation.

User views a history of received notifications to track alerts over time.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'Notification History' section, then they should see a list of all notifications received in the past, sorted by date and time, showing details of each alert.

User disables notifications and verifies that no further alerts are received.

Given a user has disabled their notifications in the settings, when they perform actions that would previously trigger alerts, then no notifications should be sent to any selected channels.

Anomaly Detection Algorithms

"As a business manager, I want to receive alerts when anomalies in our sales data occur so that I can investigate and address any issues that could affect our revenue."

Description

This requirement involves integrating advanced anomaly detection algorithms to identify unusual patterns in the data. The algorithms will analyze the data trends and alert users whenever deviations from the expected patterns are detected. This capability is critical for helping users recognize potential issues before they escalate, allowing for timely intervention and better resource allocation based on data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when an anomaly is detected in their sales data, indicating a significant drop in sales over the past week compared to the previous month.

Given the Anomaly Detection Algorithms are implemented, when sales data shows a drop of more than 20% compared to the previous month's average, then a real-time alert should be sent to the user via email and within the InsightFlow dashboard.

User can customize anomaly detection thresholds for different metrics to suit their business needs, ensuring alerts are relevant and actionable.

Given the user is in the settings menu, when the user adjusts the threshold for anomaly detection on their revenue metrics, then the system should save these custom threshold values and apply them to future alerts.

After an anomaly alert is triggered, the user should be able to view a detailed report providing insights into the detected anomaly, including possible causes and data visualizations.

Given an anomaly has been detected and alerted, when the user clicks on the alert notification, then a detailed report should be displayed that includes the date of the anomaly, the affected metrics, possible causes, and visualizations of the relevant data.

User sees aggregate anomaly statistics on their dashboard, providing insights into the frequency of anomalies detected over a defined period.

Given the user has access to their dashboard, when the dashboard is loaded, then it should display a widget showing the total number of anomalies detected in the last 30 days, along with a trend graph for visual representation.

The system notifies users of anomalies detected in real-time during a busy work period, allowing for immediate attention to critical issues.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when an anomaly is detected during regular business hours (9 AM to 5 PM), then the system should send a pop-up alert on the dashboard and an email alert immediately to the user.

Users can deactivate anomaly alerts if they are determined to be unnecessary or irrelevant to their operations, ensuring flexibility in notification management.

Given the user has received multiple alerts regarding the same anomaly type, when the user selects the option to deactivate alerts for that specific metric, then the system should confirm deactivation and stop sending alerts for future anomalies of that type for that user.

User Activity Monitoring

"As a product manager, I want to monitor user interactions with the alert system so that I can optimize alert triggers and improve user engagement based on their response patterns."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of user activity monitoring to track and log user engagement with the alert system. By analyzing user interactions, the system can provide insights into which alerts are most frequently triggered and whether users are taking action based on the alerts received. This feedback mechanism will help enhance the system's user experience and effectiveness over time, ensuring that alerts remain relevant and actionable for users.

Acceptance Criteria

User Activity Tracking for Alert Engagement

Given a user receives alerts from the Automated Alert System, when the user interacts with the alert (e.g., clicks, dismisses, or acknowledges), then the interaction should be logged in the system with a timestamp and user ID.

Alert Frequency Analysis

Given that multiple users are receiving alerts, when an alert is triggered, then the system should track how many times each alert type is triggered over a defined period (e.g., weekly) and report this data to the admin.

User Feedback Collection on Alerts

Given that a user receives an alert, when the alert is acknowledged, then the user should be prompted to provide feedback on the alert's relevance and usefulness, which should be recorded in the system.

Action Taken Monitoring Post-Alert Receipt

Given that a user has received an alert, when any actions are taken related to that alert (e.g., modifying data, generating a report), then the system should log the action taken and associate it with the relevant alert received.

Alert System Usage Reports for Admins

Given that users are engaging with alerts, when an admin requests an engagement report, then the system should generate a report detailing user interactions, alert frequency, and feedback for review.

User Interaction Heatmap Visualization

Given the logged user activity data, when the admin accesses the data, then a visual heatmap should be generated to show the frequency and types of alerts users are engaging with over time.

Automated Alert System Performance Tracking

Given that the Automated Alert System is active, when alerts are triggered, then the system should log the time taken for each alert to be generated and delivered to ensure performance metrics can be evaluated.

Custom Alert Templates

"As a marketing coordinator, I want to create custom alert templates that reflect our branding so that the notifications are easily recognizable and convey essential information quickly."

Description

This requirement allows users to create and customize alert templates to suit their unique needs. Users can design alerts with specific formats, messages, and visual elements, ensuring that the notifications they receive are intuitive and meaningful. This personalization improves user satisfaction and ensures that critical information stands out, facilitating quicker response actions and enhancing the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a Custom Alert Template for Data Anomalies

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the 'Alert Templates' section and select 'Create New Template', then they must be able to choose from at least three different alert formats, define their notification message, and select at least two visual elements for customization.

Editing an Existing Custom Alert Template

Given a user is on the 'Alert Templates' page, when they select an existing alert template to edit, then they should be able to modify the alert name, change notification types, and update visual elements without errors.

Testing a Custom Alert Template Workflow

Given a user has created a custom alert template, when they perform a simulated data anomaly that meets the template's criteria, then they must receive a notification generated from the custom alert template that reflects the specified format and message within 5 minutes.

Deleting a Custom Alert Template

Given a user is viewing their list of alert templates, when they select an alert template and choose the 'Delete' option, then they must receive a confirmation prompt, and if confirmed, the alert template should be removed from their account permanently.

Previewing a Custom Alert Template before Saving

Given a user is in the process of creating or editing an alert template, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then they should see a simulated version of how the alert would appear to recipients, including format and visual elements.

Setting Frequency for Custom Alerts

Given a user is within the alert template settings, when they specify the frequency for receiving notifications (e.g., immediately, daily, weekly), then the selection should be saved successfully and be reflected in the active alert settings of the user.

Integration with External Tools

"As a team lead, I want to receive alerts in Slack when significant changes occur in our data so that our team can discuss and act on these changes promptly without switching between applications."

Description

This requirement aims at integrating the Automated Alert System with third-party tools such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, or project management software. By enabling external communication options, users can receive alerts in their preferred workflow environment, ensuring they can stay informed without needing to log into the platform constantly. This integration will increase real-time collaboration among teams and enhance operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Slack for Automated Alerts

Given a user has connected InsightFlow with their Slack account, when an automated alert is triggered, then the user should receive a notification in the designated Slack channel in real-time.

Integration with Microsoft Teams for Automated Alerts

Given a user has configured Microsoft Teams integration, when an alert is generated by the Automated Alert System, then it should be sent as a message to the specified Teams channel with relevant details.

Email Notification for Alerts

Given a user has opted to receive email notifications, when a significant data anomaly occurs, then an email alert should be sent containing the details of the anomaly and steps to take.

User Management for Alert Distribution List

Given an admin user, when they create an alert distribution list, then they should be able to add or remove team members from the list to manage who receives alerts.

Testing Alert Functionality with External Tools

Given the integration is implemented, when a test alert is triggered from InsightFlow, then all configured external tools (Slack, Microsoft Teams, Email) should receive the alert simultaneously without delays.

Customization of Alert Settings

Given a user is in the alert settings section, when they adjust the criteria for alerts (like sensitivity or types of changes), then these settings should be saved and reflected in future alert notifications.

User Feedback on Alert Relevancy

Given that alerts have been received by users, when they rate the relevancy of the alerts post-receipt, then the feedback should be captured and made available for analysis to improve the alert system.

Contextual Data Insights

Contextual Data Insights enriches analysis by providing explanations and context around key metrics and anomalies. By offering historical comparison, industry benchmarks, and trend analysis, this feature helps users fully understand their data, improving clarity and confidence in their decisions.

Requirements

Dynamic Historical Comparison

"As a business analyst, I want to compare our current sales metrics with last year's data so that I can assess our growth and identify any areas needing improvement."

Description

The Dynamic Historical Comparison requirement allows users to analyze key metrics against past performance. This feature will enable users to visualize historical trends and see how current metrics stack up against selected time frames, fostering a deeper understanding of data fluctuations. By integrating this feature, InsightFlow empowers users to identify patterns, assess performance over time, and make informed decisions based on historical context. The implementation will involve backend development to pull historical data and frontend enhancements to display the comparative visuals seamlessly within the existing dashboard.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Dynamic Historical Comparison feature from the dashboard and selects a specific key metric to analyze for the past 12 months.

Given the user has selected a key metric and a time frame of 12 months, when they click 'Analyze', then the dashboard displays a line graph comparing the selected metric against historical data for the specified time period.

User modifies the time frame for historical comparison from the default 12 months to 6 months.

Given the user has chosen a key metric and then selects a different time frame of 6 months, when they confirm the change, then the dashboard updates to reflect the historical data for the last 6 months without errors.

User hovers over a point in the historical comparison graph to see additional context about that data point.

Given the user is viewing the historical comparison graph, when they hover over any data point, then a tooltip appears showing the exact value, date, and a brief description of key events during that period.

User compares a key metric against an industry benchmark provided in the Dynamic Historical Comparison feature.

Given the user selects a benchmark from the provided list, when they view the historical comparison graph, then the benchmark line is accurately displayed alongside the user's data, allowing for clear visual correlation.

User wishes to view changes in key metric performance over multiple years in the Dynamic Historical Comparison feature.

Given the user has selected a key metric and chooses a multi-year comparison option, when they view the graph, then it successfully displays historical data spanning over the selected years with clear distinctions for each year shown.

User interacts with the historical comparison metrics and navigates away from the comparison to another feature within InsightFlow.

Given the user is currently engaged with the historical comparison metrics, when they navigate to another feature, then their previous selections are saved and can be easily accessed upon returning to the historical comparison.

User encounters an error while trying to visualize historical data for a key metric.

Given the user attempts to visualize data but encounters an issue, when they report the error, then the error tracking system records the incident and provides the user with a feedback prompt confirming their report has been sent.

Industry Benchmarking

"As a marketing manager, I want to compare our campaign performance against industry benchmarks so that I can gauge our effectiveness and optimize future efforts."

Description

The Industry Benchmarking requirement provides users with contextual insights by comparing their metrics against industry standards. This feature will automatically gather industry benchmark data relevant to the user's field and offer visual comparisons on their dashboards. By integrating this functionality, users can see how their performance measures up to others in their sector, enabling more informed decision-making and strategic planning. The implementation will require API integrations to source benchmark data and adjustments to the UI to display this information effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard to view industry benchmarks after inputting their company metrics.

Given that the user has entered their company metrics, when they access the dashboard, then the dashboard should display their metrics alongside corresponding industry benchmarks for comparison.

Admin configures the API settings to pull industry benchmark data relevant to the user's sector.

Given that the admin is in the settings page, when they configure the API with correct integration details, then the system should successfully retrieve and store industry benchmarking data without errors.

User analyzes their company's performance against the industry benchmarks displayed on the dashboard.

Given that industry benchmarks are displayed on the dashboard, when the user views the metrics, then they should see visual indicators (such as colors or icons) that clearly show whether their performance is above, below, or at the benchmark level.

User extracts a report comparing their metrics to the industry benchmarks.

Given that the user wants to generate a report, when they select 'Export Report', then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes their metrics compared to the industry benchmarks along with visual charts.

User interacts with the historical data features related to industry benchmarks within the dashboard.

Given that the user is on the industry benchmarks section of the dashboard, when they select a specific time period for comparison, then the dashboard should update to show historical benchmarks for that period alongside their current metrics.

Quality Assurance team tests the accuracy of benchmark data integration from the API.

Given that the benchmark data is sourced from the API, when the QA team verifies the data against external reliable sources, then the benchmarks should accurately reflect the latest industry data without discrepancies of more than 5 percent.

User encounters an issue with the display of benchmark data on their dashboard.

Given that the user has reported an issue with the benchmark display, when they file a support ticket, then the system should log the issue and provide a confirmation message to the user that their issue has been received and is in progress.

Anomaly Detection Alerts

"As a sales director, I want to receive alerts for any sudden drops in sales so that I can quickly investigate and address the underlying issues."

Description

The Anomaly Detection Alerts requirement equips users with the capability to automatically identify and notify them of unexpected changes or anomalies in their data. This feature will analyze trends and alert users when metrics deviate significantly from established patterns, enhancing their ability to respond promptly to potential issues or opportunities. By employing machine learning algorithms, InsightFlow will foster a proactive approach to data analysis. The implementation will involve creating algorithms for anomaly detection and developing notification systems integrated with the current dashboard.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a significant drop in website traffic is detected overnight, indicating a potential issue that requires immediate attention.

Given a dataset of website traffic metrics, When the traffic drops by 30% compared to the previous week's average, Then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert.

A user analyzes sales data that has shown a sudden spike; the system should provide context about previous spikes in sales to help understand the anomaly.

Given a dataset of sales metrics, When a spike of 50% or more is detected in the current week's sales, Then the system should provide historical comparisons and context for the last three spikes.

A financial analyst is evaluating monthly expenses and receives an alert about an expense category that exceeded its threshold, prompting deeper analysis.

Given a dataset of monthly expenses, When an expense category exceeds its established threshold by 20%, Then the user should receive a detailed anomaly report outlining the specific category and comparison against previous months.

User wants to set custom thresholds for anomaly detection and receive alerts based on these personalized criteria.

Given a user has customized their anomaly detection thresholds, When a metric exceeds the user-defined threshold, Then the system should send an alert that reflects the user’s preferences.

A marketing manager is alerted to unusual performance in ad spending, necessitating a review of the corresponding campaign metrics.

Given a dataset related to ad spending, When spending increases by 40% within a week without corresponding increases in key performance metrics, Then the marketing manager should receive an alert summarizing the anomaly.

A regional manager needs to know if there are any sales anomalies in their area compared to the broader market trends.

Given the sales data for a specific region, When the region's sales deviate from the overall market trend by more than 15%, Then the regional manager should receive a comparative analysis report indicating the anomaly.

An educator wants to receive alerts about student performance metrics that significantly differ from their norm, which could indicate potential issues with teaching or resources.

Given a dataset of student performance metrics, When a student's performance drops below the average by 25% compared to the last three evaluations, Then the educator should receive an alert including suggestions for further investigation.

Trend Analysis Visualization

"As a product manager, I want to visualize market trend data over the past five years so that I can identify seasonal patterns and adjust our strategy accordingly."

Description

The Trend Analysis Visualization requirement focuses on providing users with sophisticated tools to examine trends within their data over selected periods. Utilizing advanced graphical representations, users will be able to visualize long-term patterns and seasonal behaviors. This feature is crucial for users to spot trends over time, allowing them to make strategic forecasts and improve their tactical planning. Implementation will involve new visualization tools and enhancements to the existing charting functionalities within InsightFlow.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Trend Analysis Visualization feature to analyze sales data over the last year.

Given the user has uploaded a valid sales dataset, when they select the Trend Analysis Visualization option, then they should see a line chart representing sales trends over the past 12 months, with clear markers for each month's sales total.

User applies filters to view trends for a specific product line.

Given the user has access to a product dataset, when they select a specific product line and set a date range, then the system should update the visualization to display only the trends related to that product line within the specified date range.

User wants to compare historical sales data for two different years.

Given the user has access to sales data for multiple years, when they initiate a Trend Analysis Visualization and select two years for comparison, then the system should display a side-by-side bar chart comparing the sales data for both years.

User views an anomaly in the trend data and requests contextual insights.

Given the user identifies a significant dip in the sales trend, when they click on the anomaly, then the system should present contextual data insights including historical comparisons, industry benchmarks, and potential reasons for the dip.

User interacts with the visualization to see detailed data points.

Given the user is viewing the Trend Analysis Visualization, when they hover over specific points in the graph, then tooltips should display detailed information for that data point, including the exact value and date.

User shares the trend analysis report with team members for collaboration.

Given the user has generated a trend analysis report, when they click the share button, then the system should send an invitation link to selected team members' emails, allowing them to view and collaborate on the report in real-time.

Customizable Insights Dashboard

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard to show only the KPIs that are important to my role so that I can streamline my analysis and access key data quickly."

Description

The Customizable Insights Dashboard requirement allows users to personalize their dashboard according to their specific analytical needs. Users can choose which widgets and data visualizations to display, enabling them to focus on the metrics that matter most to them. This flexibility is essential for enhancing user experience and ensuring that users can tailor their insights to their preferences and priorities, leading to more effective data analysis. Implementation will involve developing a drag-and-drop interface for widget management and settings storage for user preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User Personalizes Their Dashboard Settings for Improved Data Analysis

Given that the user is on the Customizable Insights Dashboard, when they drag and drop widgets to rearrange their layout, then the dashboard should reflect these changes in real-time without any lag or error.

User Saves Their Dashboard Customizations for Future Sessions

Given that the user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the save button, then their preferences should be stored and retrieved accurately in subsequent sessions, preserving the layout and selected widgets.

User Chooses and Configures Specific Data Visualizations

Given that the user is customizing their dashboard, when they select a widget type to display their data, then they should be able to configure parameters such as data source, display range, and visualization type, and the dashboard should update accordingly.

User Deletes Unwanted Widgets from Their Dashboard

Given that the user wants to remove a widget from their dashboard, when they click the delete option on the widget, then the widget should be removed, and the remaining widgets should automatically adjust to fill the space without errors.

User Receives Recommendations for Useful Widgets Based on Data Usage

Given that the user has been using the dashboard for several sessions, when they access the customization settings, then the system should provide at least three recommended widgets based on their data interaction history.

User Instantly Views Changes Made to Dashboard Layout

Given that the user rearranges the dashboard widgets, when they alter the position of any widget, then all changes should be visually updated without requiring a page refresh, ensuring a seamless user experience.

Collaborative Insights Sharing

Collaborative Insights Sharing enables users to export and share AI-generated insights with team members and stakeholders directly within the platform. This feature promotes collective analysis and discussion, fostering a culture of teamwork and data-driven decision-making across organizations.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues on insights so that I can receive immediate feedback and make adjustments based on collective input."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration Tools requirement entails the implementation of features that allow multiple users to work together simultaneously on insights within the platform. Users should have the ability to comment, suggest edits, and interact with each other's contributions in real-time. This functionality is essential for enhancing teamwork and communication among team members, ensuring that discussions around data insights are seamless and productive. Users will be able to see changes as they happen and discuss insights live, fostering immediate feedback and collective analysis that empowers data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario 1: A user logs into InsightFlow and accesses a data visualization dashboard. They invite team members to collaborate on the insights displayed in real-time during a strategy meeting. Users begin to comment on specific data points and suggest edits based on the analysis during the meeting.

Given a user is logged in to InsightFlow and has access to a shared dashboard, when they invite team members, then all invited members should receive a notification and can join the session to provide real-time feedback through comments or edits.

Scenario 2: During a project review, a team member identifies an error in a data visualization chart. They need to communicate this to the rest of the team immediately while still discussing other insights.

Given a user identifies an issue with a visualization, when they submit a comment noting the issue, then all team members currently viewing the dashboard should receive the comment instantaneously without any delay.

Scenario 3: Multiple users are working on a report simultaneously. One user makes significant edits to the report structure while others suggest additional data points. They need to verify that all contributions are reflected accurately in real-time.

Given multiple users are editing a report at the same time, when one user saves their changes, then all other users should see the updated report with all contributions reflected in less than 2 seconds.

Scenario 4: A user wants to ensure that all collaborative comments are visible for future reference. They need to export insights along with the comments made by team members during collaboration sessions.

Given a user selects the export function after a collaboration session, when they choose to include comments, then the exported report should contain a log of all comments along with the visualizations, formatted correctly in the output file.

Scenario 5: A team leader wants to track the responsiveness of team members during a live collaboration session on new insights generated. They need to see how quickly team members engage with their contributions.

Given a collaboration session is in progress, when a team leader requests an engagement report, then they should receive a summary indicating the number of comments made and the average response time of team members within that session.

Scenario 6: A team is working on a time-sensitive project, and they need to ensure that data visualizations update in real-time as new data is analyzed and insights are generated during their collaborative session.

Given new data is imported into the system during a collaboration session, when the data is processed, then all computed visualizations should update automatically without user intervention, reflecting the new data in real-time.

Export Insights to Various Formats

"As a user, I want to export generated insights in different formats so that I can share them with stakeholders who may not use the platform."

Description

The Export Insights to Various Formats requirement involves the ability to transform AI-generated insights into different, easily shareable formats such as PDF, Excel, and PowerPoint. This functionality is critical for enabling users to present their findings in a format that is accessible to various stakeholders outside the platform. By allowing exports to standard formats, users can enhance the dissemination of valuable insights, ensuring that data-driven decisions are based on accurate and readily available information tailored for each audience's needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User exports AI-generated insights to PDF format for a team meeting presentation.

Given the user has generated insights, when they select the export option and choose PDF, then the insights are exported successfully as a PDF document that retains all visual elements and formatting.

User exports AI-generated insights to Excel for further data manipulation.

Given the user has generated insights, when they select the export option and choose Excel, then the insights are exported successfully as an Excel file with separate sheets for different datasets.

User exports AI-generated insights to PowerPoint to share with stakeholders.

Given the user has generated insights, when they select the export option and choose PowerPoint, then the insights are exported successfully with each slide representing a key finding with appropriate visuals.

User attempts to export insights in multiple formats at once.

Given the user has generated insights, when they select the export option for both PDF and Excel, then two separate exports are created successfully without any data loss in either format.

User shares PDF export with team members via email.

Given the user has exported insights to a PDF file, when they send the PDF file via email, then the recipients can open the file without any issues and view all insights as intended.

User receives a notification on successful export of insights.

Given the user has exported insights to any format, when the export process is completed, then the user receives a confirmation notification displaying the export format and location of the file.

User attempts to export insights without any data generated.

Given no insights have been generated, when the user attempts to export, then they receive an error message indicating that export cannot be completed without data.

AI-Powered Insights Generation

"As a non-technical user, I want AI to generate insights from my data so that I can make informed decisions without needing in-depth data analysis skills."

Description

The AI-Powered Insights Generation requirement focuses on developing algorithms that autonomously analyze input data and generate actionable insights using machine learning techniques. The feature should provide users with relevant suggestions based on patterns and trends identified within the datasets, thereby simplifying the process of data interpretation. It aims to save users time and reduce the complexity of making data-driven decisions by harnessing the power of AI to provide tailored insights automatically, ensuring that users can act quickly on the most significant data trends without requiring technical expertise.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to receive AI-generated insights automatically when I upload a dataset to InsightFlow, ensuring that I can quickly access actionable information without manual analysis.

Given I upload a dataset, When the data processing is complete, Then I should receive an AI-generated insight report within 60 seconds.

As a team member, I want to view AI-generated insights alongside visual reports in a dashboard to facilitate collaborative discussions on data trends during team meetings.

Given I have access to the team's dashboard, When I select an AI-generated insight, Then the insight should be displayed in real-time alongside existing visual reports during team meetings.

As a user, I want to export AI-generated insights in various formats (PDF, CSV, etc.) so I can share them with stakeholders who do not use InsightFlow.

Given I have generated AI insights, When I choose to export the insights, Then I should be able to download them in at least three different formats including PDF and CSV.

As a data analyst, I want to receive notifications when new AI-generated insights are available from my datasets so that I can stay updated on key trends without having to check manually.

Given I have uploaded datasets, When new insights are generated, Then I should receive a notification via email and within the platform alerting me of the new insights.

As a user, I want to ensure that the AI-powered insights are relevant and tailored to my specific business needs so that I can make informed decisions.

Given I have defined specific parameters for my dataset, When AI generates insights, Then at least 80% of the insights should align with the business parameters I set previously.

As a project manager, I would like to review the historical performance of AI-generated insights to evaluate their accuracy and reliability over time.

Given I have access to the insights history, When I review past AI-generated insights, Then I should see a log that includes each insight's accuracy rating and performance metrics for the last 6 months.

As a product owner, I want to ensure that the AI-generated insights can be customized by the user for more relevant outputs tailored to specific questions or goals.

Given I am configurating the AI insights, When I input specific queries or insights goals, Then at least 90% of the generated insights should directly relate to my queries or goals.

User Permissions and Roles Management

"As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions so that I can ensure security and appropriate access levels for sensitive insights."

Description

The User Permissions and Roles Management requirement defines the ability to assign different access levels and responsibilities to users within the platform. This includes defining roles such as viewer, editor, and administrator, with specific capabilities aligned to each role. This is crucial for ensuring data integrity and security, as well as managing collaborative processes effectively. By implementing this management feature, organizations can control who can view, edit, and share sensitive data, promoting a secure collaborative environment while empowering users based on their roles and responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Collaborative Insights Sharing

Given that the administrator has access to the User Permissions and Roles Management feature, when they assign a role to a user, then the user should be able to access the Collaborative Insights Sharing feature according to their assigned role (viewer, editor, administrator).

Revoking User Access from Insights Sharing

Given that a user is assigned the role of editor, when the administrator revokes their access, then the user should no longer have the ability to view or share AI-generated insights within the platform.

Viewers' Access to Insights

Given that a user has been assigned the viewer role, when they attempt to access the Collaborative Insights Sharing feature, then they should be able to view but not edit or share the insights generated by the AI.

Multiple Roles Assignment to Users

Given that the platform supports multiple roles for a single user, when an administrator assigns multiple roles to a user, then the user should be able to access features corresponding to all assigned roles without conflicts.

Audit Trail of User Role Changes

Given that changes are made to user roles within the User Permissions and Roles Management feature, when changes are saved, then the system should log an audit trail showing the previous roles, new roles, and timestamp of the modifications.

Collaboration Between Different Role Users

Given that users with different roles (viewer and editor) are collaborating, when the editor shares insights with the viewer, then the viewer should receive a notification and be able to view the shared insights without editing capabilities.

Filtering Insights by User Role

Given that users can generate AI insights, when the administrator views the insights generated, then they should be able to filter the insights based on the roles of users who created them.

Feedback and Discussion Threads

"As a user, I want to leave feedback and have discussions on insights within the platform so that I can collaborate effectively with my team on data interpretation and decisions."

Description

The Feedback and Discussion Threads requirement enables users to provide feedback on generated insights through structured threads that can be easily navigated. This feature should allow users to tag other colleagues, create context-specific discussions, and highlight feedback points relevant to different insights. This is essential for promoting engagement around insights and ensuring that all relevant perspectives are considered before decisions are made. By fostering a culture of discussion through threaded conversations, users can collaboratively analyze data insights and enhance the decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a feedback thread for an AI-generated insight after a team meeting.

Given that a user is logged into InsightFlow, When the user selects an AI-generated insight, Then the user can click on 'Add Feedback' to create a new threaded discussion, which allows them to tag colleagues and add comments related to that insight.

A user navigates through existing feedback threads to address concerns shared by colleagues.

Given that feedback threads have been created for various insights, When the user accesses the feedback section, Then the user can see a list of feedback threads, each displaying the number of comments and the ability to expand each thread to view the full discussion.

Team members receive notifications when they are tagged in feedback or discussion threads.

Given that a user tags a colleague in a feedback thread, When the notification system processes the tag, Then the tagged colleague receives an in-app notification and an email alerting them of the new comment and discussion.

A user edits their feedback in a discussion thread after realizing they need to adjust their comment.

Given that a user has previously added feedback to an insight, When they select the option to edit their comment in the feedback thread, Then they can modify the text and save the changes, with the updated comment reflecting immediately in the thread.

Users can highlight and pin crucial feedback points to ensure visibility for all team members.

Given that multiple comments have been made in a feedback thread, When a user selects a comment to pin as important, Then that comment should be highlighted and moved to the top of the thread, making it visible to all participants in the discussion.

Team members want to view feedback trends over time for specific insights to make informed decisions.

Given that multiple feedback threads exist for different insights, When a user accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they can view visual summaries of feedback trends, showing positive, negative, and neutral sentiments over time related to each insight.

A user wants to provide feedback on multiple insights in one session.

Given that a user is reviewing several AI-generated insights, When they select the option to provide feedback on an insight, Then they should have the ability to do so for multiple insights within the same feedback session, with all inputs saved correctly before submission.

Metric Selector Tool

The Metric Selector Tool empowers users to choose and prioritize the precise data metrics they wish to display on their dashboard. Users can easily drag and drop various metrics, allowing for a tailored view that highlights what's most important for their needs. This functionality ensures that users can focus on relevant data, minimizing clutter and enhancing clarity in decision-making.

Requirements

Dynamic Metric Drag-and-Drop

"As a data analyst, I want to easily drag and drop metrics into my dashboard so that I can customize my data view and focus on the most relevant information for my analysis."

Description

The Dynamic Metric Drag-and-Drop requirement allows users to intuitively select and arrange data metrics on their dashboard through a simple drag-and-drop interface. This feature enhances user control and customization by enabling them to prioritize the metrics they find most relevant, directly impacting the visibility of key data insights. The tool should seamlessly integrate with existing dashboard functionalities, ensuring that users can both select various metrics and see real-time updates as they adjust the layout. This capability enhances user engagement and promotes a personalized experience, making data analysis more effective and aligned with individual user goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects metrics using the drag-and-drop functionality to customize their dashboard layout.

Given a user is on their dashboard, When the user drags a metric from the metric selector and drops it onto the dashboard, Then the selected metric should be displayed in the user's customized layout without any performance lag.

User removes a metric from their dashboard after dragging it back to the metric selector.

Given a user has added multiple metrics to their dashboard, When the user drags a displayed metric back to the metric selector, Then the metric should be removed from the dashboard and should reappear in the list of available metrics.

User rearranges the order of metrics on their dashboard using drag-and-drop.

Given a user has multiple metrics displayed on their dashboard, When the user drags a metric to a new position and drops it, Then the metrics should rearrange to reflect the new order immediately on the dashboard.

User saves their custom dashboard layout with selected metrics.

Given a user has customized their dashboard with specific metrics, When the user clicks the 'Save' button, Then the system should save the current layout and metrics, and upon next login, the user should see the same dashboard state as saved.

User receives real-time updates on metrics after rearranging them.

Given a user is viewing metrics on their dashboard, When the user drags and drops a metric to a new position, Then the data for that metric should refresh automatically to reflect the latest available information immediately.

User accesses help documentation via the Metric Selector Tool.

Given a user is using the Metric Selector Tool, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then the system should open a help documentation screen providing detailed guidance on using the drag-and-drop functionality.

User experiences no errors when dragging and dropping metrics on multiple browsers.

Given the Metric Selector Tool is accessed via different web browsers, When the user drags and drops metrics in any supported browser, Then the metrics should be displayed as expected without errors or delays, ensuring cross-browser functionality.

Metric Filtering Options

"As a project manager, I want to apply filters to my dashboard metrics so that I can quickly focus on the data that is most pertinent to my team's current objectives."

Description

The Metric Filtering Options requirement enables users to apply filters to the data metrics displayed on their dashboard. This feature allows users to refine their data view based on specific criteria such as date ranges, categories, or thresholds. Providing dynamic filtering capabilities enhances the relevance and usefulness of displayed data metrics, allowing users to draw insights tailored to current projects or analyses. Additionally, this filtering must work in real-time, with immediate updates to the dashboard when filters are applied or modified, ensuring a smooth and efficient workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a date range filter to view metrics relevant only to the last month.

Given the user has accessed the Metric Selector Tool, when they select a date range filter for 'Last 30 days', then the dashboard should only display metrics pertaining to that date range without requiring a page refresh.

User filters metrics by category to focus on a specific area of interest.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they apply a filter for the 'Marketing' category, then the dashboard should immediately reflect changes to show only metrics associated with the 'Marketing' category.

User modifies an existing filter to adjust the threshold for a specific metric.

Given the user has applied a threshold filter for 'Revenue greater than $1,000', when they adjust this filter to '$2,000', then the dashboard should dynamically update to show metrics meeting the new threshold in real time.

User wants to clear all applied filters and view all available metrics.

Given the user has multiple filters applied to the dashboard, when they click on the 'Clear Filters' button, then all filters should be removed, and the dashboard should revert to displaying all available metrics without delay.

User attempts to apply combined filters for date range and category simultaneously.

Given the user has selected 'Last 30 days' as the date range and chooses 'Sales' as the category, when they apply both filters, then the dashboard should show only sales metrics for the last 30 days, reflecting both filters accurately.

User engages with the dashboard during peak usage times and tests filter responsiveness.

Given the user is applying filters while multiple users are also engaging with the platform, when they select a date range filter, then the filters should apply without noticeable lag, ensuring a smooth user experience regardless of load.

User accesses the help documentation to understand how to use the filtering options.

Given the user is on the Metric Selector Tool page, when they click the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to comprehensive help documentation detailing how to effectively use filters, including examples and screenshots.

Pre-built Metric Templates

"As a small business owner, I want to use pre-built templates for my dashboard metrics so that I can quickly set up my reports without needing a deep understanding of data visualization."

Description

The Pre-built Metric Templates requirement involves offering a collection of predefined metric sets that users can easily choose from to populate their dashboards. These templates should be designed based on common business scenarios, enabling users to quickly get started without having to configure metrics from scratch. Each template should include relevant metrics, visualizations, and descriptions to help users understand their purpose, thus promoting rapid adoption of the Metric Selector Tool. This will significantly reduce setup time and help users maintain a clear focus on key insights without technical hurdles.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a pre-built metric template from the dashboard interface to quickly populate their metrics without manual configuration.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they access the Metric Selector Tool, then they should see a list of available pre-built metric templates to choose from.

User applies a selected pre-built metric template to their dashboard and views the visualizations generated from the metrics included in the template.

Given a user has selected a pre-built metric template, when they apply the template to their dashboard, then the dashboard should display the visualizations corresponding to the metrics in the selected template.

User reviews the descriptions provided with each pre-built metric template to understand the purpose of the included metrics.

Given a user is viewing pre-built metric templates, when they hover over a template, then they should see a tooltip or description explaining the metrics included in that template.

User customizes a selected pre-built metric template by adding or removing metrics according to their needs.

Given a user has applied a pre-built metric template to their dashboard, when they use the drag-and-drop functionality to modify the metrics, then the dashboard should reflect these changes in real-time.

User saves their customized dashboard after applying and adjusting a pre-built metric template.

Given a user has successfully customized their dashboard, when they click the save button, then their dashboard configuration should be saved and retrievable upon next login.

Multiple users collaborate on a dashboard utilizing the metric templates simultaneously.

Given multiple users are logged into InsightFlow, when they access the same dashboard, then changes made by one user using the pre-built metric templates should be visible to all others in real-time.

User accesses instructional materials or guides related to the pre-built metric templates for further assistance.

Given a user is on the Metric Selector Tool page, when they click on the help or tutorial section, then they should see documentation or video guides regarding the use of pre-built metric templates.

Real-time Metric Updates

"As a sales manager, I want my dashboard metrics to update in real-time as I select different data points so that I can make informed decisions based on the latest information available."

Description

The Real-time Metric Updates requirement ensures that any changes made within the Metric Selector Tool immediately reflect on the user's dashboard. This real-time feature is crucial for maintaining an accurate representation of the most current data, especially for users who rely on dynamic and continuously changing datasets. The implementation should utilize web sockets or similar technology to enable seamless data flow, allowing users to experience instantaneous updates while maintaining a responsive and interactive interface. This requirement enhances user confidence in the tool's reliability, fostering a data-driven decision-making environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple metrics in the Metric Selector Tool to customize their dashboard layout.

Given the user has selected multiple metrics from the Metric Selector Tool, when they make changes to these selections, then the dashboard should immediately update to reflect these changes without requiring a page refresh.

A user modifies a single metric in the Metric Selector Tool while viewing their dashboard live.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard and modifies one metric in the Metric Selector Tool, when the change is applied, then the corresponding metric on the dashboard should reflect the update in real-time within five seconds.

The system handles rapid sequential changes made by the user in the Metric Selector Tool.

Given the user is changing metrics quickly within the Metric Selector Tool, when they select and deselect metrics, then the dashboard should consistently reflect the latest selections within two seconds, without any data loss or errors.

A user is collaborating with team members on their dashboard using the Metric Selector Tool.

Given multiple users are making changes to the same dashboard at the same time, when one user updates a metric using the Metric Selector Tool, then all users should see the update reflected in real-time across their dashboards without any lag or conflict.

The Metric Selector Tool is used on various devices including mobile and desktop.

Given a user accesses the Metric Selector Tool on different devices, when they make metric selections, then all updates should synchronize in real-time across all devices without any discrepancies in the displayed data.

A user wishes to revert the metrics displayed on their dashboard to the last saved configuration.

Given the user has previously saved a configuration of metrics, when they request to revert to this saved configuration, then the dashboard should immediately reflect this change with all metrics accurately restored within five seconds.

User-friendly Metric Search Bar

"As a marketing analyst, I want to quickly search for metrics in the selector tool so that I can find and use the metrics I need without wasting time navigating through a long list."

Description

The User-friendly Metric Search Bar requirement provides users with an intuitive search functionality allowing them to quickly find specific metrics within the Metric Selector Tool. This feature will streamline the metric selection process by enabling users to type in key terms or filters, reducing the time spent scrolling through potentially vast lists of available metrics. The search bar should include autocomplete capabilities and tag suggestions to enhance usability, ensuring that even those unfamiliar with specific metrics can efficiently find what they need. This feature will increase the overall accessibility and effectiveness of the tool for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a search for a specific metric in the Metric Selector Tool using the search bar.

Given the user is on the Metric Selector Tool, When they type 'Sales Revenue' into the search bar, Then the search results should display relevant metrics that include the phrase 'Sales Revenue'.

User types an incomplete metric name and expects autocomplete suggestions to assist in completing their search.

Given the user is on the search bar, When they type 'Custo' Then the system should display autocomplete suggestions including 'Customer Acquisition Cost' and 'Customer Lifetime Value'.

User makes a selection from the autocomplete suggestions in the search bar and expects the Metric Selector Tool to display the corresponding metric on the dashboard.

Given the user selects 'Customer Acquisition Cost' from the autocomplete suggestions, When they confirm the selection, Then 'Customer Acquisition Cost' should be added to their dashboard metrics.

User searches for a metric that does not exist within the available options in the Metric Selector Tool.

Given the user types 'Market Share' which is not available in the database, Then the search bar should return a message indicating no results found for the entered term.

User utilizes tag suggestions in the search bar for better search accuracy with broader categories of metrics.

Given the user clicks on the search bar, When they view the tag suggestions, Then they should see tags like 'Financial Metrics', 'Operational Metrics', and 'Customer Metrics' to aid their metric search.

User expects the search feature to perform efficiently when handling a large volume of metrics.

Given the user types a term in the search bar, When the total number of metrics in the system exceeds 1000, Then the search results should still return within 2 seconds.

User seeks to remove a selected metric from their dashboard after searching for and adding it.

Given the user has added 'Sales Revenue' to their dashboard, When they click the remove option next to 'Sales Revenue', Then it should be removed from the displayed metrics on the dashboard.

Layout Designer

The Layout Designer enables users to customize the arrangement of dashboard components with a simple drag-and-drop interface. Users can choose from grid layouts, freeform arrangements, or specific section placements that best suit their workflow. This flexibility promotes individualization, allowing users to create dashboards that align with their unique visual preferences and enhance usability.

Requirements

Dynamic Grid Layouts

"As a non-technical user, I want to customize my dashboard layout using a grid system so that I can arrange my data visualizations in a way that makes sense for my workflow and enhances my understanding of the data."

Description

The Dynamic Grid Layouts requirement allows users to define their dashboard layouts using a customizable grid system. Users can specify the number of rows and columns and adjust the size of each section. This functionality enables greater flexibility and control over the dashboard's space utilization, allowing users to organize their insights in a manner that best suits their analytical needs. The feature will support responsive design to ensure the dashboards render well on various devices, enhancing accessibility and user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a dashboard layout using the dynamic grid system, specifying 4 rows and 3 columns, and arranges data visualization components accordingly.

Given the Layout Designer is open, when the user specifies 4 rows and 3 columns for the grid layout, then the dashboard should display the selected grid configuration with all sections adjustable in size.

A user wants to resize a specific dashboard section after initially creating a layout with 3 rows and 2 columns.

Given the user has created a dashboard layout with 3 rows and 2 columns, when the user drags the border of a section to resize it, then the layout should update dynamically in real-time to reflect the new size of that section without affecting other sections.

User accesses the dashboard on a mobile device to ensure responsive design is applied correctly to the defined grid layout.

Given the user has created a responsive grid layout on a desktop, when the user opens the dashboard on a mobile device, then the layout should adjust to fit the screen size appropriately, maintaining usability and visibility of all components.

An administrator wants to implement default grid layout settings for all new users in the system.

Given the administrator is in the settings menu, when they configure default grid layout settings (e.g., 4 rows x 4 columns), then all new users should see this layout as their default upon their first access of the dashboard.

A team member collaborates on a dashboard created by another user and makes layout adjustments.

Given the dashboard is shared with multiple team members, when one team member adjusts the grid layout, then all other members viewing the dashboard should see the layout changes in real-time without a page refresh.

A user modifies the number of columns in an existing grid layout from 3 to 5 and expects the layout to refresh accordingly.

Given the user is working on a dashboard with a grid layout of 3 columns, when they increase the number of columns to 5, then the dashboard should refresh to reflect the new column setting, maintaining the content alignment and visibility of each section.

Users test the dynamic grid layout feature after releasing the new version of the InsightFlow platform.

Given the deployment of the new InsightFlow platform version, when users test the dynamic grid layout feature across different browser and device types, then all functionalities should work as expected without bugs or formatting issues.

Freeform Dashboard Arrangement

"As a user, I want the ability to move my dashboard components freely so that I can create a unique layout that reflects my personal style and better showcases the insights that matter most to me."

Description

The Freeform Dashboard Arrangement requirement allows users to drag and drop dashboard components freely within a defined area. This capability enables users to have complete creative freedom over how they position their visual reports, fostering personal customization and enhancing user experience. The intuitive interface ensures that users can easily access this feature without any technical skills, further promoting individualization of dashboard appearance to reflect personal preferences and workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to create a new dashboard and utilize the freeform arrangement feature to place components according to their layout preference.

Given that the user has opened the Layout Designer, when they drag a component within the defined freeform area, then the component should successfully follow the mouse cursor and drop precisely where the user releases the mouse button without any glitches or misalignment.

While customizing their dashboard, the user decides to rearrange components frequently to test different layouts for effectiveness.

Given that the layout consists of multiple components, when the user drags each component to a new location, then all components should retain their functionality and responsiveness, displaying data correctly after being repositioned.

A user needs to switch between different display modes and ensure that the freeform layout remains as they configured it.

Given that the user has saved a freeform layout, when they toggle between different viewing options (like mobile and desktop), then the layout should persist, maintaining the position of each component as intended across all modes.

The user wants to personalize their dashboard by customizing the spacing between components in a freeform layout.

Given that the user is in the Layout Designer, when they adjust the spacing settings for their dashboard, then the components should reflect the new spacing instantly, without requiring a refresh or additional steps.

A user collaborates with team members on a dashboard and wants to ensure that their freeform arrangement is visible to all collaborators in real-time.

Given that two users are working on the same dashboard simultaneously, when one user makes a change to the freeform layout, then the change should be reflected in real-time for the other user without lag or refresh.

The user wishes to save the current layout arrangement and come back to it later without losing configurations.

Given that the user has arranged the dashboard components, when they save their layout using the provided save option, then the layout should be stored successfully and retrievable upon reopening the dashboard editing screen.

A user with limited technical skills attempts to utilize the freeform arrangement feature to ensure ease of use.

Given that a novice user accesses the Layout Designer for the first time, when they follow the on-screen guidance to use the drag-and-drop feature, then they should be able to move the components intuitively without requiring additional help or support.

Predefined Layout Templates

"As a user, I want access to predefined layout templates so that I can quickly start creating my dashboard without needing to design from scratch, thus saving time and ensuring a cohesive look."

Description

The Predefined Layout Templates requirement provides users with a selection of pre-designed layouts that can serve as starting points for dashboard creation. This feature streamlines the customization process, allowing users to choose from various professionally designed templates that cater to different reporting needs or data visualization styles. Users can modify these templates as needed, thus saving time and effort in building their dashboards while maintaining a visually appealing design.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a predefined layout template from the template library during dashboard creation.

Given a list of available predefined layout templates, When the user opens the template library, Then they should be able to view all templates and select one to start their dashboard.

User modifies a predefined layout template to fit their data visualization needs.

Given a selected predefined layout template, When the user drags and drops components into the template, Then the layout should adjust accordingly and save the changes automatically.

User previews a predefined layout template before applying it to their dashboard.

Given a selected predefined layout template, When the user clicks the preview button, Then the system should display a full-screen preview of the template with sample data.

User saves a customized layout based on a predefined template for future use.

Given a modified layout template, When the user clicks the save button, Then the layout should be stored in the user's personal template library.

User switches between different predefined layout templates while creating a dashboard.

Given a dashboard in progress, When the user selects a different predefined layout template, Then the components should re-arrange to fit the newly selected layout without losing their content.

User receives a prompt when attempting to navigate away from the dashboard creation without saving changes.

Given unsaved changes in the dashboard creation session, When the user tries to leave the page, Then a prompt should appear asking if they want to save their changes before exiting.

User can filter predefined layout templates based on specific categories or styles.

Given a template library, When the user applies filters for categories or styles, Then only the relevant templates should be displayed according to their selections.

Component Sizing Control

"As a user, I want to customize the size of my dashboard components so that I can prioritize certain visualizations and create a clearer, more impactful presentation of my data."

Description

The Component Sizing Control requirement enables users to adjust the size of individual dashboard components, providing a mechanism to emphasize specific insights or data visualizations. Users can choose from fixed, proportional, or custom sizing options, offering flexibility in how data is presented. This ensures that critical information can be highlighted effectively while providing a clutter-free dashboard experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard Component Sizes for Data Visualization

Given a user is on the Layout Designer page, when they select a dashboard component, then they should be able to adjust the size using fixed, proportional, or custom options, and the changes should be visually reflected immediately on the screen.

User Saves Customized Dashboard with Adjusted Component Sizes

Given a user has adjusted the sizes of dashboard components, when they click the save button, then all size adjustments should be retained upon next login, ensuring the dashboard appears as the user designed it.

User Tests Resizing Functionality on Various Components

Given a user is resizing different components on the dashboard, when they attempt to resize a component, then the resizing functionality should work seamlessly across all available component types without causing any layout distortions.

User Verifies Visual Consistency After Resizing Components

Given a user has resized multiple dashboard components, when they preview the dashboard, then the overall layout should remain visually coherent and no elements should overlap or misalign.

User Interacts with Resized Components in Real-Time Collaboration

Given multiple users are collaborating on a dashboard, when one user resizes a component, then all other users should see the resized component immediately without needing to refresh their view.

User Receives Feedback on Component Sizing Constraints

Given a user attempts to set a component size beyond defined limits, when they apply the changes, then an error message should inform them of the valid sizing boundaries, preventing any invalid configuration.

Real-time Layout Preview

"As a user, I want to see a real-time preview of my dashboard layout changes so that I can immediately understand how my modifications affect the overall design and functionality, allowing for better design decisions."

Description

The Real-time Layout Preview requirement offers users a dynamic view of how their dashboard will look as they make adjustments. This feature allows users to see changes in real-time, reducing errors and enhancing the user experience during the design phase. Users can instantly view the impact of layout changes, enabling them to iterate quickly and effectively on their dashboard designs before finalizing them.

Acceptance Criteria

User adjusts the dashboard layout by dragging a widget to a new position while designing and immediately observes the new arrangement in the layout preview.

Given the user is in the Layout Designer, when they drag a widget to a new position, then the real-time layout preview must update instantly to reflect the new position of the widget without any lag.

A user opens the Layout Designer and selects different layout options (grid, freeform, section placements) to customize their dashboard while observing the preview.

Given the user selects a different layout option, when they apply the layout type, then the real-time layout preview must reflect the selected layout type accurately and visibly within 2 seconds.

A user selects a specific layout component, such as changing the size of a widget, and expects the changes to be displayed instantly in the preview.

Given the user resizes a widget in the dashboard layout, when they adjust the size, then the real-time layout preview should resize the widget accordingly with no noticeable delay in response time.

While designing the dashboard, a user wishes to see how the layout changes will look on different screen sizes (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Given the user selects a different screen size option in the preview settings, when they change the screen size, then the layout preview must adapt and display how the dashboard will appear on the selected device.

Users want to ensure that the layout preview maintains consistency after multiple adjustments, so they assess whether it reflects past changes accurately as they iterate.

Given the user makes multiple adjustments to the dashboard layout, when they review the real-time layout preview, then it must accurately reflect all previous changes made during the current design session.

A user collaborates with team members on dashboard design and wants to see changes made by others instantly during the session.

Given that multiple users are collaborating in the Layout Designer, when one user makes a change to the layout, then all users must see the updated real-time layout preview within 3 seconds of the change being made.

A user attempts to revert changes made in the Layout Designer to compare with previous layouts while using the preview feature.

Given the user clicks the 'revert' button to restore a previous layout version, when they confirm the action, then the real-time layout preview must update to display the last saved version of the layout immediately.

Color Palette Manager

The Color Palette Manager allows users to personalize their dashboards by selecting from a variety of color schemes or creating their own. By providing options to align with branding or personal taste, this feature enhances visual appeal and makes dashboards more engaging. Color coding can help emphasize critical information, improving readability and guiding user attention effectively.

Requirements

Dynamic Color Palette Selection

"As a user, I want to select a personal color palette for my dashboard, so that I can make my reports visually appealing and aligned with my brand identity."

Description

The Dynamic Color Palette Selection allows users to choose from a range of pre-defined color schemes or create custom palettes for their dashboards. This feature enhances user experience by providing flexibility in design, enabling users to align visual elements with their brand identity or personal preferences. It integrates seamlessly with the dashboard builder, allowing changes to be applied in real-time, which fosters creative freedom and personal expression in data presentation. Users will benefit from improved readability through color coding critical data points, facilitating quicker insights and better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a pre-defined color scheme from the Color Palette Manager for their dashboard during the customization process.

Given the user has opened the Color Palette Manager, when they select a pre-defined color scheme, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the chosen colors throughout all visual elements.

User creates a custom color palette by selecting individual colors for their dashboard components.

Given the user is in the Color Palette Manager, when they choose individual colors and save the custom palette, then the dashboard should apply the custom colors immediately and retain the settings for future sessions.

User wants to reset their dashboard colors to the default color scheme after making custom selections.

Given the user has made custom color selections, when they choose the 'Reset to Default' option from the Color Palette Manager, then the dashboard should revert to the original default color scheme without refreshing the page.

User needs to preview how a selected color palette will look on a specific dashboard before applying it.

Given the user selects a color palette from the list, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a visual preview of the dashboard should display with the selected colors applied, allowing the user to assess the look before finalizing.

User collaborates with team members in real-time while customizing dashboard colors in the Color Palette Manager.

Given multiple users are editing the same dashboard simultaneously, when one user changes the color scheme, then all other users should see the change reflected in their view without any delays or refreshes.

User accesses the Color Palette Manager for accessibility features to select color combinations that are visually distinct for colorblind users.

Given the user accesses the accessibility options in the Color Palette Manager, when they apply a color scheme designed for colorblind accessibility, then the dashboard should adjust to use colors that are easy to distinguish for colorblind users.

User desires to save multiple color schemes for different dashboards within their account.

Given the user has customized color palettes, when they opt to save a new palette under a specified name, then the system should save the palette and allow the user to choose it for any dashboard in their account going forward.

Color Accessibility Options

"As a data analyst, I want to choose color schemes that are accessible for users with color vision deficiencies, so that my reports can be easily interpreted by all stakeholders."

Description

The Color Accessibility Options feature aims to ensure that all users, including those with color vision deficiencies, can effectively use the Color Palette Manager. This requirement includes options for high-contrast color schemes and text labels that are readable against chosen colors. The feature is critical for inclusivity, allowing users to personalize their dashboards while ensuring accessibility. This fosters an environment where data is accessible to a broader audience and encourages effective engagement with the visualized data.

Acceptance Criteria

Users with color vision deficiencies select a personalized color scheme using the Color Palette Manager.

Given a user with color vision deficiency, when they access the Color Palette Manager, then they must see options for high-contrast color schemes and clear text labels on each color choice.

Users apply a high-contrast color scheme to their dashboard.

Given a user has selected a high-contrast color scheme, when they apply the scheme, then the dashboard elements must render correctly with increased visibility and no color confusion.

Users check the effectiveness of text labels against chosen background colors.

Given a user has selected a color scheme, when they review their dashboard, then all text labels must be readable according to accessibility guidelines, such as sufficient color contrast ratio.

Multiple users collaborate on a shared dashboard that utilizes diverse color schemes.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a dashboard, when any user chooses a color scheme, then all team members must view the dashboard with consistent color representation reflecting their choices without accessibility issues.

Users receive feedback on color scheme choices based on accessibility standards.

Given a user has selected a color scheme, when they submit their choice, then the system must provide feedback regarding the accessibility of the selected scheme according to established best-practice guidelines.

Users revert to default color settings after applying custom settings.

Given a user has applied a custom color scheme, when they choose the option to revert to default settings, then the dashboard must return to the original color scheme without losing any data displayed.

New users access the Color Palette Manager for the first time.

Given a new user is using InsightFlow for the first time, when they explore the Color Palette Manager, then they must encounter an introductory guide that clearly explains how to use the accessibility features of the Color Palette Manager.

Color Preview and Adjustment Tool

"As a user, I want to preview my color selections live on my dashboard, so that I can make informed adjustments and ensure my visualizations are effective before finalizing my design."

Description

The Color Preview and Adjustment Tool provides users with a live preview of how their selected colors will appear on their dashboard before finalizing their choices. This feature aids in decision-making by allowing users to see adjustments in real time, reducing the risk of poor color combinations. This tool enhances the user experience by promoting a hands-on approach to dashboard design, ensuring that users can fine-tune their selections based on aesthetics and usability before applying them to their reports.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a color scheme from the preset options and wishes to preview how it will appear on their dashboard.

Given that the user has selected a color scheme, When they click on the 'Preview' button, Then the dashboard should display a live preview with the selected color scheme applied to all elements in real time.

User wants to customize their own color scheme for their dashboard.

Given that the user is in the Color Palette Manager, When they select custom colors for their dashboard elements, Then the Color Preview should update automatically to reflect the new custom colors as they are adjusted.

User decides to revert to a previous color selection after trying a new color scheme.

Given that the user has made changes to their color scheme, When they click on the 'Revert' button, Then the dashboard should revert back to the last saved color scheme without any loss of data or settings.

User attempts to save a customized color scheme after previewing it on their dashboard.

Given that the user has chosen and previewed a custom color scheme, When they click the 'Save' button, Then the system should store the new color scheme and apply it to the dashboard, confirming successful saving with a notification.

User wants to test color combinations to ensure accessibility for all users, including those with color blindness.

Given that the Color Preview and Adjustment Tool is open, When the user checks 'Accessibility Mode', Then the preview should adjust the color selections to include colors that are compliant with accessibility standards and provide guidance on color usage.

User wants to see a comparison of different selected color schemes side by side.

Given that the user has multiple color schemes selected, When they choose to 'Compare Color Schemes', Then the tool should display the selected schemes side by side for visual comparison in real time.

User is unsure of how to use the Color Preview Tool and seeks guidance.

Given that the user accesses the Color Preview Tool for the first time, When they click on the 'Help' icon, Then a tooltip or tutorial should appear, guiding them on how to use the preview and adjustment features effectively.

Save and Share Color Palettes

"As a team member, I want to save my preferred color palettes and share them with my colleagues, so that we can maintain design consistency across our reports."

Description

The Save and Share Color Palettes feature enables users to save their custom color palettes for future use and share them with team members. This functionality cultivates a collaborative work environment and standardizes color usage across shared reports, ensuring consistency in data presentations. It promotes teamwork by allowing users to collaborate on dashboard design, and enhances efficiency by enabling quick access to preferred color schemes, which aligns with branding or thematic projects.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to save a custom color palette after selecting my desired colors for a dashboard, so that I can reuse it in future reports without having to reselect the colors every time.

Given I have selected my desired colors for the dashboard, when I click on the 'Save Palette' button, then a prompt should appear asking me to name my palette, and upon entering a name, my custom color palette should be saved successfully for future use.

As a user, I want to share my saved color palettes with team members so that everyone can maintain consistent branding and aesthetics in our collaborative reports.

Given I have a saved color palette, when I select the 'Share Palette' option, then I should be able to enter email addresses of team members, and upon pressing 'Send', an email invitation should be sent with a link to access the shared palette.

As a user, I need to see a list of all my saved color palettes so that I can easily manage and choose from them for my dashboards.

Given I have saved multiple color palettes, when I navigate to the 'My Palettes' section, then I should see a list of all my saved palettes with their names, and an option to delete or edit each palette.

As a user, I want to apply a shared color palette to my current dashboard to ensure consistency in appearance according to team standards.

Given I have been given access to a shared color palette, when I select this palette from the shared section, then it should apply the color settings to my current dashboard without errors.

As a user, I want to edit an existing custom color palette so that I can update or change the color selections as my design preferences evolve.

Given I have a saved color palette, when I select the 'Edit' option, then I should be able to modify the colors and save the changes to update the palette successfully.

As a user, I want to receive a confirmation message when I save or share a color palette to ensure that my actions were successful.

Given I have completed the saving or sharing action, when the action is executed, then I should see a confirmation message indicating that the action was successful.

As a user, I want to ensure that there is a limit on the number of saved color palettes to maintain organization and avoid clutter.

Given there is a limit on the number of saved color palettes, when I attempt to save a new palette after reaching the limit, then I should see an error message notifying me that I cannot save more palettes until one is deleted or edited.

Searchable Color Palette Library

"As a user, I want to search through a library of color palettes, so that I can quickly find and apply the colors that best suit my dashboard's theme."

Description

The Searchable Color Palette Library provides users with an extensive collection of both pre-defined and user-created palettes, complete with search and filter options. This functionality makes it easier for users to find and implement color schemes that suit their specific needs or aesthetic preferences. By allowing users to quickly locate the desired palettes, this feature enhances the overall efficiency of dashboard customization, reducing time spent searching for suitable colors and aligning visual designs with specific project requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific color palette using defined keywords in the Searchable Color Palette Library.

Given the user is on the Searchable Color Palette Library page, when the user enters a valid keyword into the search bar, then the system displays all relevant color palettes matching the keyword.

User applies a selected color palette to a dashboard and views the changes in real-time.

Given the user has selected a color palette from the Searchable Color Palette Library, when the user applies the palette to a dashboard, then the dashboard's colors update in real-time to reflect the selected palette.

User filters color palettes by category to find suitable options for branding purposes.

Given the user is viewing the color palette library, when the user selects a category filter, then the system displays only the color palettes that belong to the selected category.

User creates and saves a new custom color palette in the Searchable Color Palette Library.

Given the user is on the Create Palette page, when the user selects colors and saves the custom palette, then the new palette is successfully saved and appears in the Searchable Color Palette Library.

User deletes an existing custom color palette from the library.

Given the user is viewing their saved color palettes, when the user selects a palette and chooses to delete it, then the palette is removed from the library and is no longer visible.

User retrieves recently used color palettes for quick access.

Given the user has visited the Searchable Color Palette Library before, when the user accesses the library, then the system displays a section for recently used palettes at the top of the page.

User sorts color palettes by popularity or creation date to find the most relevant options.

Given the user is viewing the Searchable Color Palette Library, when the user applies a sort option, then the palettes are reordered based on the selected sorting criteria (e.g., most popular or most recent).

Dynamic Widget Resizing

Dynamic Widget Resizing lets users adjust the size of individual dashboard components (widgets) with an intuitive interface. This means users can make some metrics more prominent while allowing less critical information to occupy less space. This adaptability ensures users can prioritize visual real estate based on their focus areas, improving dashboard efficiency.

Requirements

Adjustable Widget Shapes

"As a data analyst, I want to adjust the shapes of dashboard widgets so that I can create a visually appealing layout that aligns with my data narrative and engages my team more effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on allowing users to not only resize widgets but also change their shapes (e.g., circles, rectangles, or custom polygons) within the dashboard. This flexibility will enable users to create unique layouts that better fit their data storytelling needs. By offering varied shapes, users can also enhance the visual aesthetics of their dashboards, making them more engaging. This integration will benefit users by allowing them personalization options that reflect their preferences and improve overall user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the dashboard layout by adjusting widget shapes to better represent their data, particularly for a sales report that includes diverse metrics requiring different visual emphasis.

Given a user has multiple widgets on a dashboard, when they select a widget and choose a different shape, then the widget should change to the selected shape immediately without any distortion of the displayed data.

User creates a new dashboard for project management and wants to visually differentiate task statuses by changing widget shapes based on priority levels.

Given a user adds multiple widgets to a new dashboard, when they modify the shapes of the widgets according to their project priority levels, then the dashboard should properly reflect the new shapes with no errors.

A user is editing an existing dashboard and would like to resize and change the shape of a metrics widget to circular for better visualization of data distribution.

Given an existing dashboard with a metrics widget, when the user selects the widget and changes its shape to a circle and resizes it, then the widget should maintain the data integrity and visually represent the information accurately.

User attempts to create a visually appealing dashboard by using a combination of different shaped widgets for various metrics in an educational report.

Given a dashboard in edit mode, when the user selects different shapes for each widget, then the dashboard should display each widget in the newly selected shapes without overlapping or misalignment issues.

While collaborating on a dashboard with team members, a user changes the shapes of several widgets to better categorize their data insights and share with the team.

Given a collaborative dashboard session, when one user changes the shape of a widget, then all collaborators should see the updated shape immediately in their view with no delay or refresh needed.

User changes the shape of a widget that previously displayed a bar chart into a custom polygon to encapsulate a specific set of data points in their business intelligence dashboard.

Given a user has a widget displaying a bar chart, when they select the custom polygon shape, then the widget should adapt to the new shape while correctly visualizing the underlying data as intended.

Presets for Widget Sizes

"As a project manager, I want to select preset sizes for dashboard widgets so that I can quickly standardize my team’s reports without worrying about inconsistent dimensions."

Description

Implementing pre-defined size presets for widgets will streamline the process of adjusting widget sizes. Users will be able to choose from a set of common sizes (small, medium, large) to quickly standardize the look of their dashboards. This will help maintain consistency across visualizations and reduce the time spent fiddling with individual dimensions. Additionally, this feature will ensure that dashboards remain coherent and well-organized, which is particularly beneficial for teams collaborating on shared dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a preset size for a widget in the dashboard settings.

Given the user is on the dashboard settings page, When the user chooses a widget and selects a preset size (small, medium, large), Then the widget should resize correctly to the selected size without any layout issues.

User applies different preset sizes to multiple widgets at once.

Given the user is on the dashboard page, When the user selects multiple widgets and applies a size preset, Then all selected widgets should resize to the chosen preset size simultaneously with consistent formatting.

User saves the dashboard with resized widgets using preset sizes.

Given the user has resized widgets using preset sizes and clicks the save button, When the dashboard is saved, Then the widget sizes should remain as set when the user reloads the dashboard.

User switches between different preset sizes for a widget.

Given the user has selected a preset size for a widget, When the user changes the preset size selection for that widget, Then the widget should update to reflect the new size immediately without requiring a page refresh.

User should see a visual grid representation while resizing widgets using presets.

Given the user is adjusting a widget's size, When the user uses the preset options, Then a visual grid should be displayed to indicate available widget areas for resizing.

User attempts to apply a preset size to a widget that is already maximized.

Given the user has a widget maximized, When the user selects a preset size option, Then the system should prompt a notification indicating that the widget must be minimized before applying a new size.

User accesses preset size options through a context menu.

Given the user right-clicks on a widget, When the context menu appears, Then it should include options for applying preset sizes and should function correctly without any errors.

Responsive Design Implementation

"As a mobile user, I want my dashboard widgets to adjust automatically to different screen sizes so that I can easily view and interact with my data on the go."

Description

This requirement involves ensuring that dynamic widget resizing is compatible with various screen sizes and orientations. As many users will access their dashboards on different devices, responsive design must be implemented to guarantee that resized widgets adjust appropriately for larger screens, tablets, and mobile devices. This will enable a seamless user experience across platforms, maintaining the usability and integrity of the data visualizations regardless of the device used.

Acceptance Criteria

User adjusts the size of a widget on a desktop screen to emphasize key metrics while ensuring overall design integrity.

Given a desktop interface, when a user resizes a dashboard widget, then the widget should adjust its layout and data presentation without any visual distortion or loss of information.

User accesses the dashboard on a tablet and resizes a widget to accommodate a larger display area.

Given a tablet interface, when a user resizes a dashboard widget, then the widget should maintain its aspect ratio and proportionally adjust in size to fit the new layout.

User opens the dashboard on a smartphone and notices that the previously resized widgets retain their visibility and functionality.

Given a smartphone interface, when a user accesses a resized dashboard, then all widgets should be fully visible, functional, and appropriately sized without requiring horizontal scrolling.

User collaborates in real-time with a colleague on a dashboard and makes live adjustments to widget sizes.

Given a real-time collaboration session, when one user resizes a widget, then the change should be instantly reflected on the other user's screen without latency or errors in data representation.

User tests the dashboard under different screen orientations to verify responsive design effectiveness.

Given a dashboard viewed on a mobile device, when the user rotates the device from portrait to landscape, then all resized widgets should automatically reflow and adjust to the new screen dimensions without losing data integrity.

User utilizes the drag-and-drop feature to reorder widgets on the dashboard and resizes them during the process.

Given a dashboard with multiple widgets, when the user drags a widget to a new location and resizes it, then the dashboard layout should update smoothly without disruption to the overall visual structure.

User accesses customizable templates with dynamic resizing functionalities to enhance dashboard usability.

Given a library of dashboard templates, when a user selects a template and resizes widgets, then all interactive elements within the template should adjust accordingly while preserving usability and navigational flow.

Custom Minimum/Maximum Sizes for Widgets

"As a dashboard designer, I want to set minimum and maximum sizes for my widgets so that I can control the visibility and readability of my data displays effectively."

Description

Allow users to set custom minimum and maximum size restrictions for each widget on their dashboard. This feature will enhance user control by preventing widgets from becoming too small or too large, which could compromise readability or visual appeal. By allowing these restrictions, users can ensure their dashboards maintain a consistent standard, thereby enhancing the overall usability and accessibility of the data visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to set custom size limits for a data widget on their dashboard to ensure it remains visually appealing and readable.

Given a user is on the dashboard editing mode, when they select a widget, then they should see options to set custom minimum and maximum size restrictions that directly apply to that widget.

User attempts to resize a widget beyond the specified maximum size and expects the widget to revert to the maximum size limit.

Given a user has set a maximum size restriction for a widget, when they try to resize the widget beyond this limit, then the widget should not resize past the maximum size and should visually indicate this restriction.

User has applied a minimum size restriction to a widget and wants to ensure that it does not shrink below that size when multiple widgets are resized.

Given a user has set a minimum size for a widget, when they resize other widgets on the dashboard, then the minimum size restriction should prevent the widget from becoming smaller than the specified minimum size, maintaining its readability.

User saves their dashboard configuration after setting custom size limits on widgets and wants to ensure that these settings persist upon reopening the dashboard.

Given a user has customized the size limits for widgets and saved their dashboard, when they reopen the dashboard, then the widget sizes should reflect the previously saved custom minimum and maximum limits without any loss of settings.

User wants to reset widget size restrictions back to default settings after applying custom limits.

Given a user has set custom minimum and maximum size limits on a widget, when they select the option to reset to default settings, then the widget should revert to its original size settings without custom restrictions being applied.

User wants to view a tooltip or help guide while setting minimum and maximum sizes for widgets to understand the implications of their restrictions.

Given a user is in the process of setting custom size limits for a widget, when they hover over the size input fields, then a tooltip should appear, providing guidance on how minimum and maximum limits affect widget display on the dashboard.

User with accessibility needs attempts to set custom sizes for a widget to ensure optimal visibility and usability.

Given a user with specific accessibility needs is editing a widget's size, when they set the custom minimum and maximum size, then the application must provide visual feedback indicating the chosen sizes meet accessibility standards for readability and usability.

Widget Arrangement Guidelines

"As a dashboard creator, I want to use alignment guidelines so that I can organize my widgets evenly and maintain a clean, professional appearance in my presentations."

Description

The requirement involves creating an optional guideline feature that helps users align and distribute their widgets evenly on the dashboard. These guidelines will prevent clutter and overlapping of widgets, leading to a more organized and professional look. By using visual cues, users can snap widgets into place, enhancing their layout efficiency and improving overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the widget arrangement guidelines to snap widgets into alignment on their dashboard.

Given the user has at least two widgets on the dashboard, when they drag a widget near the alignment guidelines, then the widget should snap into alignment with visible guidelines for confirmation.

User attempts to resize a widget while alignment guidelines are active.

Given the user resizes a widget, when the widget reaches the edge of the alignment guide, then the resizing should stop, and the widget should fit within the alignment parameters while maintaining proportionality.

User repositions multiple widgets using the guidelines for an organized layout.

Given the user has multiple widgets, when they use the alignment guidelines to distribute the widgets evenly, then there should be no overlapping and all widgets should be evenly spaced according to defined spacing rules.

User disables the alignment guidelines to arrange widgets freely on the dashboard.

Given the user chooses to disable the alignment guidelines, when they attempt to move a widget, then the widget should move freely without any snapping or alignment restrictions.

User receives feedback when widgets are perfectly aligned by the guidelines.

Given the user has positioned widgets according to the alignment guidelines, when the last widget is placed, then a visual confirmation (e.g., checkmark) should appear to indicate successful alignment.

User experiences different alignment options for various screen sizes.

Given the user is working on different screen sizes, when they use the alignment guidelines, then the guidelines should adjust dynamically to fit the respective screen size ensuring usability across devices.

User accesses help resources regarding the widget arrangement guidelines.

Given the user seeks assistance, when they click on the help icon related to the widget guidelines, then a pop-up with detailed instructions and tips should display for user guidance.

Saved Dashboard Profiles

The Saved Dashboard Profiles feature allows users to create and save multiple dashboard configurations to suit varying tasks and presentations. Whether users need a different setup for monthly reports, team meetings, or project tracking, this function enhances flexibility and saves time. Users can switch profiles easily, enhancing productivity by providing the right view at the right moment.

Requirements

Profile Creation and Management

"As a business analyst, I want to create and manage distinct dashboard profiles so that I can easily switch between configurations tailored for monthly reports and daily performance reviews."

Description

The Profile Creation and Management requirement enables users to create personalized dashboard profiles that can be customized according to specific needs. Users will have the ability to define attributes such as layout, widgets, and data sources for each saved profile. This feature empowers users to easily manage multiple dashboard configurations tailored to different reporting needs or audiences. The implementation of this feature enhances user experience by facilitating quick adjustments to their workspace, ensuring that users can efficiently switch between various views without manual reconfiguration each time they need to reference a different set of data or visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to create a new dashboard profile for an upcoming monthly report, specifying the layout and necessary widgets before saving the profile for future use.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select 'Create New Profile', then they should be able to define the layout, add at least three different widgets, and choose the relevant data sources before successfully saving the profile.

User needs to switch between saved dashboard profiles during a team meeting to present different datasets without reconfiguring the dashboard each time.

Given that the user has multiple dashboard profiles saved, when they select a different profile from the dropdown menu during the meeting, then the dashboard should update immediately to reflect the selected profile's configuration and data visualizations without any lag.

User wants to edit an existing dashboard profile to remove an outdated widget and add a new data source relevant to current projects.

Given the user selects an existing dashboard profile, when they choose to edit the profile, then they should be able to remove at least one widget and add a new data source, with changes being saved successfully and visible in the profile afterwards.

User attempts to create a dashboard profile with an unsupported widget type and expects to see an appropriate error message.

Given the user is in the profile creation interface, when they try to add an unsupported widget type, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the widget cannot be added, preventing the profile from being saved with this widget.

User needs to share their dashboard profile with team members for collaboration and feedback on the data presentation.

Given the user has created a dashboard profile, when they select the share option and input team members' email addresses, then the specified team members should receive an invitation to view and collaborate on the dashboard profile via email.

User wants to delete a dashboard profile that is no longer needed.

Given the user is viewing their list of saved dashboard profiles, when they select the delete option for a specific profile, then they should be prompted for confirmation and, upon confirming, the profile should be permanently removed from their saved profiles.

One-Click Switching of Profiles

"As a team lead, I want to switch between my saved dashboard profiles with one click so that I can quickly access the data I need during team meetings."

Description

The One-Click Switching of Profiles requirement allows users to seamlessly transition between their saved dashboard profiles with a single click. This functionality ensures minimal interruption in workflow and provides users with instant access to the relevant dashboards they need for their current tasks. By streamlining the process of switching views, this feature enhances productivity and user satisfaction, allowing for more agile responses to shifting data presentation needs without navigating through cumbersome menus or configurations.

Acceptance Criteria

User seamlessly switches between saved dashboard profiles during a team meeting to present different data views without interruption.

Given a user is in a team meeting, When they click on a saved dashboard profile, Then the dashboard should switch instantly without data loading delays.

User utilizes one-click switching to transition among various saved profiles for different reporting needs throughout the day.

Given a user has multiple saved dashboard profiles, When they use the one-click switch feature, Then they should be able to see changes in less than 2 seconds for each profile switch.

User quickly demonstrates different dashboard views to a client using the one-click profile switching capability.

Given a user is demonstrating dashboard features to a client, When they switch dashboards using the one-click feature, Then the transition should not require any additional navigation or configuration steps.

User accesses their saved dashboard profiles for monthly reporting tasks, finding relevant data presentations readily available.

Given a user saves specific dashboard profiles for monthly reports, When they click to switch profiles, Then the appropriate visualizations for the reports should load correctly and reflect accurate data without errors.

A user wants to test the efficiency of switching profiles and measures the time taken to complete the action during peak workload hours.

Given a user conducts switching tests during peak hours, When they utilize the one-click switch, Then the profile change time should average no more than 3 seconds across 10 attempts.

User discusses their satisfaction with the one-click profile switch feature based on ease of use during a workflow.

Given a user completes tasks using the one-click switching feature, When they share feedback, Then at least 80% of users should report increased satisfaction regarding ease of access to their required dashboards.

User has a need to revert to the previous dashboard profile quickly after a switch, ensuring smooth workflow continuity.

Given a user switches to a different dashboard profile, When they choose to revert back, Then the previous dashboard profile should appear within 2 seconds, maintaining the same data state at the moment of switch.

Profile Sharing Capabilities

"As a project manager, I want to share my dashboard profiles with my team so that we can collaboratively analyze data and make informed decisions together."

Description

The Profile Sharing Capabilities requirement provides users with the option to share their dashboard profiles with team members or stakeholders. This feature facilitates collaboration by allowing multiple users to access the same visualizations, ensuring that everyone is on the same page during discussions or decision-making processes. By incorporating sharing options such as links, email invitations, or user permissions, this capability enhances teamwork and fosters a collaborative environment. It also promotes accountability and transparency about the data being visualized and reported.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing a saved dashboard profile with a colleague via email invitation.

Given the user has an existing saved dashboard profile, when the user selects the 'Share' option and enters a colleague's email address, then the colleague receives an email invitation with a secure link to access the dashboard profile.

User sharing a saved dashboard profile using a unique link.

Given the user has a saved dashboard profile, when the user selects the 'Share' option and chooses 'Generate Link', then a unique link is created and displayed, which allows anyone with the link to view the dashboard profile.

User setting different permissions for team members when sharing a dashboard profile.

Given the user is sharing a saved dashboard profile, when the user selects team members from a list and assigns 'View', 'Edit', or 'Comment' permissions, then those permissions are applied correctly to each selected member for accessing the profile.

User attempting to share a dashboard profile without any saved profiles.

Given the user has not created any saved dashboard profiles, when the user navigates to the 'Share' option, then the user sees a notification indicating that no profiles are available for sharing.

User receiving a notification upon successful profile sharing.

Given the user has shared a dashboard profile, when the share action is completed, then the user receives a confirmation notification that the profile has been successfully shared with the specified recipients.

User accessing a shared dashboard profile through an email invitation.

Given a colleague receives an email invitation to access a shared dashboard profile, when the colleague clicks the link in the email, then they are directed to the InsightFlow platform and can view the shared dashboard profile without issues.

User revoking access to a previously shared dashboard profile.

Given the user has shared a dashboard profile, when the user selects the 'Revoke Access' option for a specific team member, then that team member is no longer able to access the shared dashboard profile from their account.

Profile Versioning and History

"As a data analyst, I want to access a history of my dashboard profile changes so that I can revert to previous versions if my recent changes do not meet my objectives."

Description

The Profile Versioning and History requirement enables users to track changes made to their dashboard profiles over time. This functionality allows users to view past configurations and revert to previous versions if necessary, thereby safeguarding against unwanted changes and providing a history of adjustments made for accountability and auditing purposes. This feature enhances user confidence in managing their profiles by ensuring they can recover earlier versions should mistakes occur or if they need to reference past data presentations.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the version history of a saved dashboard profile after making multiple adjustments throughout the week.

Given a user has a saved dashboard profile, when they access the dashboard and select the 'Version History' option, then they should see a list of all past configurations with timestamps and user details.

User reverts to a previous version of a saved dashboard profile that was modified incorrectly.

Given a user is in the 'Version History' view, when they select a previous version and click 'Revert', then the dashboard should update to match the selected version and notify the user of the successful change.

User attempts to revert to a version of a dashboard profile that no longer exists in the version history due to a limit on stored versions.

Given a user is in the 'Version History' view, when they try to revert to a version that exceeds the stored limit, then an error message should display indicating that the version is no longer available.

User checks for documentation on how to use the profile versioning feature effectively.

Given the user accesses the help section of InsightFlow, then there should be clear documentation outlining how to view version history, revert changes, and best practices for managing dashboard profiles.

User wants to verify that changes made to a dashboard profile are logged correctly in the version history.

Given a user modifies a dashboard profile, when they access the 'Version History' after saving, then there should be a new entry reflecting the latest changes along with a timestamp and user details.

User shares a dashboard profile with team members and wants to ensure everyone can view the version history.

Given a user shares a dashboard profile, when team members access the shared profile and select 'Version History', then they should have access to the complete version history as the original user without restrictions.

User seeks to understand which changes are more frequently made to dashboard profiles over time.

Given a user accesses the profile management features, when they view their dashboard profile history, then they should be able to see a summary or analytics view indicating the frequency and type of changes made to the profile.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a data visualization specialist, I want to customize dashboard widgets within my saved profiles so that I can better represent data in a way that aligns with my team's objectives."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement allows users to modify existing widgets or create new ones to suit their unique data visualization needs. By giving users the flexibility to customize each widget's data display, style, and behavior, this functionality empowers them to tailor their dashboards comprehensively. Users can add, remove, or adjust widgets easily within their saved profiles, enhancing the user experience by ensuring that the information presented is both relevant and actionable. This fosters a more engaging and effective data analysis experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches between different saved dashboard profiles to view various data visualizations tailored for monthly reports, team performance tracking, and project updates.

Given that the user has multiple saved dashboard profiles, When the user selects a different profile, Then the widgets in the dashboard should update automatically to reflect the selected profile's settings and data visualizations.

User customizes dashboard widgets by adding new data metrics specific to their business needs within their saved profile.

Given that the user is in the edit mode of a saved dashboard profile, When the user selects 'Add Widget' and chooses a new data metric, Then the dashboard should display the newly added widget with the correct data visualization and style as per user preferences.

User modifies an existing dashboard widget's configuration to change the data source and visualization type after initially saving it to a profile.

Given that the user is viewing a saved dashboard profile, When the user selects an existing widget and changes its data source and visualization type, Then the widget should update in real-time to reflect the new settings without losing its position on the dashboard.

User removes a widget from their dashboard profile and saves the updated profile to reflect these changes.

Given that the user is in edit mode of the dashboard profile, When the user selects a widget and opts to 'Remove Widget', Then the widget should be removed from the dashboard and the profile should save without errors, preserving user’s other settings and configurations.

User shares a dashboard profile with team members, allowing them to view customized dashboard widgets relevant to their roles.

Given that the user has saved a dashboard profile, When the user shares the profile with other team members, Then the team members should be able to access the profile and see all the customized widgets as per the user's settings without needing additional permissions or configurations.

User attempts to add a new widget using an unsupported data format, leading to a validation error.

Given that the user is on the dashboard configuration page, When the user tries to add a widget with data in an unsupported format, Then the system should provide a clear error message indicating the format is not supported, preventing the addition and ensuring user guidance.

User tests the performance of dashboard loading times when multiple widgets are customized and displayed in a profile.

Given that the user has saved a profile with multiple customized widgets, When the user opens that dashboard profile, Then the entire dashboard should load in under 3 seconds, ensuring optimal performance even with complex data visualizations.

Theme Customization

Theme Customization enables users to choose from a selection of pre-set themes or design their own dashboard appearance, impacting font styles, backgrounds, and widget designs. This capability enhances the user experience by allowing for greater personalization of the dashboard aesthetics, ultimately fostering user satisfaction and comfort while interacting with data.

Requirements

Custom Theme Selection

"As a user, I want to customize the appearance of my dashboard by selecting a theme so that my data visualizations are more aligned with my personal or company branding."

Description

The Custom Theme Selection requirement allows users to select from a diverse range of pre-set themes for their dashboards, including options that cater to various industries and personal preferences. This functionality will empower users by enhancing the aesthetic appeal of their dashboards, making data interactions more enjoyable and tailored to individual or brand identities. By providing both static and dynamic themes, users can also select themes that adapt to different contexts (e.g., light mode for daytime usage and dark mode for nighttime). This integration into the InsightFlow platform will greatly benefit user satisfaction and create a more personalized user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a pre-set theme from the customization options available in the dashboard settings of InsightFlow.

Given that the user is on the dashboard settings page, when they select a pre-set theme from the available options and click 'Apply', then the dashboard's appearance should change immediately to reflect the selected theme without errors.

User utilizes the custom theme feature to design their own theme for the dashboard, adjusting font styles and background colors.

Given that the user is in the theme customization interface, when they modify the font style, color scheme, and background image, and then click 'Save', then the changes should be saved and applied immediately upon reloading the dashboard.

User switches between light and dark mode themes based on the time of day for better visibility and comfort.

Given that the user has two themes - light mode and dark mode, when the system detects it is night time, then the dashboard should automatically switch to dark mode and vice versa during the day without user intervention.

User checks the responsiveness of the custom themes on different devices, such as smartphones and tablets.

Given the user's dashboard is set with a custom theme, when the user accesses the dashboard from a mobile device, then the theme should maintain its design integrity and visual appeal without any layout issues.

User collaborates with team members using different themes to ensure consistency during a presentation.

Given that multiple users have their own theme preferences, when one user shares the dashboard link with a team member, then the team member should see the dashboard using the shared user's selected theme unless they choose to customize it.

User receives feedback on their theme choices from other users through comments or ratings.

Given that the user has applied a theme to their dashboard, when another user views the dashboard, then they should have the ability to leave feedback through a comment section that is visible to the author of the dashboard.

Custom Widget Styling

"As a user, I want to style individual widgets on my dashboard so that I can better highlight important information and align the visuals with my brand identity."

Description

The Custom Widget Styling requirement enables users to modify the appearance of individual widgets on their dashboards, including options to change colors, borders, and the overall layout. This capability provides granular control over the aesthetics of different visual components, allowing users to emphasize important data visually or maintain consistency with their branding guidelines. By facilitating personalization at the widget level, this feature will strengthen the user's engagement with the data represented and improve the overall usability of the platform as users can create an interface that suits their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a predefined theme for a dashboard that includes specific color palettes and font styles.

Given a user is on the dashboard settings page, when they select a predefined theme, then the dashboard should immediately reflect the new theme's colors and fonts without any visual glitches.

User customizes a widget's appearance by changing its background color and border thickness.

Given a user modifies a widget's properties in the customization panel, when they apply the changes, then the widget should display the new background color and border thickness as specified by the user, and the changes should persist upon refresh.

User saves a custom widget style and re-applies it to another widget.

Given a user has created a custom style for a widget, when they save this style and apply it to a different widget, then the second widget should adopt all properties of the saved custom style accurately and promptly.

User wants to reset a widget's custom styling back to the default settings.

Given a user has modified a widget's styles, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then the widget should revert to its original default appearance without any manual intervention.

User views the dashboard with multiple customized widgets and checks for visual consistency.

Given a user has customized several widgets, when they view their dashboard, then all customizable widgets should maintain the user's intended visual consistency in terms of styles and layout.

User interacts with a customized widget during real-time collaboration with colleagues.

Given a collaborating user has access to the dashboard, when a change is made to a customized widget by one user, then the updated widget should be instantly visible to all participants in the collaboration session, ensuring real-time synchronization.

User attempts to apply a color that is outside the designated palette for a widget.

Given a user selects a custom color that is not part of the predefined palette, when they try to apply it, then the system should display a warning message and prevent the application of the invalid color until a valid option is chosen.

Real-time Preview of Themes

"As a user, I want to preview how my chosen theme looks on my dashboard in real time so that I can make immediate adjustments until I find the perfect look."

Description

The Real-time Preview of Themes feature allows users to see how their selected themes will look on the dashboard before applying any changes. This requirement will provide instant feedback as users make selections, thereby enhancing the user experience by allowing them to make informed decisions about their customization choices without needing to refresh or navigate away from their current view. By integrating this functionality, InsightFlow will not only empower users with confidence in their aesthetic choices but also reduce the potential for frustration with trial-and-error adjustments.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a theme from the customization options and observes the dashboard to see if the preview updates in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Given a user selects a theme from the pre-set options, when they click on the theme, then the dashboard preview should change instantly to reflect the selected theme without any page refresh.

User creates a custom theme by adjusting font styles and background colors to see if the real-time preview reflects their changes live.

Given a user adjusts the font styles and background colors in the theme customization panel, when they make any change, then the dashboard preview should immediately update to display the new customizations in real-time.

User attempts to switch between various theme options quickly to evaluate multiple looks for their dashboard.

Given a user has multiple themes available, when they switch from one theme to another, then the dashboard preview should be updated within 2 seconds to reflect the newly selected theme without any noticeable delay.

User mouses over a theme option to view a tooltip or description that provides information about what the theme entails before selecting it.

Given a user hovers over a theme option, when the mouse is positioned over the option, then a tooltip should appear detailing the major attributes of the theme such as color scheme and intended usage without requiring a click.

User saves their selected theme after previewing it to ensure that their customization choices are properly retained.

Given a user is satisfied with the theme preview, when they click the 'Save Theme' button, then the application should confirm the save action and the selected theme should be applied across all dashboard views.

User uses the undo feature to revert the last change made in the theme customization to examine how it affects their dashboard view.

Given a user has made a recent change to the theme, when they click the 'Undo' button, then the last change should be reverted immediately and the dashboard should reflect the previous theme state.

User provides feedback on the theme customization experience after using the preview feature to determine if the interface meets user expectations.

Given a user completes their theme customization and preview experience, when they submit feedback, then the feedback form should successfully capture their comments and confirm submission without error.

Save and Share Custom Themes

"As a user, I want to save my customized theme and share it with my colleagues so that we can maintain consistency in our dashboards and learn from each other's design choices."

Description

The Save and Share Custom Themes capability allows users to save their personalized themes and share them with team members or across the organization. This feature promotes collaboration and standardization within businesses, as teams can adopt common visual styles for their reports and dashboards. By providing access to a library of user-created themes, the platform can foster a community-driven sharing culture, where users can learn from one another’s designs and improve their dashboard aesthetics collectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User personalizes their dashboard theme and saves it for future use, ensuring their changes are retained and accessible.

Given a user customizes their dashboard theme, when they choose to save the theme, then the customization is stored in their profile and retrievable in the theme library.

A user shares their saved custom theme with a specified team member or group, ensuring the shared theme is correctly displayed and accessible by the recipient.

Given a user has saved a custom theme, when they share it with a team member, then the recipient should receive a notification and be able to access the theme from their dashboard customization options.

Multiple users in the organization utilize a shared custom theme, ensuring consistency in visual representation across different dashboards.

Given a custom theme is shared within the organization, when multiple users apply the same theme, then their dashboards should display consistent styling with no discrepancies in visual elements.

A user navigates the theme library to explore shared themes created by others, allowing them to adopt and modify these themes for their own use.

Given a user is on the theme library page, when they view the list of shared themes, then they should see a preview and be able to select any shared theme to apply or customize further.

Users can remove their saved themes from the library, ensuring that the storage remains clean and relevant to the current user preferences.

Given a user has saved themes, when they choose to delete a theme, then that theme should be permanently removed from the user's profile and the theme library.

A user modifies their saved theme after sharing it, ensuring that the changes are updated across all users who have access to it.

Given a user has edited a shared theme, when they save the changes, then all users who have access to that theme should see the updated version in their dashboards.

The system provides feedback after saving or sharing a theme, improving user experience by confirming actions.

Given a user saves or shares a theme, when the action is completed, then the system should display a success message indicating that the save or share was successful.

Accessibility Options in Themes

"As a user, I want to use themes that are accessible so that I can ensure that my dashboard is usable for everyone in my team, including those with visual impairments."

Description

The Accessibility Options in Themes requirement focuses on offering users themes that are compliant with web accessibility standards, ensuring that dashboards are usable for individuals with disabilities. This feature will include high contrast colors, larger text options, and alternative layouts to ensure all users can navigate and interpret data effectively, promoting inclusivity. By prioritizing accessibility, InsightFlow demonstrates its commitment to all users, ensuring that everyone can benefit from data insights regardless of their abilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a high-contrast theme for their dashboard to enhance visibility during a presentation.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they access the theme customization options and select a high-contrast theme, then the dashboard should display with high contrast colors that meet WCAG AA standards for visual accessibility.

User applies a larger text size option for improved readability in their dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization page, when they select the option to increase text size, then all text throughout the dashboard should scale appropriately without losing context or layout integrity.

User requires an alternative layout for easier navigation and interaction with dashboard widgets due to mobility impairments.

Given the user is viewing their dashboard, when they select the alternative layout option, then the dashboard should rearrange itself to a single-column layout that maintains functionality and accessibility for all widgets.

A visually impaired user utilizes a screen reader to navigate the dashboard with high-contrast themes.

Given the dashboard is loaded with a high-contrast theme, when the visually impaired user navigates through the dashboard using a screen reader, then all elements should be properly labeled and announced clearly, ensuring full accessibility.

User tests the dashboard themes with and without accessibility options in a collaborative environment.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the dashboard, when they toggle between standard and accessibility-themed dashboards, then all users should see the changes in real-time, and the accessibility features should remain consistent across all sessions.

User saves their customized accessibility theme settings for future use.

Given the user has customized their dashboard theme with accessibility features, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their preferences should be stored and applied automatically the next time they log in.

Interactive Help Guide

The Interactive Help Guide offers users contextual support throughout the dashboard customization process. This feature includes tooltips, step-by-step instructions, and video tutorials that assist users in effectively utilizing customization tools. By reducing the learning curve, the help guide enhances the overall user experience, ensuring users can maximize the potential of their customized dashboards.

Requirements

Tooltip Integration

"As a non-technical user, I want to see tooltips when I hover over customization options so that I can understand their functions without having to look them up."

Description

The Tooltip Integration feature will provide context-sensitive tooltips throughout the dashboard customization interface. Each tooltip will give users a brief description of the tools and options available, enhancing user understanding and ensuring they can make informed choices when customizing their dashboards. This integration is essential for reducing user frustration and improving accessibility for non-technical users, making the overall experience smoother and more intuitive. It plays a critical role in maximizing the platform's usability by helping users quickly grasp the functionalities available, ultimately leading to more customized and effective data visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Tooltips during Dashboard Customization

Given a user is on the dashboard customization interface, when they hover over any customizable tool or option, then a tooltip displaying a brief description of the tool should appear within 2 seconds.

Accessibility of Tooltips

Given a user accesses the dashboard customization interface, when tooltips are displayed, then they must be readable with a font size of at least 14px and maintain a contrast ratio of 4.5:1 against the background for accessibility.

Tooltips on Different Customization Tools

Given a user is viewing different customization options, when they navigate through the tools, then each tool must display an appropriate tooltip describing its purpose and how it can be used, validated by reviewing the tooltip text for each option.

Tooltip Dismissal Mechanism

Given a user sees a tooltip on the customization interface, when they click outside the tooltip area, then the tooltip should disappear within 1 second and not reappear until the user hovers over the tool again.

Responsiveness of Tooltips across Devices

Given a user accesses the dashboard customization interface on different devices (desktop, tablet, smartphone), when they hover or tap on any tool, then the tooltip should display appropriately sized and positioned for each device type without truncation of text.

Tooltip Content Review

Given the tooltip integration is implemented, when stakeholders review the tooltips, then at least 90% of tooltip descriptions must accurately represent the functionality of the associated tools, validated through stakeholder feedback sessions.

User Feedback Loop for Tooltips

Given that users interact with tooltips, when they provide feedback on the usefulness of a tooltip, then there should be an integrated feedback mechanism allowing users to rate the tooltip effectiveness and submit comments.

Step-by-Step Customization Guide

"As a user looking to customize my dashboard, I want a step-by-step guide that walks me through each function so that I can create my desired dashboard with ease."

Description

The Step-by-Step Customization Guide will walk users through the dashboard customization process with interactive segments. Each step will guide users on how to utilize different features, ensuring they understand how to effectively modify their dashboards to meet their needs. This feature is important because it can significantly reduce the learning curve for new users, empowering them to create tailored dashboards without needing extensive technical knowledge. The guide will be seamlessly integrated into the existing user interface, allowing for easy access and an uninterrupted user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Step-by-Step Customization Guide while creating a new dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard creation page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then the Step-by-Step Customization Guide should appear as a pop-up overlay.

User engages with the interactive segments of the customization guide for dashboard widgets.

Given the user is on the customization page, when they click on an interactive guide segment for a specific widget, then the guide should display a tooltip with instructions on how to modify that widget and offer a video tutorial link.

User completes a tutorial segment within the Step-by-Step Customization Guide.

Given the user has followed a step in the guide, when they finish watching the video tutorial, then the system should prompt them with a success message and an option to proceed to the next step in the customization guide.

User tries to exit the help guide before finishing the customization tutorial.

Given the user is in the customization guide, when they attempt to close the guide window, then a confirmation prompt should appear, asking if they are sure they want to exit without completing the tutorial.

User accesses the customization guide on mobile devices.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they open the Step-by-Step Customization Guide, then the guide should be responsive, maintaining functionality and readability across different screen sizes.

User provides feedback after using the Step-by-Step Customization Guide.

Given the user has completed the customization guide, when they submit feedback through the provided form, then the feedback should be recorded in the system for review by the product team.

Video Tutorial Integration

"As a visual learner, I want to access video tutorials while customizing my dashboard so that I can better understand the tools and how to use them effectively."

Description

The Video Tutorial Integration feature will embed concise video tutorials directly within the dashboard customization interface. These tutorials will demonstrate key features and best practices, enhancing users' learning. This requirement is crucial as it caters to different learning preferences and provides users with visual guidance, which can lead to better retention and understanding of the platform’s capabilities. By offering support through multiple modalities, this feature will foster a deeper engagement with the platform and encourage users to explore more advanced features confidently.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dashboard customization interface for the first time and looks for resources to understand the customization tools available.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization interface, when they hover over the customization tools, then contextual tooltips should appear, providing brief descriptions of each tool and its purpose.

A user begins customizing their dashboard and wants to learn more about advanced features.

Given the user is in the dashboard customization interface, when they click on the 'Video Tutorials' section, then a list of relevant video tutorials related to dashboard customization should be displayed for the user to choose from.

A user is watching a video tutorial on how to add widgets to their dashboard.

Given the user is watching a video tutorial, when they pause the video, then a tooltip should appear offering additional tips on using the widget effectively, enhancing the user’s learning experience.

A user requires assistance while navigating the video tutorial section.

Given the user is in the video tutorial section, when they click on the 'Help' button, then an overlay should display FAQs related to common issues users face during dashboard customization.

After viewing a video tutorial on dashboard customization, a user wants to test out what they learned.

Given the user has finished watching a video tutorial, when they return to the dashboard customization interface, then the user should find a checklist summarizing the key points covered in the tutorial, guiding them through the implementation of learned skills.

A user wants to track their progress within the help guide as they learn different features.

Given the user has accessed the Video Tutorial Integration feature, when they complete watching a video, then their progress should be updated in the help guide, indicating which tutorials have been viewed and what is still pending.

FAQ and Troubleshooting Section

"As a user encountering issues with dashboard customization, I want to access an FAQ section so that I can find solutions without contacting support."

Description

The FAQ and Troubleshooting Section will provide users with a comprehensive resource for common questions and technical issues related to dashboard customization. This resource will be accessible within the customization interface, allowing users to resolve issues independently and reducing reliance on customer support. This feature is vital for enhancing user satisfaction and efficiency, as it empowers users with the information they need to troubleshoot problems and discover solutions quickly. The section will be well-organized for easy navigation, addressing the most frequent inquiries and concerns.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the customization interface and navigates to the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section for guidance on dashboard setup.

Given the user is on the dashboard customization interface, when they click on the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section, then the section should open and display a well-organized list of common questions and solutions related to customization.

User encounters a technical issue while customizing their dashboard and refers to the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section for solutions.

Given the user is faced with a technical issue, when they search for their issue in the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section, then relevant answers should be displayed that address their specific problem, accompanied by step-by-step troubleshooting steps.

User is looking for specific common questions about dashboard customization and wants to quickly find relevant information within the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section.

Given the user is in the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section, when they view the section, then it should be equipped with a search functionality that allows them to enter keywords and quickly find related questions and answers.

User has multiple questions about dashboard features and decides to browse through the FAQs for answers.

Given the user browses the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section, when they access different categories of FAQs, then each category should expand to show detailed answers without requiring additional page reloads.

User wishes to exit the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section after finding the needed information.

Given the user has read the FAQ information, when they click the close button or 'back' link, then they should be returned to the customization interface without any loss of previously entered data or unsaved changes.

User watches a video tutorial related to dashboard customization and wants to improve their learning experience.

Given the user is in the FAQ and Troubleshooting Section, when they click on a video tutorial link, then the video should play seamlessly in a modal window without interrupting their workflow, with options to pause, rewind, and adjust the volume.

Feedback and Improvement Collection

"As a user, I want to submit feedback on the help guide so that I can share my experience and contribute to future improvements."

Description

The Feedback and Improvement Collection feature will allow users to provide feedback on the help guide and its various components (video tutorials, tooltips, etc.) directly within the customization interface. This input will be invaluable for continuous improvement of the help features. This requirement is essential for understanding user experiences and identifying areas for enhancement within the Interactive Help Guide. By actively soliciting user feedback, InsightFlow can adapt its features to better meet user needs and improve overall satisfaction and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on tooltips during the customization process using the Interactive Help Guide.

Given the user is on the customization interface, when they hover over a tooltip, Then they should see an option to provide feedback that is clearly visible and accessible.

User submits feedback on video tutorials after viewing them in the Interactive Help Guide.

Given the user has watched a video tutorial, when they select the feedback option, Then they must be able to submit their feedback successfully and receive confirmation of their submission.

User provides feedback on the overall usefulness of the Interactive Help Guide after completing dashboard customization.

Given the user has completed their dashboard customization, when they access the feedback feature, Then they should be able to rate their experience on a scale of 1 to 5 and add comments.

Admin reviews feedback collected from users about the Interactive Help Guide.

Given the admin accesses the feedback dashboard, when they view feedback collected over a chosen time frame, Then they should see a summary of feedback categorized by type (tooltips, tutorials) and overall satisfaction ratings.

User reports a feature issue while using the Interactive Help Guide.

Given the user identifies an issue with the help features, when they click on the report issue button, Then they should be directed to a form that captures the issue description and allows for submission.

User encounters a step in the Interactive Help Guide that is unclear and wishes to request clarification.

Given the user is following the guide, when they click on the 'Request Clarification' option, Then they should be able to submit their question, which will generate a support ticket for follow-up.

User receives a follow-up message regarding their past feedback submission about the Interactive Help Guide.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the feedback has been reviewed, Then they should receive an email notification summarizing the actions taken or changes considered based on their feedback.

Real-Time Co-Editing

This feature enables multiple users to edit reports and dashboards simultaneously, with changes reflected in real-time. By allowing teams to collaborate over a shared workspace, users can brainstorm ideas and make instant adjustments, ensuring that everyone is always on the same page. This enhances productivity and accelerates decision-making processes, as users can engage in dynamic discussions and modifications without any lag.

Requirements

Multi-User Editing

"As a team member, I want to edit reports and dashboards with my colleagues simultaneously so that we can collaborate effectively and make quick decisions without waiting for each other."

Description

The Multi-User Editing requirement allows simultaneous edits from multiple users in real-time within InsightFlow. This feature enhances collaboration by ensuring that any updates made by one user are instantly visible to all other collaborators. It is essential for facilitating teamwork, enabling users to work together efficiently, brainstorm ideas, and make quick modifications without delays. This requirement will integrate seamlessly with the current dashboard and report editing interfaces, ensuring a cohesive user experience while minimizing version control issues and enhancing productivity across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users are collaborating on a sales report in InsightFlow during a team meeting. Each user can access the report simultaneously from their devices, making real-time edits based on discussions and feedback.

Given multiple users are editing a report simultaneously, when a user makes an edit, then all other users should see the edit reflected in their view within 2 seconds without needing to refresh the page.

A user is located in a different geographic location but collaborates with a colleague in real-time on a marketing dashboard. Both users need to see changes immediately as they discuss data insights.

Given users in different geographic locations are editing a dashboard, when one user updates a visual element, then the update should be visible to the other user instantly, ensuring they can continue their conversation uninterrupted.

During a team brainstorming session, users are making simultaneous adjustments to a project timeline report. It's crucial that no edits conflict and everyone is aware of the latest changes.

Given multiple users are editing a timeline report at the same time, when two users attempt to modify the same element, then the system should prevent conflicts by showing a message indicating a concurrent edit, and allow the user to resolve it easily.

A user is reviewing changes made by team members on a financial dashboard. They need to track who made which edits and be able to revert to previous versions if necessary.

Given a user is reviewing the dashboard, when they click on the version history, then they should see a list of edits with timestamps and user names, and have the option to revert to any previous version with a single click.

Team members are working on an annual report, and one user decides to add a new section while others are modifying existing content. Integration and visibility of all changes are vital.

Given a user adds a new section to the report, when other users are viewing the report, then they should receive a notification of the new section addition within 2 seconds, ensuring everyone stays updated on the latest changes.

Users are collaborating on an interactive dashboard during a workshop, needing to visualize data dynamically as they discuss different scenarios.

Given users are editing an interactive dashboard, when any user applies a data filter or changes a parameter, then all other users should see the updated visualization live within 2 seconds, facilitating real-time discussion based on the most current data.

Change Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when changes are made to a shared report so that I am always updated and can contribute to discussions effectively."

Description

The Change Notifications requirement ensures that all users are alerted in real-time when modifications are made to a report or dashboard. This functionality includes in-app notifications, email alerts, and an activity log that tracks changes made, who made them, and when. This transparency is crucial as it keeps all team members informed, prevents confusion, and fosters a collaborative environment by ensuring that everyone is aware of the latest adjustments and can respond accordingly. This requirement will be integrated into the existing notification system to enhance user engagement and participation.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications upon changes to the report they are currently viewing.

Given a user is viewing a report, when another user makes an edit to that report, then the user receives an in-app notification of the changes made.

Email alerts are sent to all users with edit access when any report or dashboard is modified.

Given a user with edit access makes a modification to a dashboard, then all other users with edit access receive an email notification detailing the change.

Activity log accurately tracks all changes made to a report, including user details and timestamps.

Given multiple users are editing a report, when a change is made, then the activity log must reflect the user’s name, the change made, and the timestamp of the modification.

Users can view notifications history to see past changes made to the report.

Given a user is in the notification section, when they access the change notification history, then they can view all past notifications including who made changes and when.

In-app notifications are displayed prominently without disrupting ongoing work.

Given a user is in the middle of editing a report, when a change notification is triggered, then the notification should appear in a non-intrusive manner that does not hinder the user’s workflow.

Users have the option to customize notification preferences for changes made to reports.

Given a user is in the settings menu, when they select notification preferences, then they must be able to enable or disable in-app and email notifications for changes made to reports.

Version History Tracking

"As a user, I want to view and restore previous versions of a report so that I can track changes and revert to an older version if needed."

Description

Version History Tracking requirements allow users to access previous versions of reports and dashboards easily. This feature provides a history log of changes, enabling users to revert to earlier versions if necessary. By incorporating this functionality, InsightFlow enhances user confidence in collaborative edits, supporting a fail-safe mechanism that fosters innovation without the fear of losing valuable work. This requirement aims to integrate with the existing version control systems to provide a seamless experience when accessing and reverting to prior document states.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access and view the version history of any report or dashboard they are currently working on.

Given a report or dashboard, when a user selects the 'Version History' option, then the system displays a list of all previous versions with timestamps and user information.

Users can revert to a previous version of a report or dashboard.

Given a list of previous versions displayed in the version history, when a user selects a version to restore, then the system should restore that version as the current version and notify the user of the successful restoration.

Users receive alerts regarding current edits made by others in real-time while accessing version history.

Given multiple users collaborating on a report, when one user accesses version history, then they should receive an alert about any changes made by other users to the report during that session.

Users can see who made each change in the version history log.

Given a version history log, when the user views details of any version, then the system must display the username of the person who made the changes alongside the timestamp.

Users can filter the version history by date and users.

Given a version history log, when the user applies filters by date or user, then the system should display only the relevant versions according to the applied filters.

Real-Time Chat Integration

"As a collaborator, I want to communicate with my team in real time while editing a report so that we can quickly discuss changes and align our efforts."

Description

Real-Time Chat Integration allows users to engage in instant messaging while collaborating on reports and dashboards. This feature is embedded within the InsightFlow platform, providing a dedicated space for discussion and brainstorming without needing to switch to other communication tools. By enabling real-time conversations, this requirement enhances the collaborative environment, making it easier for teams to clarify points, share insights, and resolve issues as they arise. It will be strategically integrated with the user interface, promoting increased tIme on the platform and improving productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users are collaborating on a data report within InsightFlow. User A messages User B about a specific dataset issue through the integrated chat feature while both are editing.

Given multiple users are editing a report, When User A sends a message in the chat, Then User B should receive the message instantly without refreshing the page.

A team is reviewing a dashboard together and needs to clarify certain data points. They use the real-time chat feature to discuss and make decisions on the fly.

Given users are discussing the dashboard via chat, When User C sends a clarification request, Then all users involved should see the message without delay and be able to respond in real-time.

Users are collaborating on a report and need to share links to external resources or data while discussing within the platform.

Given the chat feature is open during collaboration, When User D shares a link in the chat, Then all users should be able to click the link and access it without leaving the report view.

During a live editing session of a visualization, a user identifies a need for additional context and asks questions using the embedded chat functionality.

Given users are editing a visualization, When User E asks a question in the chat, Then any user actively viewing the visualization should receive a notification of the new chat message immediately.

A project team is making final adjustments to a report before a presentation. They need to finalize discussions on any last-minute changes via the integrated chat.

Given the chat is being actively used, When User F proposes a final change in the chat, Then all collaborators should be alerted of the proposed change and can vote or acknowledge the change in real-time.

Users from different departments are working on a shared report and need to keep their discussions organized using the chat feature.

Given that multiple discussions are ongoing in the chat, When User G tags a specific user in the chat with '@', Then that user should receive a direct notification of the message for better visibility.

Edit Locking Mechanism

"As a user, I want to lock a section of a report while I edit it so that no one else can make changes and I can ensure my work is not overwritten."

Description

The Edit Locking Mechanism is designed to prevent conflicting edits by allowing users to lock specific sections of a report or dashboard while they are actively working on them. This ensures that while one user is editing a defined area, no one else can alter that same area until the lock is released. This functionality is vital to maintaining the integrity of collaborative efforts and avoiding overwrites that can lead to confusion or lost work. The requirement will be integrated into the existing editing framework to ensure a smooth experience for users managing collaborative projects.

Acceptance Criteria

User A begins editing a report section, activating the Edit Locking Mechanism, and ensures that User B cannot make changes until User A releases the lock.

Given User A is editing a section of the report, when User A locks that section, then User B should receive a notification that the section is locked and should not be able to edit it until unlocked.

User A locks a section of a dashboard for editing but needs to release it without making changes, ensuring that subsequent editors can immediately access it.

Given User A has locked a section, when User A decides to unlock that section without making changes, then the section should become available for editing by other users instantly.

User A edits a section of a dashboard while User B attempts to edit the same section, testing the prevention of overlapping edits through the locking mechanism.

Given User A has locked a section of the dashboard for editing, when User B attempts to edit that same section, then User B should receive a clear message indicating that the section is currently locked by User A.

User A accidentally locks a section and wants to check the current status of that lock while other users are attempting to collaborate.

Given User A has locked a section, when User A checks the status of the lock, then the system should display which user currently has the section locked and when the lock was placed.

User A finishes editing a locked section and releases the lock, enabling immediate access for other users.

Given User A has finished editing and unlocks the section, when User B tries to edit the previously locked section, then User B should have immediate access to make edits without any delays.

User C observes a locked section during a collaborative session with a visual indicator that the section is currently not editable.

Given User C is viewing a dashboard with a locked section, when User C sees the locked section, then a visual lock icon should indicate to User C that the section is currently being edited by another user and cannot be modified.

User A and User B both attempt to access a locked section simultaneously and need feedback on the lock status from the system.

Given User A has locked a section, when User B attempts to access it, then User B receives a real-time notification informing them that the section is locked and the user who has it locked.

Comment and Feedback Loop

Built-in commenting tools allow users to leave feedback, suggestions, and questions directly within the report or dashboard. This feature fosters ongoing communication and ensures that all team members can provide input and engage in discussions around specific data points or visuals, making it easier to address concerns and ideas collaboratively, thus improving overall project quality.

Requirements

Inline Commenting

"As a data analyst, I want to leave comments directly on the data visualizations so that my team can engage in discussions about the data without losing context."

Description

The Inline Commenting feature allows users to add comments directly on specific data points or visuals within reports and dashboards. This functionality promotes instant feedback and discussion, enabling users to address questions or insights without needing to exit the report. It integrates seamlessly into the existing platform, ensuring that comments are visually connected to the relevant data elements, which facilitates clarity and context in user communications. The ability to tag team members in comments ensures that relevant stakeholders are notified and can contribute to the dialogue, enhancing collaboration and fostering a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can add inline comments on data points in a dashboard during a team meeting to clarify insights and stimulate discussion.

Given that a user is viewing a dashboard, when they click on a data point, then they should see an option to add an inline comment and be able to submit it successfully without leaving the dashboard.

Users can tag team members in their comments to notify them about important insights linked to specific visuals.

Given that a user is adding a comment on a data point, when they type '@' followed by a team member's name, then the system should suggest matching names and allow the user to select and tag them successfully.

Users can view existing comments on a data point to engage with previous feedback and discussions before adding their own.

Given that a user hovers over a data point with existing comments, when they click on the comment icon, then all related comments should be displayed in a clear and organized manner, enabling users to read and respond.

Users can edit or delete their own comments to ensure that all feedback remains relevant and accurate over time.

Given that a user has previously added a comment, when they click on the edit option beside their comment, then they should be able to modify or delete it successfully.

Users can filter or search comments by keyword or by tagged users to find specific feedback efficiently.

Given that there are multiple comments on a data point, when a user enters a keyword in the search filter, then only the comments containing that keyword should be displayed, enabling quick access to relevant feedback.

Comment Notifications

"As a team member, I want to be notified of new comments on the reports I am involved in so that I can quickly address feedback and keep the project moving forward."

Description

The Comment Notifications feature alerts users whenever new comments are added or existing comments are updated in reports or dashboards. This ensures that all team members are kept in the loop with ongoing discussions, allowing them to respond promptly to feedback or questions. Notifications can be customized, enabling users to choose whether they want to receive alerts via email or within the platform. By keeping users informed, this feature boosts collaboration and responsiveness, reinforcing an environment of teamwork and active participation.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification whenever a new comment is made on a report they have access to.

Given that a user has subscribed to email notifications, when a new comment is posted on a report, then the user should receive an email notification that includes the comment content and the commentator's name.

Users can customize their notification settings within the platform to select which types of comments they want to be notified about (new comments vs. updates).

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they select their preferences for comment notifications, then those preferences should be saved and applied to future notifications for that user.

Users are alerted within the platform whenever a comment they are mentioned in is added or updated.

Given that a user has been mentioned in a comment, when that comment is created or updated, then that user should receive an in-platform notification alerting them to the new or updated comment.

Team members can view the history of comments made on a report or dashboard, including dates and authors.

Given that a user accesses a report with comments, when they view the comments section, then they should see a complete history of comments along with timestamps and the names of commenters for transparency.

Users should be able to turn off notifications completely if they choose not to receive any updates about comments.

Given that a user accesses the notification settings, when they toggle the option to turn off all notifications, then the system should no longer send any email or in-platform alerts about new or updated comments.

Notifications should be sent out in real-time when comments are added or updated, ensuring prompt communication among team members.

Given that a user is subscribed to notifications, when a comment is posted or modified, then the user should receive the notification within 5 minutes of the action occurring.

Users can filter notifications to see comments related only to specific reports or dashboards they are working on.

Given that a user accesses the notifications page, when they apply filters based on report parameters, then they should only see notifications for comments associated with the selected reports or dashboards.

Comment Resolution Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track which comments have been resolved so that I can ensure all feedback has been addressed before finalizing the report."

Description

The Comment Resolution Tracking functionality allows users to mark comments as resolved after addressing the feedback or question posed. This provides a clear record of which concerns have been addressed and eliminates clutter by hiding resolved comments from active discussions. Users can filter comments by status to focus on outstanding feedback. This makes it easier for teams to prioritize necessary actions and ensures accountability in responding to comments, while still retaining a historical view of discussions for reference.

Acceptance Criteria

User marking a comment as resolved after addressing feedback.

Given a user views a report with comments, When the user selects a comment and marks it as resolved, Then the comment should be hidden from the active comments list.

User filtering comments by status to focus on unresolved feedback.

Given a user is viewing comments on a report, When the user selects the filter option for unresolved comments, Then only unresolved comments should be displayed.

User checking the history of resolved comments for reference.

Given a user has marked comments as resolved, When the user selects the option to view resolved comments, Then all previously resolved comments should be displayed with their timestamps and original feedback.

User receiving notifications when a comment is marked as resolved.

Given a user has commented on a report, When another user marks that comment as resolved, Then the original commenter should receive a notification about the resolution.

User reverting a comment from resolved to active.

Given a user views a resolved comment, When the user selects the option to reopen the comment, Then the comment should be restored to the active comments list.

User initiating a discussion around a specific unresolved comment.

Given a user views unresolved comments, When the user clicks on a comment to add a reply, Then the reply should be associated with the specific unresolved comment and visible in the comments thread.

Comment Threading

"As a user, I want to reply to comments so that I can discuss specific feedback in a more structured manner and keep conversations organized."

Description

The Comment Threading feature enables users to reply to comments, creating a threaded discussion directly related to specific data points or visuals. This enhances the clarity of conversations by grouping related exchanges together, allowing users to follow the progression of thoughts and feedback easily. This threaded approach to commenting supports a more organized and structured dialogue, improving the overall quality of communication within the report and fostering deeper engagement among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the commenting process on a data visualization, aiming to provide feedback for improvement.

Given a user is viewing a report, when they click on a comment button, then they should be able to enter their feedback and submit it, creating a new comment thread.

Users want to reply to an existing comment to facilitate discussion and clarify feedback.

Given a comment thread exists, when a user clicks on a reply option beneath a comment, then they should be able to type and submit their reply, which should be displayed indented under the original comment.

Team members need to track discussions related to specific data visuals to ensure all feedback is captured and addressed.

Given multiple comments and replies exist on a report, when a user expands a comment thread, then all replies should be visible and clearly organized under the original comment for easy reference.

Users need to edit their own comments and replies to correct information or clarify their statements.

Given a user wants to edit their submitted comment or reply, when they click on the edit option, then they should be able to modify the text of their comment and save the changes, with the updated text visible immediately.

Users desire to delete irrelevant or inappropriate comments from the discussion to maintain a professional communication environment.

Given a user has submitted a comment or reply, when they select the delete option, then the comment or reply should be permanently removed from the discussion thread.

Users need to be notified of new comments or replies to stay updated on the discussion.

Given a user is subscribed to a specific report's comment thread, when a new reply or comment is added, then they should receive a notification indicating that there is new activity for that thread.

Comment Visibility Controls

"As a user, I want to control who can see my comments so that I can manage sensitive feedback appropriately."

Description

The Comment Visibility Controls feature allows users to set visibility options for their comments, determining who can view them. Users can choose to make comments visible to all team members or restrict visibility to specific individuals or roles. This is particularly useful for sensitive feedback or when discussions are in the preliminary stages and not yet ready for broader team visibility. This level of control ensures that communication is both effective and secure, addressing the diverse needs of team collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects the option to comment on a data visualization in a report and decides who can see the comment before submitting it.

Given the user is on the report page, when they choose to add a comment, then they should be able to select visibility options such as 'All team members' or 'Specific individuals'.

A user specifies that their comment is visible to only certain roles, and a different user attempts to view that comment.

Given a comment is set to be visible only to 'Managers', when an 'Employee' user tries to view the comment, then the 'Employee' should receive a notification that they do not have access to view the comment.

A user successfully submits a comment with restrictive visibility settings and later wants to change the visibility settings to allow all team members to see the comment.

Given the user has submitted a comment with restricted visibility, when they go to edit the comment, then they should have the option to change the visibility to 'All team members'.

A team member leaves feedback on a report and selects visibility controlled to allow only certain members access to view the feedback.

Given a comment is submitted with restricted visibility options, when the specified individuals logged in to the platform, then only those individuals should be able to see the feedback comment in the report.

A user submits a comment and then views the comment section to check if the visibility settings are displayed correctly.

Given the user has made a comment, when they view the comment section, then they should see the visibility settings next to their comment indicating who can view it.

A user with administrator privileges adjusts visibility settings for a comment made by another user.

Given an administrator is viewing comments, when they select a comment made by another user, then they should be able to change the visibility settings of that comment regardless of the original settings.

A user wants to ensure their comment is private and selects the option to restrict visibility exclusively to themselves.

Given the user is submitting a comment, when they select 'Only me' as the visibility setting, then the comment should only be accessible to that user when they log in.

Version History Tracker

This feature automatically tracks changes made to the reports and dashboards, allowing users to view previous versions and restore them if necessary. By providing transparency and the ability to revert to earlier drafts, this functionality enhances user confidence in the collaborative process, reducing the fear of losing progress while encouraging exploration of new ideas.

Requirements

Version Change Log

"As a collaborative team member, I want to see a log of all changes made to my reports so that I can understand how the document has evolved and revert back to previous versions if needed."

Description

The Version Change Log feature provides users with a comprehensive overview of all changes made to reports and dashboards within InsightFlow. It includes timestamps, user identification, and a detailed description of modifications for each version. This feature enhances accountability by enabling users to track who made specific changes and when, fostering a transparent collaborative environment. Users can access a historical log that details every adjustment, making it easier to understand the evolution of reports and dashboards over time. This functionality not only boosts user confidence by showing which changes can be reverted but also encourages exploration and innovation without the fear of losing previous work.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Version Change Log to view the history of changes made to a specific report.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow and has opened a report, when they navigate to the Version Change Log, then they should see a list of all previous versions with timestamps, user identifiers, and descriptions of changes made.

A user rolls back to a previous version of a report using the Version Change Log.

Given a user views the Version Change Log, when they select a previous version of the report and click 'Restore', then the report should revert to that specific version and all subsequent changes should be negated.

A user wants to filter the Version Change Log to find changes made by a specific user.

Given a user is viewing the Version Change Log, when they enter a user's name in the filter field, then the log should update to display only the changes made by that user.

A user wants to ensure the Version Change Log includes detailed descriptions of changes.

Given a version in the Version Change Log, when the user clicks on that version to expand its details, then they should see a complete description of the changes made along with the timestamp and user identity.

An administrator needs to evaluate the accountability of users by reviewing the Version Change Log.

Given an administrator accesses the Version Change Log, when they analyze the list, then they should be able to see a clear and comprehensive overview of all changes made, categorized by users and timestamps.

A user shares a report with colleagues along with its Version Change Log.

Given a user is sharing a report link, when they include the Version Change Log, then recipients should be able to access both the report and the associated change log seamlessly.

A user wants to understand the evolution of a dashboard over time without losing context of the changes.

Given a user opens a dashboard, when they view the Version Change Log, then they should see a chronological list of changes that allows them to grasp the evolution of the dashboard contextually.

User Annotations

"As a user, I want to add comments to specific data points in my dashboard so that I can communicate my insights and suggestions clearly to my team."

Description

The User Annotations feature allows users to add comments and notes directly onto reports and dashboards. This functionality fosters collaboration by enabling team members to provide context, feedback, or suggestions directly related to specific elements of the data visualization. Annotations can be tagged with user information and timestamps, ensuring clarity on who provided which feedback and when. This feature enhances the decision-making process as team members can discuss changes in real-time, leading to a more interactive and comprehensive approach to data analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds annotations to a dashboard during a team meeting to discuss data insights.

Given the user is viewing a dashboard, when they click the 'Add Annotation' button, then they should see a text box appear to input comments, which can be submitted successfully.

A user wants to view previous annotations made on a report to understand contextual feedback.

Given the user is on a report, when they select the 'View Annotations' option, then they should see a list of all previous annotations with corresponding user details and timestamps.

Users collaborate on a report and require the capability to edit their previously added annotations.

Given the user has access to the report, when they click on an existing annotation, then they should be able to edit and save changes to that annotation successfully.

During the review of annotated reports, users need to filter annotations by specific users to track feedback.

Given the user is viewing a report with annotations, when they apply a filter for user annotations, then they should see only the annotations specific to the selected user.

A user wants to delete an annotation they previously added to maintain clarity in the report.

Given the user has added annotations to a report, when they select an annotation and choose 'Delete', then they should receive a confirmation prompt and upon confirmation, the annotation should be removed from the report.

Users need to understand the annotation history to ensure they don't delete important feedback.

Given a user has accessed a report with annotations, when they select the 'Annotation History' feature, then they should see a chronological list of all annotations including who made them and when, without the ability to alter the history.

One-click Restore

"As a user, I want to restore a previous version of my report with one click so that I can easily recover my work if I make a mistake or change my mind."

Description

The One-click Restore feature offers users the ability to quickly revert to a previous version of a report or dashboard with a single action. This functionality simplifies the process of recovering earlier drafts and mitigates the risks associated with making iterative changes. By selecting a version from the Version History Tracker, users can restore their work seamlessly without complex procedures. This user-centric approach not only saves time but also enhances the confidence of users, encouraging them to experiment with new ideas without the anxiety of losing their work.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a specific version of a report from the Version History Tracker to restore.

Given the user is on the report's Version History Tracker, when they select a previous version and click 'Restore', then the report should revert to the selected version without any errors and display the original content accurately.

User attempts to restore a report version that does not exist in the Version History Tracker.

Given the user is on the report's Version History Tracker, when they try to restore a version that is not listed, then the system should display a clear error message stating that the version is unavailable.

User successfully restores a report version and verifies its content.

Given the user has restored a previous version of a report, when they open the restored report, then the content should match exactly with the saved state of that version without any discrepancies.

User performs a one-click restore action and then makes changes to the restored report.

Given the user has restored a previous version of a report, when they make changes and save the report, then the system should save the new version correctly without overwriting the restored version.

User wants to confirm which version of the report they are currently viewing after restoration.

Given the user has restored a previous version of a report, when they check the version history or properties, then the system should clearly indicate the current version and previous versions for clarity.

User restores a dashboard to a previous version and checks for data accuracy.

Given the user has restored a previous dashboard version, when they access linked data or visualizations, then all data and visual representations should show the correct values as per the restored version.

User wishes to restore a report version from a mobile device interface.

Given the user is on the mobile version of InsightFlow, when they select a previous version of a report and tap 'Restore', then the system should successfully restore the version without errors on the mobile interface.

Version Comparison Tool

"As a user, I want to compare two versions of my report side-by-side so that I can easily see the changes made and assess their impact."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool enables users to visually compare different versions of a report or dashboard side by side. This feature highlights the differences between versions, making it easier for users to analyze changes and understand how their insights have evolved. Users can toggle between versions to assess progress, identify errors, or evaluate the effectiveness of changes made. This functionality is crucial for validating decisions and ensures that iterations lead to improved outcomes, thereby enhancing the overall quality of data narratives presented.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the Version Comparison Tool after making changes to a report and wants to see the differences between the current version and the previous version.

Given a user accesses the Version Comparison Tool, when the user selects two different versions of a report, then the system should display the reports side by side with visual highlights indicating changes.

A user intends to revert to a previous version of a dashboard after reviewing changes made in the latest version.

Given a user has opened the Version Comparison Tool, when the user identifies a change in the comparison that they want to revert, then the system allows the user to restore the previous version with a confirmation prompt.

An administrator needs to review the change history of a report to track modifications made by multiple team members over time.

Given that an administrator accesses the Version Comparison Tool, when the user views the change history, then the system should list all saved versions with date and user details for each version.

A user wants to analyze the impact of updates made to a dashboard on overall data representation.

Given a user is using the Version Comparison Tool, when the user toggles between the two reports, then the system provides a summary analysis of the key differences in data representation and metrics.

Multiple users collaborate on a report and need to discuss specific changes made in different versions.

Given that users are using the Version Comparison Tool, when they select a version to discuss, then the system should allow users to add comments and highlights directly on the comparison view.

Alerts for Major Changes

"As a user, I want to receive alerts when significant changes are made to my reports so that I can stay updated and respond quickly to modifications that could impact my work."

Description

The Alerts for Major Changes feature allows users to set notifications for significant modifications made to reports and dashboards. When a notable change is detected—either defined by the user or pre-set thresholds—the system sends alerts via email or in-app notifications. This ensures that all relevant team members are informed instantly about critical updates, facilitating timely discussions and decision-making. This proactive approach fosters a collaborative atmosphere and ensures that all stakeholders remain aligned and informed.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up an alert for major changes in a financial report after a team member modifies the report layout and redefines key metrics.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select 'Set Alert' for major changes in the financial report, then they must receive a confirmation notification indicating the alert is successfully configured.

A user modifies a dashboard to add a new data visual and exceeds a pre-set threshold for major changes.

Given the user has modified the dashboard, when the changes exceed the defined major change threshold, then an alert should be triggered and sent via email and in-app notification to relevant team members.

A user wants to review their notification settings after receiving an alert for a major change in a report.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to 'Notification Settings', then they should see all previously set alerts including those for major changes, and the options available for modifying those alerts.

A collaborative team is working on a project and needs to be notified when significant changes are made to the report.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a report, when one user makes a major change, then all users who have set alerts for that report must receive an immediate notification via their preferred method (email or in-app).

Users want to ensure alerts are only sent for changes deemed 'major' according to their defined criteria.

Given a user sets specific criteria for what constitutes a 'major change', when a change is made, then only changes that meet the user-defined criteria should trigger an alert notification.

A user receives an alert for a major change and wants to access the report to review the changes made.

Given a user receives an alert for a major change, when they click on the alert notification, then they should be redirected to the modified report for review and analysis.

Role-based Access Control for Version History

"As an administrator, I want to set permissions on who can access the version history of reports so that I can control sensitive data and maintain your organization's security policies."

Description

The Role-based Access Control for Version History feature allows administrators to define permissions related to who can view or restore previous versions of reports and dashboards. This ensures sensitive data remains protected and only authorized personnel can make changes to key reports. By assigning roles and permissions, this feature streamlines the management of user access within teams, enhancing security while still encouraging collaboration. This capability is particularly important in multi-user environments where data confidentiality and integrity are paramount.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator assigns role-based permissions to team members regarding access to version history of reports.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightFlow platform, When they navigate to the user management section and select a user, Then they must be able to assign and save permissions for viewing and restoring versions of reports.

A user attempts to restore a previous version of a report they do not have permission to access.

Given a user with limited permissions tries to restore an earlier version of a report, When they select the restore option, Then they should receive a notification indicating they do not have the necessary permissions to perform this action.

All users with proper permissions can successfully view and compare changes in version history for a report.

Given a user with viewing permissions is on the version history page of a report, When they select the report, Then they should be able to see a list of previous versions with timestamps and be able to compare changes between any two versions.

Roles can be changed and permissions updated for existing users correctly without duplication issues.

Given an administrator wants to change a user's role to a higher permission level, When they update the user's role and save the changes, Then the user should immediately have access to the new permissions without requiring additional logins or actions.

System logs all access and changes made to role-based permissions for auditing purposes.

Given an administrator accesses the audit log, When they search for changes made to permissions, Then they should see a detailed log of all changes including the user who made the change, timestamps, and the previous and new permissions.

Users can easily understand and see their permissions related to version history access within their profile.

Given a user views their profile settings, When they look for permission information, Then they should see a clear and concise list of their permissions related to viewing and restoring version history for reports.

User Role Management

Users can assign different roles and permissions within the collaboration workspace, controlling who can edit, comment, or view the reports and dashboards. This tailored approach ensures that sensitive data remains secure while empowering teams to collaborate effectively, optimizing user engagement based on expertise and involvement in the project.

Requirements

Role-Based Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to assign different roles to users within the insight platform so that I can control access to sensitive data and empower team members according to their responsibilities."

Description

The Role-Based Access Control feature will allow administrators to define various user roles within the InsightFlow platform, each with specific permissions regarding the ability to create, edit, comment on, or view reports and dashboards. This ensures that sensitive information is safeguarded and that users can only perform actions appropriate to their role. The implementation of this requirement will enhance security, streamline collaboration, and ensure data governance by outlining clear roles and permissions for each user, thus empowering users to engage in a way that matches their expertise and project involvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator assigns roles and permissions to users within InsightFlow to manage access based on their responsibilities in the project.

Given an administrator is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the user management section, then they can assign roles such as 'Viewer', 'Editor', or 'Admin' to different users with specific permissions for each role.

A project team member attempts to edit a report but has been assigned a 'Viewer' role, which prohibits editing.

Given a user with 'Viewer' role is accessing a report, when they attempt to edit the report, then they receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Collaboration among users is facilitated by enabling different levels of access based on their assigned roles.

Given multiple users with varying roles are collaborating on a project, when the 'Editor' user makes changes to a report, then 'Viewer' users are able to observe the changes in real-time without editing capabilities.

An administrator reviews and modifies existing user roles to ensure proper data governance and security compliance.

Given an administrator is logged in, when they review user roles in the management dashboard, then they should be able to edit user roles and save changes successfully while ensuring the correct permissions are enforced.

A specified user attempts to access a dashboard that they do not have permission to view based on their assigned role.

Given a user with 'Commenter' role tries to access a restricted dashboard, when they attempt to open the dashboard, then they are denied access and presented with a 'permission denied' message.

The system allows for the creation of a new role with customized permissions specific to a project requirement.

Given an administrator is in the role management section, when they create a new role with specific permissions, then that role is successfully saved and displayed in the user role list with the correct permissions applied.

User Role Customization

"As an administrator, I want to customize user roles for different projects so that I can ensure the right people have appropriate access based on their duties and project needs."

Description

The User Role Customization feature will enable administrators to create and modify user roles based on specific project requirements. This flexibility allows the platform to adapt to the varying needs of different teams, ensuring that roles can be tailored for unique workflows and collaboration styles. By allowing custom roles, the feature enhances user engagement and operational efficiency by aligning user capabilities with their specific contributions to projects. Furthermore, this capability reduces the risk of unauthorized edits or views while encouraging user participation within their level of expertise.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation for Project X

Given an administrator logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the User Role Management section and initiate a new role creation, then the administrator can successfully create a custom role with specified permissions (view, edit, comment) that aligns with Project X requirements.

Editing Existing User Roles

Given an administrator with existing user roles set up, when they select an existing role for editing, then they can successfully modify the permissions of that role and save the changes without error, and the updated permissions are reflected immediately in the User Role Management dashboard.

Assigning Roles to Users

Given an administrator is in the User Role Management dashboard, when they select a user and assign a specific custom role, then the user receives a notification of their new role and the permissions associated are enforced in their user experience upon next login.

Deleting User Roles

Given an administrator has created several user roles, when they attempt to delete a role that is not currently assigned to any user, then the role is successfully removed from the system with a confirmation message displayed to the administrator.

Role Assignment Validation During Reporting

Given a user assigned the 'viewer' role, when they attempt to access a report that requires 'editor' permissions, then access is denied, and the user receives a notification explaining that their current permissions do not allow for this action.

Role Audit Trail

Given an administrator is reviewing user roles, when they check the audit log for role assignments, then they can see a complete history of role changes, including who performed the changes and when, ensuring full accountability and transparency in user role management.

Collaborative Feedback on Roles

Given multiple users in a project, when they provide feedback on assigned roles through the platform's feedback system, then the administrator receives a compiled report of this feedback, enabling improvements to role assignments and user engagement strategies.

Audit Log for Role Changes

"As an administrator, I want to view an audit log of changes to user roles so that I can track modifications and ensure compliance with our data policies."

Description

The Audit Log for Role Changes feature will track and log every modification made to user roles and permissions throughout the platform. This includes details like who made the change, what change was made, and when it occurred. By maintaining a comprehensive audit trail, this feature enhances accountability and transparency within the platform, allowing administrators to review role adjustments and ensure that all alterations are legitimate and necessary. This is critical for compliance and governance, providing an essential tool for managing user permissions effectively and securely.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Log records modifications to user roles and permissions by an administrator.

Given an administrator makes a change to a user role, When the change is saved, Then the audit log should record the change with details including the admin's ID, the role change, and the timestamp of the change.

Audit Log validates the accuracy of role change records.

Given an audit log entry exists for a role change, When an administrator reviews the log, Then the entry should display accurate information reflecting the user ID, role before change, role after change, and the timestamp.

Audit Log maintains consistency across multiple role changes by a single user.

Given multiple role changes are made by the same administrator in a single session, When the audit log entries are checked, Then all changes should be logged sequentially with accurate timestamps.

Audit Log is accessible to authorized personnel only.

Given a user attempts to access the audit log, When the user does not have admin privileges, Then they should receive an access-denied message.

Audit Log allows filtering by user and date range.

Given an administrator accesses the audit log, When they apply filters for a specific user and a date range, Then the log should display only the relevant entries matching the criteria.

Audit Log shows a comprehensive history of all role changes.

Given the audit log is generated, When an administrator selects the report option, Then the log should include all historical role changes with no entries missing.

Audit Log ensures compliance with data retention policies.

Given the audit log is functional, When entries exceed the defined data retention period, Then those entries should be automatically archived or deleted according to policy guidelines.

Default User Roles

"As a new user, I want to be assigned a default role when I join the platform so that I can start collaborating immediately without delays in setting up my access permissions."

Description

The Default User Roles feature will provide pre-defined roles that can be assigned to new users when they are onboarded to the InsightFlow platform. These default roles will streamline the setup process for new users, ensuring they are granted appropriate permissions right from the start. This automation simplifies user management and minimizes the risk of errors in role assignment. It also enhances the onboarding experience, allowing new team members to engage quickly and effectively, thereby improving overall user satisfaction and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

New user onboarding process in InsightFlow where a user account is created, and the default user role is assigned automatically.

Given a new user account is created, when the onboarding process is initiated, then the user is assigned a default role based on their position (e.g., Viewer, Editor) without any additional input required.

User verification of the assigned role when they log in for the first time after onboarding.

Given a user logs into their new account for the first time, when they access their profile settings, then they see their assigned default role clearly displayed and can modify it if permissions allow.

Administrator checks the default roles available in the system for configuring new users.

Given an administrator accesses the user role management section in InsightFlow, when they view the list of default roles, then all pre-defined roles are displayed with the corresponding permissions outlined.

System behavior when multiple new users are onboarded simultaneously.

Given five new user accounts are created at the same time, when the onboarding process is triggered, then each user receives their respective default roles assigned correctly and no errors occur.

User experience when default roles prevent unauthorized access to restricted data.

Given a user with a Viewer role attempts to access a restricted report, when they click on the report, then they should receive a notification indicating that they do not have the necessary permissions.

Testing the modification of a default role by an administrator post-onboarding.

Given an administrator wants to change a new user's default role after onboarding, when they select the user and assign a new role, then the user should be notified of their role change and the permissions should update accordingly.

Evaluation of user engagement after implementing the default role feature.

Given a survey is conducted after users have been onboarded with default roles, when responses are collected, then at least 80% of users should report satisfaction with the onboarding process and role assignment accuracy.

User Notification for Role Changes

"As a user, I want to receive a notification whenever my role changes so that I am aware of my current access rights and can adjust my actions accordingly."

Description

The User Notification for Role Changes feature will send automatic notifications to users when their role or permissions are modified within the InsightFlow platform. This proactive communication keeps users informed about their access level, reinforcing awareness of responsibilities and any limitations placed on their actions. This feature is essential for maintaining user satisfaction and understanding their roles within the team. It also aids in minimizing confusion related to permissions, ensuring users are always aware of their capabilities and limitations within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when their role is changed from 'Editor' to 'Viewer' in the collaboration workspace.

Given the user is currently assigned the role of 'Editor', when their role is changed to 'Viewer', then the user should receive an email notification detailing the change in role and the associated restrictions on their permissions.

A user is notified when they are granted additional permissions to edit reports.

Given the user initially has 'Viewer' access, when their role is updated to 'Editor', then the user should receive an in-app notification indicating their new permissions and a summary of what they can now access or edit.

A user who is removed from a project is informed of their role change.

Given the user was an active participant in a project, when they are removed, then they should receive a notification detailing that they no longer have access and what this means for their abilities within the platform.

A team lead updates a user's role and checks the notification's receipt process.

Given a team lead updates their team member's role, when the update is submitted, then both the team lead and the affected user should receive confirmation notifications indicating the role change.

A user changes their email preferences for notifications regarding role changes.

Given the user accesses their notification settings, when they opt in or out of receiving email notifications for role changes, then the user settings should update accordingly, and they should receive a confirmation message of their preferences.

An admin views the logs to check if notifications were sent successfully after a role change.

Given that an admin requests a log of notifications sent, when they review the logs, then the admin should see a complete history of all notifications sent for role changes, including timestamps and recipient details.

Users are able to clearly understand their roles after a notification is sent regarding changes.

Given the user receives a notification of a role change, when they open the notification, then the message should clearly state their new role, any permissions granted, and any permissions revoked, ensuring clarity of their current capabilities.

Integrated Chat Functionality

A built-in chat feature enables users to communicate instantly without needing to leave the collaboration workspace. These real-time discussions can enhance spontaneous brainstorming sessions and quick decision-making processes, facilitating collaboration and streamlining teamwork while maintaining focus on the task at hand.

Requirements

Real-time Chat Integration

"As a team member, I want to chat with my colleagues directly within InsightFlow, so that we can discuss and brainstorm ideas without having to switch to another application."

Description

The integrated chat functionality allows users to communicate directly within the InsightFlow platform in real-time. This feature enables instant messaging, file sharing, and embedding links to reports or datasets, fostering a collaborative environment without the need to switch applications. The chat interface should be easily accessible and intuitive, allowing users to create group chats or direct messages with few clicks. Such integration will streamline communication during data analysis sessions, enhance teamwork, and reduce the time taken to make decisions based on data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Users should be able to initiate a chat from within the data analysis workspace.

Given the user is on the data analysis workspace, when they click on the 'Chat' icon, then a chat window should open allowing them to send messages, share files, and create group chats.

Messaging should be instantaneous to facilitate real-time collaboration.

Given a user sends a message through the chat feature, when the recipient is online, then the message should appear in their chat window within 1 second.

Users must be able to create and manage group chats seamlessly.

Given the user is in the chat window, when they select 'Create Group Chat', then they should be able to add multiple users and assign a name to the group chat within 3 clicks.

File sharing must be functional to enhance collaborative efforts.

Given the user is in a chat session, when they upload a file, then the recipient should receive a notification and be able to download the file without issues.

Links to reports and datasets should be embeddable within chat conversations.

Given the user copies a link to a report, when they paste it in the chat, then the link should be clickable and lead directly to the intended report or dataset.

Chat history should be accessible for all users involved in the conversation.

Given the user opens a group chat, then they should be able to view all previous messages sent within that chat session.

Notifications for new messages need to be clear to ensure users do not miss important updates.

Given the user is active in the data analysis workspace, when a new message is received in the chat, then a notification should appear on screen indicating the message source and content preview.

Message Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for new messages in the chat, so that I am always updated on discussions without constantly checking the chat window."

Description

Implement a notification system that alerts users of new chat messages instantly. Notifications should be both visual (such as highlighted chat icons or badges) and auditory to ensure no message goes unnoticed. Users should be able to customize notification settings to manage how and when they receive alerts, thereby preventing distractions while working on important tasks. This capability enhances user engagement and ensures that conversations can continue promptly without losing context or relevance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an instant notification for new chat messages while working on a dashboard.

Given a user is actively working on a dashboard when a new chat message is received, when the message arrives, then a visual indicator (highlighted icon or badge) and an auditory alert should be triggered immediately to notify the user.

User customizes notification settings for chat alerts according to their preferences.

Given a user accesses the notification settings page, when they adjust the options for visual and auditory notifications, then the changes should be saved and applied to all future chat notifications without defaulting back to original settings.

User can manage distractions by muting chat notifications during focused work periods.

Given a user is in a focused work period setting, when they mute chat notifications, then no visual or auditory alerts should be displayed for new chat messages until the user un-mutes the notifications.

User verifies if the notification system works across different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Given a user receives an instant message sent via the chat functionality, when they switch devices, then a notification should appear on the new device regardless of the original device used.

Users receive reminders for unread messages after a specified duration of inactivity.

Given a user has unread chat messages, when they have been inactive for more than 10 minutes, then a reminder notification should be sent to alert the user of the unread messages.

Users quickly access the chat to view new messages via the notification.

Given a user receives a new chat message notification, when they click on the notification, then the chat window should open directly to the new message thread for immediate viewing.

Emoji and File Sharing Support

"As a user, I want to share files and use emojis in chat, so that I can communicate more effectively and make discussions more engaging with visual elements."

Description

Introduce support for emoji usage and the ability to share files and links within the chat. Users can use emojis to express emotions or reactions quickly, making communication more engaging. The file-sharing feature should allow users to drag-and-drop or upload files directly into the chat. This capability not only enhances communication but also provides a seamless way to collaborate on documents and datasets relevant to ongoing discussions, improving overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the chat feature for real-time communication during a collaborative project discussion.

Given a user is in a chat window, when they type a message and include an emoji, then the emoji should display correctly alongside the text.

A user wants to share important project files during a chat session to improve teamwork.

Given a user drags and drops a file into the chat, when they press send, then the file should upload successfully and be accessible to all participants in the chat.

An educator is conducting a remote class and would like to share resources with students via chat.

Given a user uploads a file in the chat, when students click on the file link, then they should be able to download the file without any errors.

A professional is providing feedback in a collaborative meeting using both text and emojis in the chat.

Given a user sends a message with multiple emojis, when the message is sent, then all emojis should appear without distortion or loss and other users should see them accurately.

A team member needs to share links to external resources to support discussion within the chat.

Given a user pastes a link in the chat, when they send the message, then the link should be clickable and redirect users to the correct webpage.

During a brainstorming session, team members want to react to messages using emojis to indicate agreement or disagreement.

Given a message in the chat, when a user selects an emoji to react, then the emoji should appear next to the message and be visible to all participants.

Chat History Access

"As a user, I want to access my chat history, so that I can refer back to previous conversations and decisions when needed."

Description

Enable users to access their chat history within the InsightFlow platform. Users should be able to search through past messages, filter conversations by date, and retrieve important discussions for future reference. This feature aids in maintaining continuity in ongoing projects and ensures users can revisit and utilize previous ideas and decisions made during chats, reinforcing the collaborative culture of InsightFlow.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses Chat History After a Team Meeting.

Given the user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the chat functionality and select the 'Chat History' option, then they should see a list of all past conversations sorted by date with an option to search through messages.

User Searches for Specific Information in Chat History.

Given the user has accessed the chat history, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the system should filter the chat messages based on the keyword and display relevant conversations.

User Filters Chat Conversations by Date Range.

Given the user is viewing their chat history, when they select a start and end date in the date filter, then only conversations within that selected date range should be displayed.

User Retrieves Previously Discussed Ideas from Chat.

Given the user has identified a key topic discussed in a previous chat, when they perform a search using relevant keywords, then they should be able to locate and view the specific messages that contain those keywords within a reasonable time frame.

User Considers Chat History for a Project Decision.

Given the user has accessed their chat history, when they review past conversations related to a specific project, then they should be able to make informed decisions based on the discussions held in the chats.

User Experience of Downloading Chat History.

Given the user wants to save a record of their chat history, when they select the 'Download' option, then a file containing the complete chat history should be generated and downloaded to their device in a readable format, such as .txt or .csv.

User Tests the Performance of Chat History Loading.

Given the user clicks on the 'Chat History' button, when the chat history loads, then it should display all messages within 2 seconds for optimal user experience, regardless of the number of historical chats present.

Inline Data Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to share data insights directly in the chat, so that I can provide context to our discussions and make data-driven decisions easily during conversations."

Description

Allow users to share data insights directly within the chat by embedding visual elements like charts or summaries from their reports. This feature will enable better contextual discussions as team members can reference specific data points without needing to leave the chat. By facilitating direct data sharing, users can quickly ask follow-up questions, explain findings, and make informed decisions based on real-time insights, enhancing the effectiveness of collaborative efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a data visualization from a report in an ongoing chat session to discuss its implications in real-time with coworkers.

Given that a user has the chat functionality open, when they select a visual element from a report and choose the 'share' option, then the visual should appear in the chat window without refreshing or leaving the session.

A team member clicks on a shared visual element within the chat to get more details about the data it represents.

Given that a shared visual element is clicked, when the user clicks on it, then a tooltip or popup should display additional data or insights related to the visual, including source and context information.

Users engage in a conversation about a shared data insight while viewing the report's data context simultaneously within the chat interface.

Given that a visual element from the chat is discussed, when a follow-up question is asked, then users should be able to reference and view the original report alongside the chat without losing context.

A user successfully shares multiple types of data insights (e.g., charts, summaries) within the same chat session without experiencing delays or errors.

Given that multiple visual elements are selected, when the user shares them in the chat, then all selected visuals should load and display correctly without any data loss or formatting issues.

An admin sets up data-sharing permissions within the chat functionality to control who can or cannot share data insights.

Given that an admin accesses the chat settings, when they configure the permissions, then users should only be able to share data insights as per the defined permissions, with appropriate notifications if access is denied.

Users provide feedback on the inline data sharing feature to determine its effectiveness and inform future development iterations.

Given that users have engaged with the inline data sharing feature, when they are prompted for feedback, then at least 70% of users should report a positive impact on their collaboration experience related to data discussions.

The inline data sharing feature is tested for performance under heavy usage during peak business hours.

Given that the application is used by 100 concurrent users, when they simultaneously share visuals in the chat, then the system should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for each visual shared.

User Mentions and Tagging

"As a user, I want to mention my teammates in chat, so that they are notified of important messages and can respond quickly to discussions that require their input."

Description

Implement a user mention and tagging system within the chat to facilitate direct communication with specific team members. When a user types '@' followed by a colleague's name, it should notify that person of their mention. This functionality ensures that key individuals are alerted to important parts of a conversation and can respond promptly. It enhances accountability and ensures relevant stakeholders are continuously engaged, thereby improving team dynamics and responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User mentions a colleague in a chat during a collaborative brainstorming session.

Given a user is typing a message in the chat interface, when they type '@' followed by a colleague's name, then that colleague should receive a notification indicating they were mentioned.

A user mentions multiple colleagues in a single chat message to inform them about a topic.

Given a user types a message including multiple '@' mentions of colleagues, when they send the message, then all mentioned colleagues should receive individual notifications for each mention.

A user wants to ensure their mention is acknowledged during a team meeting held in the chat.

Given a user mentions a colleague in the chat, when the mentioned colleague opens the chat, then the mention should be highlighted or marked to grab their attention immediately.

A user mentions a colleague who is currently offline and wants to ensure they follow up on the message later.

Given a user mentions a colleague in the chat and that colleague is offline, when the message is sent, then the mentioned colleague should receive a notification via email or push notification for the mention when they come back online.

A user attempts to mention a colleague who does not exist in the system.

Given a user tries to mention a colleague by typing '@' followed by a non-existent name, when they send the message, then the mention should not create a notification and a warning message should be displayed indicating the name is invalid.

Task Assignment and Tracking

Users can create specific tasks related to reports and dashboards and assign them to team members. With tracking capabilities, users can monitor progress and deadlines directly within the workspace, ensuring accountability and effective project management as teams work towards shared objectives.

Requirements

Task Creation

"As a project manager, I want to create specific tasks for my team members related to our reports so that I can ensure everyone knows their responsibilities and deadlines."

Description

Users should be able to create specific tasks that relate to reports and dashboards, with the ability to define the task title, description, deadline, and priority level. This functionality will enable users to clearly delineate responsibilities and expectations for team members, facilitating a structured approach to project management. The task creation interface should support rich text formatting for improved clarity and detail, making it easier for team members to understand their assignments. Additionally, integration with the existing drag-and-drop interface of InsightFlow will allow for seamless association of tasks with particular data visualizations or reports, enhancing overall workflow efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a task related to a specific report or dashboard.

Given a user is on the task assignment interface, when they fill in the task title, description, deadline, and priority level, then a new task should be created and visible in the task list.

Assigning a created task to a team member.

Given a user has created a task, when they select a team member from the dropdown menu to assign the task, then the task should show the assigned member and reflect this change in the task details view.

Using rich text formatting in the task description.

Given a user is creating or editing a task, when they apply rich text formatting (like bold, italics, bullet points) to the task description, then the formatted text should be displayed correctly in the task detail view.

Setting a deadline for a task.

Given a user is creating a task, when they select a deadline from the date picker, then the task should display the selected deadline clearly in the task list and detail view.

Viewing tasks associated with a specific report or dashboard.

Given a user is viewing a report or dashboard, when they navigate to the tasks section, then all tasks linked to that report or dashboard should be displayed in a clear and organized manner.

Editing an existing task.

Given a user wants to edit a task, when they open the task detail view and modify the title, description, deadline, or priority level, then the updated information should be saved and reflected in the task list.

Deleting a task.

Given a user wants to delete a task, when they confirm the deletion from the task detail view, then the task should be removed from the task list and should no longer be accessible.

Team Member Assignment

"As a team leader, I want to assign tasks to my team members so that I can ensure that the workload is balanced and everyone is accountable for their tasks."

Description

The platform should allow users to assign created tasks to specified team members, ensuring that responsibilities are clearly communicated. Users will be able to select from a list of team members during the task creation process, with the option to notify them via email or in-app notifications. This ensures that task assignments are visible and acknowledged, thus fostering accountability within the team. Furthermore, any changes to task assignments should trigger notifications to relevant users, maintaining transparency throughout the project's lifecycle.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Notification for Team Members

Given a user creates a task and assigns it to a team member, when the task is saved, then an email notification and in-app alert should be sent to the assigned team member.

Visibility of Assigned Tasks in User Dashboard

Given a user has assigned tasks to team members, when the assigned team member accesses their dashboard, then they should see those tasks listed with current status and deadlines clearly displayed.

Modification of Task Assignments

Given a user modifies a task assignment, when the assignment is changed, then the removed team member should receive a notification of the change, and the new assigned team member should receive a notification of their new task.

Task Completion Tracking

Given a team member is assigned a task, when they mark the task as complete, then all users assigned to the task, as well as the creator, should receive a notification indicating the task's completion.

Task Deadline Alerts

Given a team member has a task with an approaching deadline, when the deadline is within 24 hours, then the assigned team member should receive a reminder notification via email and in-app alert.

Task Assignment History Log

Given a user assigns a task to team members, when accessing the task details, then the user should see a history log of all assignments and modifications made to that task.

Progress Tracking

"As a team member, I want to track the progress of my tasks so that I can understand what work still needs to be done and prioritize my efforts accordingly."

Description

Users should have the capability to monitor the progress of assigned tasks directly within the InsightFlow platform. This feature will include visual indicators such as progress bars and task statuses (e.g., Not Started, In Progress, Completed). Users should also be able to add comments or updates on the task, providing context and transparency for other team members. This real-time tracking capability will help in identifying bottlenecks and ensuring that projects stay on track with deadlines, thereby enhancing overall team productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User tracks the progress of a task assigned to their team member within the InsightFlow platform.

Given a task has been assigned, when the user views the task details, then they must see a progress bar indicating the current status of the task.

User adds comments or updates to a task to provide context to teammates regarding progress or issues.

Given a task is in progress, when the user adds a comment to the task, then the comment should be visible to all assigned team members in real-time.

User verifies the status of multiple tasks at a glance on the dashboard.

Given multiple tasks are assigned within a project, when the user views the dashboard, then they must see distinct indicators for the statuses of all tasks (Not Started, In Progress, Completed).

User identifies bottlenecks in task completion to improve project timelines.

Given some tasks are marked as 'In Progress' for over a week, when the user reviews the task list, then they should receive an alert or notification about those tasks needing attention to prevent delays.

User wants to ensure that all team members are up-to-date on task assignments and statuses before a project meeting.

Given a project meeting is scheduled, when the user accesses the task tracking feature, then they must see an overview report showing the status of all assigned tasks with updates from team members.

User modifies the due date of a task to reflect changes in project timelines.

Given a task's due date is adjusted, when the user saves the changes, then the updated due date should be reflected in the task details and the dashboard immediately.

User collaborates on a task with a teammate by discussing comments directly in the task detail view.

Given a task has comments, when the user clicks on a comment, then they should be able to reply or react to the comment in real time.

Deadline Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about my upcoming task deadlines so that I can manage my time effectively and avoid missing due dates."

Description

The system should provide automated notifications to users regarding upcoming deadlines for tasks they are assigned to. Users will receive reminders via email and within the platform as deadlines approach, helping to mitigate the risk of overlooking important tasks. This feature will support effective time management, ensuring team members are always aware of their responsibilities and due dates. Users should also have the ability to set custom notification preferences, such as frequency and channels of communication, to suit their working styles.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Deadline Notifications for Team Members

Given a task is assigned to a user with a deadline, when the deadline is approaching (within 3 days), then the user should receive an email notification and an in-platform alert about the upcoming deadline.

Custom Notification Preferences Setup

Given a user configures their notification preferences, when they select specific channels and frequencies for deadline notifications, then the system should save these preferences and apply them to all future notifications.

Multiple Tasks with Different Deadlines

Given a user is assigned multiple tasks with varying deadlines, when each deadline approaches, then the user should receive individual notifications for each task with its respective deadline information.

Notification for Missed Deadlines

Given a user has missed a task deadline, when the deadline has passed, then the user should receive a notification indicating that they have missed the deadline and the consequences of not completing the task.

Email Notification Delivery

Given a user has notifications enabled, when a deadline notification is triggered, then the email should be delivered to the user’s registered email address without delay and should contain all relevant task details.

Notification Preferences Validation

Given a user has set custom notification preferences, when a deadline notification is sent, then the system should check and adhere to the user's preferred notification channel (email/platform) as configured.

Editing Notification Preferences

Given a user wants to change their notification preferences, when they access the preferences section and update their selections, then the system should successfully update and confirm these changes without error.

Task Completion Feedback

"As a project manager, I want to receive feedback on completed tasks so that I can learn from my team's experiences and improve our future projects."

Description

Upon completing a task, users should have the ability to mark the task as complete and provide feedback or notes on the task performance. This feedback mechanism will serve to document lessons learned and improve future task handling through shared insights. This feature will promote a culture of continuous improvement as team members can reflect on what went well and what can be enhanced in future projects. The completed tasks will then be archived for record-keeping and future reference, aiding in project evaluations.

Acceptance Criteria

User marks a task as complete and provides feedback after reviewing the output of their assigned task in the InsightFlow dashboard.

Given that the user has completed a task, when they mark the task as complete, then a feedback input field should be displayed to allow the user to enter their comments or notes.

After submitting feedback on a completed task, the feedback should be stored and accessible for future reference by the team.

Given that the user has entered feedback on a completed task, when they save the task, then the feedback should be archived successfully and retrievable in the task history.

Users want to view the feedback provided on completed tasks to analyze performance over a project period.

Given that at least one task has been completed and feedback provided, when a user navigates to the task history section, then they should see a list of completed tasks along with their respective feedback.

The system should allow for tasks to be marked as incomplete and require feedback if there are issues noticed during the execution.

Given that a user identifies an issue with a task, when they mark the task as incomplete, then they are prompted to provide reason for incompletion before finalizing the status change.

The feedback text input should allow users to enter notes of a predefined length and inform them if they exceed this limit.

Given that the user is entering feedback on a completed task, when they exceed the character limit, then a warning message should be displayed indicating the limit reached.

The user needs to see the timestamp and author of the feedback on completed tasks for accountability.

Given that feedback has been provided on a task, when viewing the completed task details, then both the author's name and the timestamp of when the feedback was submitted should be displayed alongside the feedback.

Users want to ensure that the feedback they provide on tasks can influence future task handling by others in the team.

Given that feedback has been provided on a task, when another user views that task, then they should see the associated feedback which may inform their approach to similar future tasks.

Shared Resource Library

This feature allows users to create a central repository for shared files, templates, and datasets directly within the collaboration workspace. By providing easy access to essential resources, team members can enhance their collaboration, streamline project workflows, and ensure everyone is leveraging the latest materials in their work.

Requirements

Centralized File Management

"As a project manager, I want to easily organize and access shared files so that my team can collaborate more effectively and reduce time spent searching for resources."

Description

The Centralized File Management requirement establishes a user-friendly interface that allows users to upload, categorize, and manage their shared files, templates, and datasets within the InsightFlow platform. This feature enhances collaboration by ensuring all team members have access to important documents and resources, eliminating time wasted searching for materials across disparate systems. The integration of version control will allow users to track changes to shared files, ensuring that everyone is working on the most current version. Additionally, the requirement includes searching and filtering options to quickly locate necessary resources, significantly improving project workflows and efficiency, and fostering a more organized collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a new shared file to the centralized file management system within InsightFlow.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select the 'Upload' button, choose a file to upload, and complete the upload process, then the file should be successfully added to the shared resources and visible in the library with correct metadata (name, upload date, user).

A user categorizes a file after uploading it to the shared resource library.

Given a user has just uploaded a file, when they select the file and choose to categorize it by assigning tags or folders, then the file should reflect the new category immediately and be searchable under that category.

Multiple users collaboratively edit a shared document in real-time within the InsightFlow platform.

Given multiple users have access to a shared file, when one user makes changes to the document, then all other users should see the changes reflected instantly in their view without needing to refresh the page.

A user searches for a specific template within the centralized file management system.

Given a user is looking for a template, when they enter keywords into the search bar, then relevant templates should appear in the search results, allowing the user to find the document efficiently.

A user accesses the version history of a shared file to view previous edits.

Given a user opens a shared file, when they click on the 'Version History' option, then a list of previous versions with timestamps and editing user details should be displayed, allowing them to revert to an earlier version if needed.

A user filters shared resources by category and date of upload.

Given a user is in the shared resource library, when they apply filters for specific categories and date ranges, then the displayed files should only include those that match the applied filters.

Template Sharing and Customization

"As a team member, I want to customize and share templates with my colleagues so that we can maintain consistency and efficiency in our reporting processes."

Description

The Template Sharing and Customization requirement focuses on providing users the ability to create, share, and customize templates directly within the Shared Resource Library. Users can modify existing templates or create new ones tailored to specific projects or reporting needs, ensuring that all team members can utilize resources that meet their unique requirements. This feature will include options for saving templates for future use and categorizing them by type for easy retrieval. By streamlining the template creation process and encouraging sharing among teams, this requirement aims to improve productivity and consistency in reporting, making it easier for non-technical users to generate valuable insights from their data.

Acceptance Criteria

User Successfully Shares a Template in the Resource Library

Given a user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, When they select a template and choose to share it, Then the template should be visible in the Shared Resource Library for all users to access.

User Customizes and Saves a Template for Future Use

Given a user opens a template from the Shared Resource Library, When they make modifications and click on the save option, Then the updated template should be saved under the user's account and remain accessible in the Resource Library.

User Categories Custom Templates for Easy Retrieval

Given a user creates a new template, When they categorize it during the save process, Then the template should appear under the selected category in the Resource Library.

User Searches for a Template by Keywords in the Library

Given a user is in the Shared Resource Library, When they enter a keyword into the search bar, Then the search results should display all templates that match the keyword criteria.

User Deletes a Template from the Resource Library

Given a user has permission to modify templates, When they select a template and choose to delete it, Then the template should be permanently removed from the Shared Resource Library, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User Views Template Sharing Notifications

Given a user is logged into the platform, When a new template is shared in the Resource Library, Then the user should receive a notification in their dashboard indicating the new shared template.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

"As a remote team member, I want to collaborate in real-time on shared resources so that I can efficiently contribute and keep track of updates made by my colleagues."

Description

The Real-Time Collaboration Tools requirement enables simultaneous editing and commenting on shared resources within the InsightFlow platform. This feature allows multiple users to work together without conflicts, providing instant feedback and facilitating efficient communication. By incorporating features such as live chat, notifications for changes made by team members, and commenting on specific sections of documents, users can enhance teamwork and clarity during the collaborative process. This requirement is crucial for maintaining engagement and ensuring everyone is on the same page, particularly for teams working remotely or across different time zones, ultimately fostering a culture of collaboration and teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous Editing Test in Real-Time Collaboration Workspace

Given multiple users are working on the same document, when one user makes an edit, then all other users see the change in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Commenting Feature Validation for Sections of Documents

Given a document is shared among users, when a user adds a comment to a specific section, then that comment is visible to all collaborators and clickable to navigate directly to that section.

Notification Alerts for Changes Made by Team Members

Given users are collaborating on a file, when another user makes a change or comment, then all collaborators receive a notification indicating the update with a timestamp.

Live Chat Implementation for Collaboration In Real-Time Workspaces

Given users are editing a document, when a user initiates a live chat, then all collaborators can see the chat window and communicate asynchronously while editing.

Collaboration Tool Compatibility Across Different Devices

Given users are accessing InsightFlow from different devices, when they edit a document, then all changes should sync correctly across devices without any data loss.

User Permission Management for Document Collaboration

Given a document is shared among users, when a user attempts to edit a document they do not have permission for, then they are notified with a message indicating their access restrictions.

User Permissions and Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to control user access to the shared resources so that I can protect sensitive information while enabling collaboration among team members."

Description

The User Permissions and Access Control requirement establishes a system for managing who has access to specific files and templates within the Shared Resource Library. Administrators can define roles and permissions, allowing for different levels of access (view, edit, or comment) based on user roles. This feature ensures sensitive information is safeguarded while still promoting collaboration among appropriate team members. By implementing strict access controls and providing clarity on user permissions, this requirement enhances the platform's security and encourages better management of shared resources, ensuring that the right people have access to the right information at the right time.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin assigns varying permissions to users in the Shared Resource Library.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the Shared Resource Library and select a user, then they should be able to assign permissions of view, edit, or comment based on predefined roles, and these changes should be reflected immediately in the user's access rights.

Users attempt to access files with different permission levels.

Given a user with 'view' permissions accesses a file in the Shared Resource Library, when they attempt to edit or delete the file, then they should receive a notification that they do not have sufficient permissions and the action should be blocked.

Users with editing access make changes to a shared template.

Given a user with 'edit' permissions is working on a shared template in the Shared Resource Library, when they make changes and save the template, then the changes should be successfully saved, and all users with access to the template should be able to see the updated version.

Collaborators search for resources in the Shared Resource Library.

Given a user is in the Shared Resource Library, when they use the search functionality to find a specific file or template, then the search should return relevant results based on file names and metadata within 2 seconds.

An admin reviews user access logs for the Shared Resource Library.

Given an administrator needs to review access logs, when they navigate to the user access logs section, then they should be able to filter logs by date and user to view all activity related to file access and permission changes in the last 30 days.

Users receive a notification when permission changes occur.

Given an administrator makes a change in permissions for any user, when the adjustment is completed, then all affected users should receive an immediate notification detailing the change in their access rights.

Bulk Upload and Management

"As a team lead, I want to be able to bulk upload files so that I can efficiently integrate new resources into our collaborative workspace without wasting time on individual uploads."

Description

The Bulk Upload and Management requirement allows users to upload multiple files or templates simultaneously, along with features for batch editing and categorizing resources. This functionality simplifies the process of adding resources to the Shared Resource Library, saving users time, especially when onboarding new projects or sharing large datasets. Administrators can quickly manage resources, ensure proper categorization, and improve overall organization within the library. This requirement is essential for enhancing usability and efficiency, particularly for teams that frequently update resources or manage large volumes of data.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I need to bulk upload multiple templates to the Shared Resource Library in order to save time during project initiation.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I select multiple template files to upload, then the system should successfully upload all selected files without errors and categorize them automatically based on predefined tags.

As a user, I want to be able to edit metadata for multiple files at once to streamline resource management.

Given I have selected multiple files in the Shared Resource Library, when I initiate a batch edit action, then all selected files should allow me to edit their metadata fields concurrently, and the changes should be reflected immediately.

As a team member, I want to categorize resources after bulk upload so that they are easily accessible by type.

Given I have uploaded files in bulk, when I categorize them by dragging them into designated folders in the library, then each file should be moved to the correct folder and all changes should be saved automatically without any data loss.

As an administrator, I need to view upload logs to ensure all files have been successfully uploaded and categorized.

Given I access the upload logs after a bulk upload, when I review the log entries, then I should see a complete list of all uploaded files with status indicators (success/fail) corresponding to each file.

As a user, I want to receive feedback on the upload process to confirm that all files were processed and added to the library.

Given I have completed the bulk upload process, when the upload is finished, then I should receive a summary notification indicating the number of files successfully uploaded, the number of files failed, and the specific names of any that encountered errors.

As a team member, I want to search and filter resources post-upload to quickly find relevant templates or datasets.

Given I have uploaded multiple files, when I use the search and filter options in the Shared Resource Library, then I should be able to locate any uploaded resource based on name or category within 3 seconds without errors.

As an administrator, I want to ensure users have permission to upload files to the Shared Resource Library to maintain security and organization.

Given I am logged in as an administrator, when I check user roles and permissions, then I should be able to verify which users have the ability to perform bulk uploads and confirm that non-permitted users cannot access the upload functionality.

Resource Activity Tracking

"As an administrator, I want to track the activity on shared resources so that I can analyze usage patterns and optimize our resource management strategy."

Description

The Resource Activity Tracking requirement involves implementing a tracking system that logs interactions with shared files and templates, such as uploads, downloads, edits, and comments made by users. This feature allows team leads and administrators to monitor how resources are being used, identify popular templates, and gather insights into team engagement with shared materials. By providing this transparency, the requirement enhances accountability among users and creates opportunities for optimizing resource management based on actual usage patterns, ultimately supporting the better organization and effectiveness of teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Tracking shared file uploads by users in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a user uploads a file to the Shared Resource Library, when the upload is completed, then the system should log the username, timestamp, file name, and file size of the uploaded file in the activity log.

Monitoring edits made to templates in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a user edits a template in the Shared Resource Library, when the edit is saved, then the system should log the username, timestamp, template name, and a summary of the changes made in the activity log.

Logging downloads of resources by users in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a user downloads a file from the Shared Resource Library, when the download is successful, then the system should log the username, timestamp, file name, and type of file downloaded in the activity log.

Tracking comments made on resources in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a user comments on a resource in the Shared Resource Library, when the comment is submitted, then the system should log the username, timestamp, resource name, and the content of the comment in the activity log.

Generating reports on resource usage based on tracking data in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a team lead requests a usage report, when the report is generated, then it should include metrics on uploads, downloads, edits, and comments made within a specified time frame, displayed in an easy-to-read format.

Authenticating user interactions with resources in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given a user interacts with a resource, when the activity is logged, then the system should ensure that the user is authenticated and their actions are tracked against their user profile in the activity log.

Providing an overview dashboard for administrators to view resource activity in the Resource Activity Tracking system.

Given an administrator accesses the overview dashboard, when the page loads, then it should display a summary of the most active resources, user engagement levels, and a breakdown of activity types (uploads, downloads, edits, comments).

Quick Insight Access

Quick Insight Access allows users to swiftly retrieve essential data visualizations and reports with a simple tap. This feature is designed for ease of use, enabling users to view key metrics and insights at a glance, ensuring that critical information is always within reach, no matter the location.

Requirements

Real-time Metrics Update

"As a business analyst, I want to see real-time data updates so that I can respond quickly to changes in key performance indicators and make timely decisions."

Description

This requirement involves implementing functionality that allows users to view real-time updates on key metrics within the Quick Insight Access feature. Users will benefit from having immediate access to the most current data visualizations and reports, enabling them to make informed decisions based on up-to-date insight. The implementation will involve integrating data streams that continuously update the displayed metrics within the dashboards. This feature will enhance user experience by providing relevant information as it changes, supporting faster decision-making without requiring manual refreshes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses Quick Insight Access to view updated key metrics during a team meeting to make strategic decisions based on the latest data analytics available in the dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into the InsightFlow platform and has accessed the Quick Insight Access feature, when they look at the dashboard, then the key metrics displayed must update in real time without requiring a manual refresh.

A sales manager uses the Quick Insight Access feature on their mobile device while on a sales call to monitor real-time sales performance metrics and adjust their pitch accordingly.

Given that the user has opened the Quick Insight Access on a mobile device, when new data is available, then the displayed sales performance metrics must refresh automatically within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

An educator checks student performance metrics via Quick Insight Access in a classroom setting to provide immediate feedback to students during a lesson.

Given that the educator is logged into InsightFlow and has accessed Quick Insight Access, when they check the student performance metrics, then any changes in student data must be visible without a manual page refresh, ensuring timely feedback.

A project manager reviews project status indicators in Quick Insight Access to provide current updates to stakeholders during a project review meeting.

Given that the project manager is using InsightFlow and has accessed the Quick Insight Access feature, when the real-time update occurs, then the status indicators must update dynamically, reflecting the most recent project data within a maximum delay of 10 seconds.

A finance officer reviews cash flow metrics at the end of the business day using Quick Insight Access to ensure all financial decisions are based on the latest data before finalizing reports.

Given that the finance officer is logged into InsightFlow and accesses the Quick Insight Access feature, then the cash flow metrics must reflect any changes made within the last minute before they run the final reports, enabling accurate decision-making.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a sales manager, I want to customize my dashboard widgets so that I can prioritize important sales metrics and insights at a glance, tailored to my daily tasks."

Description

This requirement allows users to customize the layout and content of their Quick Insight Access dashboards by adding, removing, or rearranging widgets that display different reports and visualizations. This flexibility ensures that users can prioritize the most relevant data to their specific needs, creating a personalized experience. The integration will involve developing a drag-and-drop interface and options for different types of visualizations such as graphs, tables, and alerts. This feature will enhance usability by enabling users to tailor their dashboards according to their individual preferences and use cases.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Dashboard Layout

Given a user is on the Quick Insight Access dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a new position, then the widget should successfully move to the new position and update the layout accordingly.

Adding New Widgets to Dashboard

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they select a widget from the available options and add it to the dashboard, then the new widget should appear in the selected location without requiring a page refresh.

Removing Widgets from Dashboard

Given a user is on their customized dashboard, when they click the remove button on a widget, then the widget should disappear from the dashboard and not display any remnants of previous data.

Saving Customized Dashboard Configuration

Given a user has made changes to their dashboard layout, when they click the save button, then their dashboard configuration should be saved correctly and restored upon the next login.

Viewing Different Types of Visualizations

Given a user has added a widget to their dashboard, when they select a different visualization type, then the widget should update to reflect the new visualization type without errors.

Rearranging Widgets on Mobile Devices

Given a user accesses the dashboard from a mobile device, when they drag and drop a widget to rearrange it, then the widget should move to the new position and maintain the layout on the mobile interface.

Offline Access Mode

"As a field manager, I want to access my reports offline so that I can review critical data even when I'm in areas without internet connectivity, ensuring uninterrupted decision-making."

Description

This requirement involves providing an offline access mode for Quick Insight Access, allowing users to view previously loaded data visualizations and reports without an internet connection. Users would benefit from this capability by still being able to make data-driven decisions in areas with limited connectivity. The implementation will require storing a local cache of previously viewed data and ensuring that the interface can utilize this cached data effectively. This feature is critical for users who operate in remote locations or in situations where internet access may be inconsistent.

Acceptance Criteria

User is in a remote location without internet access and needs to access previously loaded data visualizations on the InsightFlow platform.

Given that the user has previously accessed the data visualizations, When the user opens the InsightFlow app in offline mode, Then all previously loaded data visualizations should be available for viewing without requiring an internet connection.

A user wants to check key metrics while traveling in an area with sporadic internet connectivity.

Given that the user has a set of data visualizations cached, When the user opens the app in offline mode after losing internet connectivity, Then the app should display the last viewed visualizations without delay or errors.

A user wishes to create a report but only has access to the InsightFlow platform in a region with no internet.

Given that the user has stored data in local cache, When the user selects the report creation feature in offline mode, Then the user should be able to use cached data to generate the report and save it successfully for later use once connectivity is restored.

A user frequently switches between online and offline environments and expects seamless performance.

Given that the user transitions between online and offline modes, When the user reconnects to the internet, Then the app should automatically synchronize any changes made in offline mode without user intervention and provide an indication of successful synchronization.

User operates in an area with intermittent internet and needs to continue working on visualizations.

Given that the user has saved their progress on data visualizations while online, When the user loses internet access, Then the user should still be able to edit and interact with the previously downloaded visualizations.

A user needs assurance that sensitive data remains secure while accessed offline.

Given that the user is in offline mode, When the user accesses visualizations, Then all data should remain secured and not be exposed to unauthorized access, adhering to data privacy standards.

Voice Command Data Retrieval

"As a busy executive, I want to retrieve my data insights using voice commands so that I can access information quickly while multitasking or on the go."

Description

This requirement enables users to interact with the Quick Insight Access feature using voice commands to retrieve specific data visualizations and reports. The integration will involve developing voice recognition capabilities that accurately interpret user requests and display the corresponding data. This feature caters to users who may be multitasking or prefer hands-free operation, improving overall accessibility and efficiency. By allowing users to engage with the application through natural language, this feature aligns with the goal of making data insights quickly accessible.

Acceptance Criteria

Voice command initiated by a user in a quiet office setting to retrieve a specific report.

Given the user is in a quiet environment, when they say 'Show me the sales report for Q1', then the system displays the correct sales report for Q1 without errors.

Voice command performed by a user multitasking in a busy environment while cooking to get a quick overview of key metrics.

Given the user is cooking and has their hands occupied, when they say 'What are my top 5 sales metrics?', then the application reads out the top 5 sales metrics using voice output within 5 seconds.

Voice command attempted in a noisy environment, such as a crowded cafe, to demonstrate system limitations and accuracy.

Given the user is in a noisy cafe, when they say 'Show the expenses report', then the system should inform the user it cannot process the command due to background noise and suggest trying again in a quieter place.

User logs in and uses a voice command to access a report on a mobile device while moving.

Given the user is walking and uses their mobile device, when they say 'Display my monthly performance dashboard', then the dashboard loads within 3 seconds and is visually clear and readable on the mobile screen.

User attempts to retrieve a visualization and enunciates a request clearly in a serene park.

Given the user is in a park with minimal distractions, when they say 'Fetch the latest customer feedback report', then the application retrieves the report and displays it accurately with no delay.

User rescinds a voice command after stuttering or making an unintentional noise mid-request.

Given the user accidentally made a noise, when they say 'No, forget it', then the voice assistant cancels the previous command and prompts the user for further instructions without any error.

Mobile App Synchronization

"As a remote worker, I want my desktop and mobile apps to sync so that I can easily switch between devices and always have access to my latest data visualizations."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating synchronization capabilities between the desktop version of Quick Insight Access and a mobile application, allowing users to have a seamless experience when switching between devices. Users will benefit from automatically synced dashboards and reports, ensuring they always have access to the latest insights regardless of the device. This will involve cloud integration to manage user data effectively across platforms. This feature is crucial for users who work remotely or travel frequently, as it supports flexible work styles and access to vital information at all times.

Acceptance Criteria

User seamlessly switches from the desktop version of InsightFlow to the mobile app to check their latest reports and receives the most current data without any manual updates required.

Given the user has updated their dashboard on the desktop version, when they open the mobile app, then the mobile app should display the latest version of the dashboard with all changes accurately reflected.

A remote user accesses their mobile device to view a critical metric during a conference call and needs to access that data instantly without any delays.

Given the user is connected to the internet, when they tap on the mobile application to access their dashboard, then the dashboard should load within 5 seconds, displaying real-time data.

While traveling, a user receives an email alert about a significant change in metrics, prompting them to quickly check the updated report from their mobile device on the go.

Given the user receives an alert for a metric change, when they access the mobile app, then the report should reflect the updated data accurately and load within 5 seconds.

A team member at a remote site updates a report on the desktop app, and another team member wants to verify the report on their mobile device shortly after.

Given the report has been updated by team member A on the desktop, when team member B accesses the report on their mobile app within 2 minutes, then the mobile app should display the latest version of the report.

Users rely on Quick Insight Access to ensure their data visualizations reflect the most up-to-date information after synchronization.

Given the user has made changes on their mobile app, when they sync with the cloud, then all updates should accurately reflect in the desktop application after synchronization is completed.

A user starts working on a report on the desktop application but needs to transition to a mobile platform while commuting.

Given the user saves their report progress on the desktop, when they access the same report on the mobile app shortly after, then the report should open with the exact progress saved from the desktop, including charts and data visualizations.

An educational consultant needs to prepare for a meeting and wants to verify the latest data trends using both desktop and mobile access.

Given the user has access to both desktop and mobile applications, when they compare a specific report on both devices, then both reports should match in data consistency and latest updates, with discrepancies not exceeding 1%.

Real-Time Notifications

Stay informed with Real-Time Notifications that alert users to significant data updates, insights, or performance changes directly to their mobile devices. This feature ensures that users never miss essential information, enabling proactive decision-making and immediate responses to emerging trends.

Requirements

Instant Data Alerts

"As a data analyst, I want to receive instant alerts for significant changes in data so that I can act quickly to address any potential issues or capitalize on new opportunities."

Description

The Instant Data Alerts requirement emphasizes the necessity for a notification system that promptly informs users about critical updates to their datasets, analytics, or KPIs. This feature should seamlessly integrate with the InsightFlow platform's existing data infrastructure, utilizing real-time data streams to push notifications to users’ mobile devices and desktops. By facilitating immediate access to important insights as they occur, this feature will enhance user engagement and enable proactive, informed decision-making. The alerts should be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for the types of notifications they wish to receive, thereby improving relevance and user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification on their mobile device when a key performance indicator (KPI) crosses a predefined threshold, which has been set in their notification preferences.

Given the user has set up notification preferences for KPI thresholds, when the KPI crosses the predefined threshold, then the user receives a real-time notification on their mobile device.

A user opts in to receive notifications for specific data updates related to their business's sales figures.

Given the user selects the 'Sales Figures' category in their notification preferences, when there is a significant change in the sales data, then the user receives a tailored notification reflecting this change.

The system integrates with multiple data streams to send alerts for any critical updates in real-time across both mobile and desktop platforms.

Given that the system is connected to various data streams, when there is a critical update in any connected data source, then all users subscribed to those updates receive notifications on both their mobile and desktop devices.

Users can customize the frequency of notifications to manage their information intake effectively, preferring to receive daily summaries instead of immediate alerts.

Given the user selects a daily summary option in their notification preferences, when the end of the day occurs, then the user receives a consolidated notification summarizing all significant updates from the day.

A user receives an alert for a newly added data report that matches their preferences without needing to be logged into the InsightFlow platform.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications for new data reports, when a new report is added that fits their criteria, then the user receives a notification regarding the new report on their mobile device, even if they are not logged in.

A user can unsubscribe from specific notification categories if they find them unnecessary, ensuring they only receive relevant information.

Given the user navigates to their notification settings and opts out of a specific category, when there are updates related to that category, then the user does not receive any further notifications from that category.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a project manager, I want to customize my notification settings so that I receive alerts only for the key performance indicators that matter most to my team's success."

Description

The Customizable Notification Settings requirement enables users to tailor their notification preferences according to their individual needs and roles within the organization. This feature should allow users to define the types of events or changes that trigger notifications, such as data thresholds or report updates, which helps prevent notification overload and ensures users receive only relevant alerts. By providing a user-friendly interface for managing settings, this feature supports users in optimizing their engagement with the platform and enhances their overall experience by ensuring they stay informed of the most pertinent events.

Acceptance Criteria

User is setting up their notification preferences for the first time in the InsightFlow platform.

Given the user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the 'Notification Settings' page, then they should be presented with an easy-to-navigate interface to customize notification types and triggers.

A user wants to receive notifications only for critical data updates that exceed a certain threshold.

Given the user has selected the option to receive notifications for data updates, when they specify a threshold value and save the settings, then they should receive notifications only when the data exceeds that predefined threshold.

The user aims to review and modify their existing notification settings to streamline their alerts.

Given the user navigates to the 'Notification Settings' page, when they view their current settings, then they should be able to edit or delete any existing notification preferences with changes reflecting immediately in their profile.

A user receives notifications on their mobile device based on their customized settings for report updates.

Given the user has defined notification settings for report updates, when a report is refreshed in the system, then the user should receive a mobile notification only if the changes meet the user's specified criteria.

The user wants to disable all notifications temporarily during a specific time frame.

Given the user is on the 'Notification Settings' page, when they choose to enable a 'Do Not Disturb' period and save the preferences, then all notifications should be paused for the selected time frame without affecting the existing notification settings.

A user encounters an error while trying to save their customized notification settings.

Given the user has modified their notification preferences, when they click the 'Save Settings' button and an error occurs, then an error message should display, informing the user of the issue and providing instructions to resolve it.

Push Notification Support

"As a sales representative, I want to receive push notifications on my phone when there are significant updates to customer data, so that I can stay informed and respond quickly during client interactions."

Description

The Push Notification Support requirement outlines the necessity of integrating push notification capabilities within the InsightFlow mobile and desktop applications. This feature should allow real-time alerts to reach users' devices even when the applications are not actively in use, ensuring that important updates are delivered immediately, no matter the state of the app. This functionality is crucial for maintaining constant user engagement and ensuring prompt reaction times to significant data changes, thus driving a more dynamic and responsive decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a push notification for an updated sales report when the InsightFlow app is closed.

Given the InsightFlow app on the user's device is closed, when a sales report is updated, then the user receives a push notification about the update within 5 minutes of the change.

User can customize the types of notifications received on their mobile device.

Given a user is logged into the InsightFlow application, when they access the notification settings, then they can select which types of notifications to receive (e.g., performance changes, new insights).

User receives real-time notifications on multiple devices without missing updates.

Given the user has the InsightFlow app installed on both their mobile and desktop devices, when a significant insight is generated, then the push notification is delivered to all registered devices simultaneously.

User can opt-in or opt-out of push notifications at any time.

Given the user is in the application settings menu, when they toggle the push notification option, then they can successfully opt-in or opt-out and the change reflects immediately.

User can view the notification history within the app.

Given the user has received multiple push notifications, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they can see a list of all past notifications sorted by date and time.

User is alerted to critical insights during business hours and after hours appropriately.

Given the push notification feature is enabled, when a critical insight is detected, then the user receives the notification immediately during business hours and receives a summary via email for after-hours notifications.

User can provide feedback on the usefulness of the notifications they receive.

Given the user receives a push notification, when they interact with the notification, then they have the option to rate the notification's usefulness and provide comments, which are logged for analysis.

Historical Notification Log

"As a business analyst, I want to access a historical log of notifications so that I can analyze past data changes and their impact on our performance over time."

Description

The Historical Notification Log requirement focuses on the development of a comprehensive, searchable archive of past notifications. This feature will allow users to review previous alerts, providing context for decisions made based on historical data trends and improving accountability. Users should be able to filter and search through notifications by date, type, and urgency, enhancing their ability to track changes and outcomes over time. This log will serve as a valuable resource for understanding data shifts and the reasoning behind strategic choices, ultimately enhancing data literacy and decision quality.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to access historical notifications to review previous alerts related to sales performance for the last quarter.

Given I have access to the Historical Notification Log, when I search for notifications by date range set to the last quarter, then I should see all notifications related to sales performance during that period.

A user needs to filter previous notifications to identify those marked as high urgency within a specific time frame.

Given I am viewing the Historical Notification Log, when I apply a filter for high urgency notifications and set the date range to the past month, then I should only see notifications marked as high urgency within that time frame.

The admin wants to ensure the Historical Notification Log can be accessed by all team members based on their role during a team meeting.

Given I am an admin, when I check the permissions for the Historical Notification Log, then I should verify that all team members have appropriate access based on their user roles outlined in the access control policy.

A user attempts to search for a specific notification using keywords related to product updates.

Given I am on the Historical Notification Log page, when I enter keywords related to product updates in the search bar and submit, then I should see a list of notifications that contain those keywords.

A user wants to verify that the Historical Notification Log correctly displays notifications sorted by their creation date.

Given I have accessed the Historical Notification Log, when I sort the notifications by creation date in ascending order, then I should see the notifications displayed from oldest to newest.

A user is reviewing the Historical Notification Log for insights into customer feedback notifications.

Given I have accessed the Historical Notification Log, when I filter notifications by type to show customer feedback, then I should see only the notifications that are categorized under customer feedback.

User Education and Onboarding

"As a new user, I want access to educational resources on how to set up and use notifications, so that I can effectively leverage this feature for my data analysis tasks."

Description

The User Education and Onboarding requirement emphasizes the importance of creating clear materials and guides to help users understand the Real-Time Notifications feature. This includes creating tutorial videos, FAQs, and written documentation that explains how to set notification preferences, utilize alerts effectively, and leverage the feature to drive actionable insights. By equipping users with the knowledge to fully utilize notifications, InsightFlow can significantly improve user satisfaction and adoption rates, leading to a more engaged user base who effectively uses the platform for proactive decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Real-Time Notifications feature for the first time during onboarding and seeks to customize their alert preferences.

Given the user is on the onboarding screen, when they select the Real-Time Notifications feature, then they can view a step-by-step tutorial on how to set notification preferences, including toggling options for different data categories.

User experiences a significant data update and receives a Real-Time Notification alert on their mobile device.

Given the user has customized their notification preferences, when a significant data change occurs, then the user receives a prompt notification on their mobile device detailing the change within 5 minutes of occurrence.

User reviews the help documentation to troubleshoot a problem with notification settings.

Given the user is in the help section, when they search for 'notification settings', then they should find clear, easy-to-understand articles or FAQs that describe how to adjust and troubleshoot notification settings, with at least 90% user satisfaction based on post-interaction surveys.

User completes the onboarding process and feels confident using the Real-Time Notifications feature.

Given the user has completed the onboarding tutorials, when they are asked about their confidence level in using Real-Time Notifications, then at least 80% of users should report that they feel confident using this feature in a post-onboarding survey.

User watches the tutorial video for Real-Time Notifications and seeks to implement the learned changes immediately.

Given the user watches the tutorial video on Real-Time Notifications, when they attempt to set up their notifications based on the tutorial, then they should be able to complete the setup successfully within 10 minutes and confirm through a follow-up prompt that alerts are functioning as intended.

User interacts with a peer to discuss their experiences and effectiveness of Real-Time Notifications feature post-onboarding.

Given the user has used the Real-Time Notifications feature for at least a week, when they are asked to share their experience in a peer discussion, then the user should be able to articulate at least two actionable insights gained from the notifications received, demonstrating practical utilization of the feature.

Offline Viewing Mode

Offline Viewing Mode empowers users to download reports and visualizations for access without an internet connection. This feature is particularly beneficial for users on the go, ensuring they can always reference crucial data, even in low or no connectivity scenarios.

Requirements

Downloadable Reports

"As a business analyst, I want to download my reports as PDFs so that I can review and present them during meetings without depending on internet access."

Description

This requirement specifies the functionality that enables users to download reports in various formats, such as PDF and Excel, from InsightFlow. Users will be able to select specific reports or visualizations they wish to download, ensuring they have access to critical data at their convenience. This functionality enhances user experience by providing flexibility in data access, allowing users to work offline or share reports easily without needing the InsightFlow platform online. By facilitating offline access to information, this feature directly supports users in decision-making processes in situations where they lack internet connectivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User downloads a report in PDF format for offline viewing.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select a report and choose to download it as a PDF, then the report should be successfully downloaded to their device without errors.

User downloads a report in Excel format for offline viewing.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select a report and choose to download it as an Excel file, then the report should be successfully downloaded to their device without errors.

User experiences downloading a large report and check for performance.

Given that the user selects a large report to download, when they initiate the download, then the download should complete within a reasonable time (e.g., under 5 minutes) without causing application lag.

User downloads multiple reports simultaneously.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they select multiple reports to download at once, then all selected reports should be downloaded correctly in their chosen formats without any files missing or corrupt.

User attempts to download a report while offline.

Given that the user is currently offline, when they try to access the download feature for a report, then the system should notify them that an internet connection is required to download reports.

User accesses the downloaded report after downloading.

Given that the user has successfully downloaded a report, when they open the downloaded file, then the report should display all data as intended, formatted correctly, and contain no missing information.

User shares a downloaded report via email.

Given that the user has downloaded a report in PDF format, when they attach the report to an email, then the recipient should be able to open the file without any formatting issues or errors.

Cache Data for Offline Access

"As a marketing manager, I want to be able to view my most recent reports offline so that I can present them seamlessly even when I am not connected to the internet."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a caching mechanism that stores a user's recent reports and visualizations locally on their device. By maintaining a secure cache, users can quickly access previously viewed data without needing to re-download it, thereby speeding up the overall user experience. This functionality not only allows users to view important data offline but also ensures that interactions with the app remain swift and responsive. The switch to offline mode would intelligently fetch this locally stored data first before attempting to fetch updates from the server.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Offline Viewing Mode while traveling and needs to view recent reports in their app without an internet connection.

Given the user has a recent report cached, when they switch to Offline Viewing Mode, then the report should be immediately accessible without loading delays.

A user opens the app in offline mode after having previously viewed multiple reports and visualizations.

Given the user has viewed multiple reports before, when they open the app in offline mode, then they should see a list of available cached reports.

A user interacts with a cached visualization to ensure it loads correctly in offline mode.

Given the user selects a cached visualization in offline mode, when they interact with it, then the visualization should render accurately without errors.

User wants to ensure their selected reports are cached and available offline for later use while in a location with poor connectivity.

Given the user selects specific reports for offline access, when they enable Offline Viewing Mode, then those reports should be successfully cached and available without needing to reconnect to the internet.

User attempts to access a report that was not cached while in Offline Viewing Mode.

Given the user is in Offline Viewing Mode, when they try to access a report that was never downloaded, then they should receive a notification that the report is unavailable offline.

User wishes to clear the cached data to free up storage on their device.

Given the user accesses the app settings and selects the option to clear cache, when they confirm the action, then all cached reports and visualizations should be deleted, freeing up storage space.

A user wants to verify that the cache automatically updates when the app regains internet connectivity.

Given the user is in Offline Viewing Mode, when their device reconnects to the internet, then any new updates to the previously viewed reports should be fetched and integrated into the cache seamlessly.

User Notification for Offline Mode

"As an educator, I want to be informed when I switch to offline mode, so that I know what resources I can still access while I’m away from an internet connection."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user notification system that alerts users when they have entered offline mode and which data is currently available offline. This feature will enhance user awareness and guide them about their accessible resources. Users will be notified when they lose connectivity and informed about which reports are cached for offline use. This capability helps prevent confusion and assists users in managing their workflow during connectivity issues, ultimately promoting a smoother transition between online and offline environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User is notified when entering offline mode while accessing a report on InsightFlow.

Given the user is online and accessing a report, when the internet connection is lost, then a pop-up notification should appear informing the user that they have entered offline mode and indicating which reports are available offline.

User receives notification about cached reports after losing connectivity.

Given the user loses connectivity, when the offline mode notification appears, then it should prominently display the titles of the most recently accessed reports that are cached for offline use.

User experience while switching back to online mode after being offline.

Given the user was previously in offline mode, when their internet connection is restored, then a notification should appear to inform the user that they are back online and prompt them to refresh the data to check for any updates.

User can view notifications in a designated area within the interface.

Given the user enters offline mode or loses connectivity, when notifications are displayed, then the notifications should be visible in a dedicated 'Notifications' panel within the user interface, ensuring easy access at any time.

User accesses offline reports after entering offline mode.

Given the user is in offline mode, when they attempt to access a cached report, then the report should load instantly without needing an internet connection, ensuring smooth usability regardless of connectivity status.

User ability to customize notification settings for offline mode alerts.

Given the user has access to notification settings, when they navigate to the settings menu, then they should be able to customize the frequency and types of offline mode notifications they wish to receive.

User is informed about data sync when switching to online mode.

Given the user has returned to online mode after being offline, when they check for updates, then the system should automatically sync any changes made while offline, and a notification should inform them that data synchronization is complete.

Offline Data Permissions

"As a finance officer, I want my downloaded reports to respect the same permissions as when I’m online, so that sensitive information remains secure even offline."

Description

This requirement mandates a framework for handling data security and permission settings for downloaded reports and visualizations. Given that reports may contain sensitive information, this feature ensures that user access controls are respected, even when data is being accessed offline. By implementing this functionality, InsightFlow will provide a layer of protection that reassures users about their data security and privacy, preventing unauthorized access and potential data breaches, thereby fostering trust and confidence in using the platform under varied conditions.

Acceptance Criteria

User tries to download a report with sensitive data while connected to the internet.

Given the user has permissions to access the report, When they attempt to download the report, Then the report should be downloaded in a secure format that respects the user's data permissions.

User attempts to open a downloaded report without internet access.

Given the report has been downloaded successfully, When the user opens the report offline, Then the report should display all data within the user's permissions without any errors.

User with restricted permissions attempts to download a confidential report.

Given the user does not have permission to access confidential information, When they attempt to download the report, Then the system should prevent the download and display an appropriate error message regarding the lack of permissions.

User modifies permission settings for a specific report.

Given the user has the authority to change permissions, When they modify the permissions for a report, Then the changes should take effect immediately, and any previously downloaded reports should update to reflect the new permissions when accessed online.

An admin reviews all active offline reports and their permissions.

Given the admin is logged in, When they access the management console, Then they should see a list of all downloaded reports along with their permissions settings, allowing for auditing and adjustments as necessary.

User shares a downloaded report with a colleague via email.

Given the report has sensitive data, When the user attempts to share the report file, Then the system should warn them about sharing sensitive information and provide guidelines on data protection.

User receives a notification for permission updates related to downloaded reports.

Given that permissions for a downloaded report have changed, When the user tries to access that report offline, Then they should receive a notification explaining the change and how it affects their access.

Seamless Sync upon Reconnect

"As a project manager, I want my reports to automatically update with the latest data when I reconnect to the internet so that I always work with the most current information available."

Description

This requirement entails developing a synchronization feature that automatically updates downloaded reports and cached data with the latest information upon reconnecting to the internet. This ensures that users are viewing the most current data after offline use, enhancing the relevance and timeliness of insights provided. During reconnection, InsightFlow will intelligently assess which data has changed since the user went offline and prompt them to sync the updates seamlessly, thereby ensuring continuity in the user experience and maximization of insights from the data.

Acceptance Criteria

User reconnects to the internet after downloading reports for offline viewing and the application checks for updates automatically.

Given the user has downloaded reports for offline viewing, When the user reconnects to the internet, Then the application should automatically check for updates to the previously downloaded data and prompt the user to sync if any updates are found.

Users want to selectively sync certain reports after offline viewing instead of syncing all updates at once.

Given the user is presented with the option to sync updates, When the user selects specific reports to sync, Then only the selected reports should be updated without affecting others that were not chosen.

After syncing, users need a confirmation that their data is up-to-date and have the option to view changes.

Given the user has completed syncing their offline data, When the sync process concludes, Then the user should receive a notification confirming that their data is up-to-date and an option to view the changes made during the offline period.

Users are concerned about data usage when syncing large reports after being offline for an extended period.

Given the user has been offline and has large reports to sync, When the user initiates the sync, Then the application should provide an estimate of data usage before proceeding with the sync process, allowing the user to confirm or cancel the sync.

In case of connection issues during sync, users want to be informed and able to retry later.

Given the user attempts to sync reports and encounters a connection issue, When the sync fails, Then the user should receive an error message detailing the issue and an option to retry the sync at a later time.

Users need to access synced reports immediately after the sync completes without needing to manually refresh.

Given the user has successfully completed the sync, When the sync is complete, Then the reports should automatically refresh and display the latest data to the user without requiring manual intervention.

Interactive Touch Features

This feature enhances user engagement by allowing users to interact with their data visualizations through touch gestures. Users can pinch, zoom, and swipe to explore the data in a more hands-on way, helping them derive insights intuitively, enhancing their understanding of the information.

Requirements

Touch Gesture Navigation

"As a user of InsightFlow, I want to interact with my data visualizations through touch gestures so that I can explore insights intuitively and make data-driven decisions more effectively."

Description

The Touch Gesture Navigation requirement allows users to interact with visualizations using various touch gestures like pinch, zoom, and swipe. This functionality enhances user engagement and intuition, enabling them to explore data insights in an interactive manner. It integrates seamlessly with the existing drag-and-drop interface of InsightFlow, making it easy for users to manipulate visual elements and understand data relationships dynamically. By employing multi-touch capabilities, this feature not only boosts user satisfaction but also promotes a data-driven culture by allowing users to delve deeper into their reports and dashboards without requiring technical assistance.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizing touch gesture navigation to explore a sales report on InsightFlow's dashboard.

Given a user has navigated to a sales report, when the user pinches to zoom in on a specific data point, then the report should display detailed information related to that data point without any lag.

User swiping left and right between different sections of a dashboard to analyze different datasets.

Given a user is on the dashboard with multiple visualizations, when the user performs a swipe gesture from left to right, then the dashboard should respond by smoothly transitioning to the next section of visualizations.

User using multi-touch gestures to compare two datasets on the platform.

Given a user is viewing two overlapping visualizations, when the user performs a pinch gesture with two fingers, then both visualizations should resize proportionately, allowing the user to easily compare data points.

Collaborative session where multiple users interact with data visualizations simultaneously using touch gestures.

Given multiple users are in a collaborative environment, when each user interacts with their visualizations using touch gestures, then all changes should be reflected in real-time across all users' screens, without any delays.

User accessing touch gesture navigation on a mobile device to explore analytics.

Given the user is accessing InsightFlow on a mobile device, when the user taps on a chart, then a context menu should appear, allowing them to access specific actions related to that chart.

User experiencing the touch gesture navigation for the first time and receiving guidance.

Given a new user accesses InsightFlow, when they first encounter visualizations, then a tooltip should display briefly explaining the available touch gestures, enhancing user onboarding.

Responsive Design for Touchscreens

"As a user on a touchscreen device, I want to ensure that the visualizations in InsightFlow are responsive so that I can easily interact with them regardless of the device I use."

Description

The Responsive Design for Touchscreens requirement ensures that all visualizations and elements of InsightFlow are optimized for touch interactions across various devices, including tablets and touchscreen monitors. This functionality is crucial in providing users with a consistent and accessible experience regardless of the device they use. By implementing a responsive design, InsightFlow will ensure that users can engage with their data visualizations without encountering usability issues, leading to increased productivity and satisfaction. The design will adapt to different screen sizes and orientations, enhancing the overall user interface and experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User seamlessly interacts with a data visualization on a tablet, using pinch and zoom gestures to explore detailed insights.

Given the user is on a tablet, When they use pinch gestures on a visualization, Then the visualization should zoom in and out smoothly without lag.

A user switches between portrait and landscape orientations on their touchscreen device to view data visualizations.

Given the user is viewing a dashboard in portrait mode, When they switch to landscape mode, Then all visual elements should rearrange and resize accordingly, maintaining usability without overlaps.

A user accesses InsightFlow on a touchscreen monitor and attempts to swipe through different reports.

Given the user is on a touchscreen monitor, When they swipe left or right, Then the system should navigate between reports with a smooth transition effect.

Users collaborate on a data visualization, utilizing interactive touch features during a live presentation.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a touchscreen device, When one user interacts with a visualization, Then others should see the changes in real-time without delays or artifacts.

A user engages with a data chart on a tablet, expecting to select specific data points through touch.

Given the user is interacting with a chart on a tablet, When they tap on a data point, Then the point should be highlighted and relevant contextual information displayed immediately.

A user with a touchscreen laptop adjusts data filters on a dashboard using touch gestures.

Given the user is on a touchscreen laptop, When they swipe or drag to adjust filters, Then the data visualizations should update in real-time based on the selected filters without refreshing the entire page.

Users need to access various sections of the dashboard quickly using touch navigation.

Given the user is on a touchscreen device, When they tap on any section of the dashboard, Then it should load instantly without any noticeable delays or glitches in the UI.

Interactive Tutorial for Touch Features

"As a new user of InsightFlow, I want to have an interactive tutorial on touch features so that I can quickly learn how to navigate my data visualizations effectively."

Description

The Interactive Tutorial for Touch Features requirement involves creating a guided tutorial that educates users on how to effectively utilize the touch gestures available in InsightFlow. This feature aims to improve user onboarding and engagement by providing step-by-step instructions on using pinch, zoom, and swipe functionalities. By integrating this tutorial into the existing onboarding process, new users will find it easier to understand the interactive capabilities of the platform, thereby enhancing their ability to derive insights from their data. The tutorial will include visual cues and example data visualizations to facilitate learning.

Acceptance Criteria

New users accessing the Interactive Touch Features tutorial during their onboarding process.

Given a new user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the Interactive Touch Features tutorial, then they should see a step-by-step guide that explains pinch, zoom, and swipe functionalities with visual cues for each gesture.

Users engaging with the tutorial on a touchscreen device.

Given a user is using a touchscreen device, when they follow the tutorial instructions and perform pinch, zoom, and swipe gestures, then the tutorial should respond with visual feedback confirming the gesture was recognized.

Users completing the tutorial and accessing the main dashboard.

Given a user has completed the Interactive Touch Features tutorial, when they are redirected to the main dashboard, then they should see a prompt that encourages them to use the recently learned touch gestures on their data visualizations.

Users revisiting the tutorial after initial onboarding.

Given a user has previously completed the tutorial, when they choose to revisit the Interactive Touch Features tutorial, then they should see the option to skip sections already completed or restart the tutorial from the beginning.

Users providing feedback on the tutorial effectiveness.

Given users have completed the Interactive Touch Features tutorial, when they are prompted to give feedback, then they should have the ability to rate the tutorial and leave comments on the clarity and usefulness of the instructions.

Users accessing the tutorial in multiple languages.

Given a user selects a different language preference in their settings, when they access the Interactive Touch Features tutorial, then the content should be displayed in the selected language without any loss of functionality or clarity.

Customizable Touch Gesture Settings

"As a user of InsightFlow, I want to customize my touch gesture settings so that I can optimize my interaction experience based on my personal preferences."

Description

The Customizable Touch Gesture Settings requirement allows users to personalize their touch interactions with data visualizations. This feature empowers users to configure touch sensitivity, disable certain gestures, or adjust settings based on their preferences. Customizability enhances user comfort and efficiency, enabling users to create a personalized workspace that aligns with their workflow. By implementing this requirement, InsightFlow increases user satisfaction and supports diverse user needs and preferences, encouraging broader adoption of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Customizable Touch Gesture Settings through the application settings menu to adjust their touch interactions for data visualizations.

Given the user is in the settings menu, when they select 'Touch Gesture Settings', then they should see options to customize touch sensitivity, disable specific gestures, and a save button to apply changes.

User configures touch sensitivity settings to increase precision for data interactions during a presentation.

Given the user adjusts the touch sensitivity slider, when they click 'Save Setting', then the new sensitivity should be applied immediately with a confirmation message displayed.

User attempts to disable the pinch gesture while keeping the swipe gesture enabled for their data visualizations.

Given the user has toggled off the pinch gesture, when they return to the data visualization, then pinch gestures should be disabled while swipe gestures remain functional.

User wants to reset all touch gesture settings to default after experiencing issues with their custom settings.

Given the user clicks the 'Reset to Default' button, when prompted for confirmation, approving the reset should restore all touch gesture settings to their original state without any errors.

User explores a data visualization on a mobile device and wishes to test the adjustable touch gestures they configured previously.

Given the user interacts with the visualization using the defined touch settings, the data should respond accurately to configured gestures (e.g., pinch, zoom, swipe) without lag or failure.

User reviews the help documentation to understand the customizable gesture settings available.

Given the user navigates to the help section, when they search for 'touch gesture settings', they should find comprehensive documentation explaining all available options and how to use them effectively.

Multiple users collaborate on a dashboard and need consistent touch gesture settings across devices.

Given one user customizes their touch gesture settings and then shares the dashboard, when a second user accesses the dashboard, the touch gesture settings should reflect the customizations made by the first user if the settings are set to sync.

Voice Command Interface

The Voice Command Interface enables users to navigate the app and retrieve data through voice commands. This hands-free option enhances convenience, particularly when multitasking, allowing users to remain focused on their tasks while accessing vital insights without manual input.

Requirements

Voice Command Activation

"As a busy professional, I want to use voice commands to navigate InsightFlow so that I can retrieve data and insights without needing to stop my work or type commands."

Description

The Voice Command Activation requirement enables users to initiate voice commands seamlessly within the InsightFlow application. This functionality allows users to engage with the platform hands-free, providing a means to access reports, navigate menus, and retrieve data through verbal instructions. By integrating sophisticated speech recognition technology, the system will convert user commands into actionable responses, improving usability and accessibility. This requirement is crucial for enhancing user convenience, particularly in multitasking environments where manual input may be challenging. The implementation of this feature aims to foster a more intuitive user experience and encourage broader adoption of InsightFlow in various settings, from business environments to educational institutions.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Voice Command Activation feature while using the InsightFlow application to access a report while cooking dinner, illustrating the convenience of hands-free operation.

Given the user is in the InsightFlow application, when the user says 'Show me the sales report,' then the system should display the sales report without any manual input from the user.

A user attempts to navigate through various menu options using voice commands while driving, demonstrating the application’s responsiveness to immediate user needs.

Given the user is in the main dashboard of the InsightFlow application, when the user states 'Go to dashboards,' then the application should navigate to the dashboards section within two seconds.

An educator in a classroom setting uses the Voice Command Activation feature to retrieve specific data during a presentation, reflecting the collaborative utility of this tool in educational environments.

Given the user is presenting and needs to retrieve the latest student performance data, when the user instructs 'Get the latest student performance data,' then the system should pull the relevant data and display it on the screen promptly.

A user attempts to activate the Voice Command Activation while the InsightFlow application is running in the background of their desktop to test multitasking functionality.

Given the user has activated the Voice Command Activation in the InsightFlow application, when the user says 'Activate voice commands,' then the application should confirm activation audibly and be ready for additional commands.

A team member uses the voice command feature during a collaborative session to enhance workflow efficiency without disrupting the team's focus.

Given the user is in a collaborative session, when the user says 'Show team metrics,' then the system should display the team performance metrics immediately for all active participants to view.

A user encounters an error while using voice commands and seeks help from the application, showcasing error handling and user support capabilities.

Given the user issues a voice command that is unclear or unrecognized, when the system fails to process the command, then the application should respond with a prompt asking for clarification or provide alternative command suggestions.

Natural Language Processing for Queries

"As a non-technical user, I want to ask questions in plain language to get insights from my data so that I can make informed decisions without needing to understand complex commands."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for Natural Language Processing (NLP) capabilities to interpret user queries expressed in everyday language. Users will be able to ask complex questions or make requests related to their datasets through conversational language, and the system will understand these inputs, returning relevant insights or visualizations. This approach simplifies user interaction, as it eliminates the necessity for them to learn specific commands or syntax. By implementing NLP, InsightFlow enhances its usability, allowing all users, regardless of their technical proficiency, to interact with their data effortlessly. This capability is expected to significantly improve user satisfaction and engagement with the platform, ultimately leading to more data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice query to retrieve sales data from the last quarter.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they say 'Show me the sales data for the last quarter,' then the system should retrieve and display visualizations of the relevant sales data without errors.

User asks a complex question about their dataset using natural language.

Given the user has a dataset with sales and marketing data, when they ask 'How did our sales compare to our marketing spend last quarter?' then the system should interpret the request and display a comparative visualization of sales and marketing spend for the specified period.

User utilizes voice commands to filter a report based on specific criteria.

Given the user is viewing a report, when they instruct 'Filter this report by the top five customers,' then the system should apply the filter and update the report to show only the top five customers based on sales.

User attempts to ask a question that the system cannot interpret.

Given the user is in the Voice Command Interface, when they say 'Optimize my sales strategy,' then the system should respond with a prompt indicating that it cannot process that request and suggest alternative phrasing.

User employs the voice command to switch between different visualizations.

Given the user is viewing a data dashboard, when they say 'Switch to the pie chart view,' then the system should change the current visualization to a pie chart while retaining the data context.

User wants to know the current status of Natural Language Processing accuracy.

Given the user has issued multiple queries, when they ask 'How accurate is the voice command feature?' then the system should provide a predefined response indicating the current accuracy percentage of the NLP system based on recent tests.

User seeks confirmation of a completed voice command action.

Given the user issued the voice command 'Save this report,' when the command is executed, then the system should respond verbally saying 'Report saved successfully,' confirming the action has been completed.

Feedback and Error Handling

"As a user, I want to receive feedback on my voice commands so that I can understand what I need to improve or fix if it doesn’t work, allowing me to use the feature more effectively."

Description

The Feedback and Error Handling requirement establishes a mechanism for providing users with immediate feedback on their voice commands and any potential errors encountered during processing. This includes verbal confirmation of recognized commands, notifications of command failures, and suggestions for successfully rephrasing commands when necessary. Implementing this requirement is essential for building user confidence in the voice interface, as it ensures that users are aware of their interactions and can adjust their inputs accordingly. Moreover, providing real-time error handling can significantly improve the overall user experience by reducing frustration and enhancing engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the voice command interface to navigate the application and requests data retrieval during a meeting.

Given the user makes a voice command to retrieve sales data, When the command is recognized, Then the system should provide verbal confirmation of the command and display the relevant data immediately.

User gives a voice command, but the command is not recognized due to background noise in the environment.

Given the user speaks a voice command that is unclear, When the system fails to recognize the command, Then it should notify the user with a verbal message indicating the command was not understood and suggest a rephrasing option.

User receives feedback after issuing a command through the voice command interface.

Given the user issues a command to generate a report, When the command is processed successfully, Then the system should provide a verbal confirmation of success and indicate that the report is being generated.

User attempts to retrieve data using an invalid voice command that the system cannot process.

Given the user speaks an invalid command, When the system detects the unrecognized command, Then it should respond with feedback indicating the command is not recognized and provide examples of valid commands.

User interacts with the voice command interface for data retrieval during multitasking, such as driving.

Given the user is driving and uses voice commands to retrieve information, When the command is successfully recognized, Then the system should give a concise verbal response with the retrieved data, minimizing distraction.

The user wants to check the status of previous commands issued through the voice interface.

Given the user requests to check previous voice commands, When the request is made, Then the system should verbally confirm the last three commands and their statuses, ensuring clarity and awareness.

Customization of Voice Commands

"As a frequent user, I want to customize my voice commands so that I can use phrases that feel more natural and intuitive to me, enhancing my interaction with InsightFlow."

Description

This requirement involves allowing users to customize their voice command preferences within the InsightFlow application. Users will have the option to define specific phrases or terms they commonly use, enabling the system to recognize and respond to these commands accurately. This feature aims to enhance the user experience by providing flexibility and personalization in how users interact with the platform. By catering to individual user preferences, InsightFlow can ensure that its voice command interface is not only intuitive but also adaptable to varying user styles, improving overall satisfaction and usability.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the customization settings for voice commands in the InsightFlow application.

Given the user is on the Voice Command Interface settings page, when they enter a new voice command phrase and save the changes, then the new phrase should be successfully saved and recognized during voice command execution.

User attempts to delete a customized voice command from their voice command preferences.

Given the user has customized voice commands saved, when they select a command to delete and confirm the deletion, then the command should be removed from the list of saved voice commands and should not be recognized in subsequent voice command executions.

User tests a customized voice command while using the voice command interface.

Given the user has added custom voice commands, when they use a voice command that matches one of their custom phrases, then the application should execute the corresponding action accurately and without errors.

User navigates through the Voice Command Interface to view all available customization options.

Given the user is on the Voice Command Interface page, when they access the customization settings, then all available customization options and instructions should be clearly displayed and easy to navigate.

User receives feedback after creating a new custom voice command.

Given the user has just created a new custom voice command, when they save the command, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating the command has been successfully added, along with tips for usage.

A user tries to set a custom voice command that is already in use by the system.

Given the user has attempted to create a custom voice command, when the command duplicates an existing system command, then an error message should be shown indicating the command cannot be duplicated.

User wants to revert to default voice command settings.

Given the user is in the customization settings, when they choose the option to reset to default commands, then all customized commands should be removed, restoring the default voice command settings in the application.

Multilingual Voice Command Support

"As a multilingual user, I want to interact with InsightFlow in my preferred language so that I can use the platform comfortably and effectively, regardless of the language I speak."

Description

The Multilingual Voice Command Support requirement proposes the inclusion of multiple languages in the voice command functionality to cater to a diverse user base. Users should be able to interact with the InsightFlow application in their preferred language, enhancing accessibility and usability for non-English speakers. This feature is essential to ensure that InsightFlow is inclusive and can serve a global audience, thereby broadening its market reach. Implementing this capability will involve the integration of language recognition technologies and the expansion of command databases to include variations in different languages, allowing users to benefit from the voice command interface regardless of their linguistic background.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a voice command to access the dashboard in Spanish after selecting Spanish as their preferred language in the app settings.

Given the user has set Spanish as their preferred language, when the user says 'Muéstrame el tablero', then the dashboard should be displayed in Spanish with all labels and data correctly translated.

An English-speaking user uses the voice command feature to create a new report in the app while multitasking on their desktop.

Given the user is logged in and has the report creation screen open, when they say 'Create a new report', then the application should respond by opening the new report creation interface without requiring manual click input.

A user tests voice commands by switching to French and attempts to retrieve a specific dataset from the application while navigating through the app using only voice commands.

Given the user has switched to French, when they say 'Donner moi les données des ventes', then the application should return the sales data in French without errors or interruptions.

A user with no prior experience using the voice command interface attempts to add data to their dashboard using voice commands in German.

Given the user is on the dashboard page, when they say 'Füge Daten hinzu', then the application should prompt them to specify the type of data they want to add and accept follow-up commands in German.

A business analyst uses the voice command feature to filter data views while giving a presentation to their team in Italian.

Given the user is presenting and has Italian set as their preferred language, when they say 'Filtra i dati per regione', then the application should filter the data accordingly and display the filtered results in real-time.

An educator looks to access educational resources via voice commands while cooking, using Russian as their language preference.

Given the user is multitasking and has set Russian as their preferred language, when they ask 'Показать образовательные ресурсы', then the app should accurately retrieve and display educational materials in Russian without requiring keyboard input.

A user reviews the different language options available for the voice command interface and selects Mandarin for usage.

Given that the application lists multiple language options, when the user selects Mandarin and attempts a sample command, then the system should accurately respond to the command in Mandarin according to predefined command sets.

Real-Time Collaboration

Real-Time Collaboration facilitates user interaction within the app by allowing teams to discuss reports and data insights in real-time. Users can share screens, comment, and engage with colleagues, ensuring cohesive teamwork and timely discussions, regardless of location.

Requirements

Integrated Chat Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to chat with team members directly in the platform so that I can quickly discuss insights and make decisions without switching between applications."

Description

The Integrated Chat Functionality enables users to engage in real-time conversations while working on reports and dashboards within InsightFlow. This feature will support text, voice, and video communication, facilitating immediate feedback and collaboration. Users can discuss insights, share ideas, and make decisions instantly, thereby speeding up the review and approval processes. The chat can also be linked to specific reports, allowing users to reference relevant data directly within their conversations, promoting a context-rich collaboration environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a real-time chat session while reviewing a financial report with team members.

Given the user is on the financial report page, When the user clicks on the chat icon, Then a chat window should open allowing them to send text messages, initiate voice or video calls, and share their screen.

Users need to reference specific data points during a chat conversation about a marketing dashboard.

Given the user is in a chat discussion, When they click on a data point in the marketing dashboard, Then a link to that data point should be automatically shared in the chat window.

A user wants to invite colleagues to join a collaborative chat session on an ongoing project.

Given the user is in a chat window, When they select the 'invite' option and choose a colleague, Then the colleague should receive a notification to join the chat, and they should be able to enter the conversation seamlessly.

A user is discussing a report and wants to ensure that the conversation is saved for future reference.

Given the user has completed the chat session, When they choose the 'save chat' option, Then the chat transcript should be saved to the report’s history section for future access.

Multiple users are collaborating on a dashboard and want to view each other's comments in real time.

Given multiple users are in a chat on the dashboard, When one user submits a comment, Then all users should see the comment appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

User selects different options for voice communication during the chat.

Given the user has initiated a voice call, When they select 'mute' or 'unmute', Then the audio settings should reflect their selection instantly for all participants in the call.

A user is receiving a video call request while in a chat session regarding the same report.

Given that a user receives a video call request, When they accept the call, Then the chat should minimize and the video call should start without losing the context of the previous conversation.

Screen Sharing

"As a team lead, I want to share my screen with my colleagues during meetings so that I can clearly illustrate the data insights and facilitate better discussions."

Description

The Screen Sharing requirement will allow users to share their screens with colleagues during collaborative sessions. This functionality will enable users to present their dashboards and reports live, facilitating interactive discussions and real-time feedback. Users can highlight specific data points and guide teammates through complex visualizations, making it easier to convey insights and strategize together. This feature aims to enhance the quality of collaboration and ensure all team members are on the same page during discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time screen sharing during a collaborative session where one user presents their dashboard to colleagues while discussing insights.

Given that a user is in a collaborative session, when they click the 'Share Screen' button, then their entire screen should be visible to all other participants in the session.

Users sharing specific applications or browser windows instead of their entire screen to keep focus on relevant data.

Given that a user is presenting data, when they select an option to share a specific window, then only that selected window should be displayed to other participants.

Users using annotation tools while screen sharing to highlight specific data points during discussions.

Given that a user is sharing their screen, when they use the drawing tool to annotate data, then all participants should see the annotations in real-time on their screens.

Participants having the ability to request screen sharing from other members during a session for collaborative insights.

Given that a participant is in a session, when they click the 'Request Screen Share' button, then the user who is currently sharing should receive a notification to approve the request.

A user attempting to share their screen without the necessary permissions granted to them by the host of the session.

Given that a user tries to share their screen, when their permissions do not allow screen sharing, then they should receive a relevant error message stating they lack permissions to share.

Verifying the screen sharing functionality on different devices like desktop, tablet, and mobile.

Given that a user accesses the application from different devices, when they initiate screen sharing, then the screen should be displayed correctly across all devices without distortion or lag.

Commenting System

"As a report creator, I want to leave comments on specific data visualizations so that my colleagues can provide feedback and we can improve our reports collaboratively."

Description

The Commenting System allows users to leave context-specific comments on reports and dashboards directly within InsightFlow. This feature will enable teams to provide feedback, ask questions, or note ideas on specific data points or visualizations. Users will receive notifications for new comments, ensuring timely responses and increasing engagement. This feature will enhance collaborative efforts by allowing asynchronous communication, which can be easily referenced and reviewed later, contributing to a continuous improvement cycle.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can leave comments on specific data points within a report or dashboard.

Given a user is viewing a report or dashboard, when they select a data point and click 'Add Comment', then the comment should be successfully saved and visible to all users viewing the report.

Users receive notifications for new comments on reports they are involved with.

Given a user has access to a report, when a new comment is added to that report, then the user should receive a notification about the new comment immediately.

Users can edit their own comments after posting them.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they click 'Edit' on that comment, then they should be able to modify the comment text and save the changes, making it visible to all other users.

Users can delete their own comments if necessary.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they click 'Delete' on that comment, then the comment should be removed from the report and no longer visible to other users.

Users can view the history of comments associated with a specific report.

Given a user is viewing a report, when they click on the 'Comments' section, then they should be able to see all past comments in chronological order along with the user who posted them and the time of the post.

Users can filter comments based on specific criteria, such as recent or relevant comments.

Given a user is viewing comments on a report, when they apply a filter for 'Recent Comments', then only comments made within the last week should be displayed.

Real-Time Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications when someone comments or messages me regarding the reports so that I can stay updated and respond quickly."

Description

Real-Time Notifications will inform users of important updates and interactions within collaboration sessions, including new comments, messages, and changes made to shared reports or dashboards. This feature will ensure that users remain engaged and informed, allowing them to respond promptly to their teammates. Notifications can be tailored to user preferences, providing flexibility in the way collaboration is experienced, whether through pop-ups, emails, or in-app alerts, thus improving overall communication.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a new comment on a shared report during an active collaboration session.

Given the user is in an active collaboration session and a teammate posts a new comment on a shared report, when the comment is submitted, then the user should receive a real-time notification via their preferred method (pop-up, email, or in-app alert).

User has the option to customize their notification settings for receiving updates during collaboration.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when the user changes their notification preferences (for comments, messages, and report changes), then the system should save these preferences and apply them to future notifications accurately.

User needs to be alerted about changes made to a shared dashboard while working remotely with team members.

Given the user is collaborating on a shared dashboard and a team member makes changes, when the changes are saved, then all users currently viewing the dashboard should receive a notification indicating that changes have occurred, including a summary of the changes.

User wants to ensure they only receive notifications during work hours and suppress alerts after hours.

Given the user is setting their notification preferences, when they specify do-not-disturb hours, then the notifications should only be sent during the set work hours, delaying notifications made outside these hours until the next work session.

User checks the notification history to review missed alerts.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, when they access this section, then the system should display a list of all missed notifications with timestamps and relevant details for each alert.

User needs to ensure that notifications are working across devices.

Given the user enables notifications on multiple devices (desktop, mobile), when a comment is posted while they are logged in on both, then the user should receive notifications on all active devices immediately without delay.

Activity Log

"As a project manager, I want to view the activity log of all collaborations on a report so that I can understand the decision-making process and follow up with relevant team members."

Description

The Activity Log will track all collaborative actions taken within InsightFlow, including who commented, shared screens, and engaged in conversations. This transparent log will allow users to easily review the history of discussions connected to specific reports or dashboards. It will foster accountability and ensure that all team members can catch up on previous interactions, facilitating more effective collaboration by keeping everyone informed about the progress and changes made during collaboration sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Activity Log to review past comments and collaborative actions taken on a specific report.

Given that the user is on the report's page, when they click on the Activity Log button, then they should see a chronological list of all collaborative actions, including who commented and what actions were taken, with timestamps.

A user shares a screen during a collaboration session, and this action is tracked in the Activity Log.

Given that the user shares their screen during a live session, when the Activity Log is accessed afterward, then the log should record this action, including the user’s name, the time of sharing, and the associated report or dashboard.

Two users engage in a discussion in real-time, and their comments are recorded in the Activity Log.

Given that two users post comments during a collaboration session, when the Activity Log is accessed after the session, then it should reflect all comments made, along with the users’ names and timestamps of each comment.

A user filters the Activity Log by a specific user to review their contributions.

Given that the user is viewing the Activity Log, when they apply a filter for a specific user, then the Activity Log should display only the actions taken by that user, including comments, screen shares, and timestamps.

A user attempts to delete a comment from the Activity Log and receives feedback about this action.

Given that the user selects a comment to delete, when they confirm the deletion, then the Activity Log should remove the comment and show a message confirming the deletion.

The Activity Log is utilized to review discussions related to a particular dashboard over a specified date range.

Given that the user selects a dashboard and a date range, when they access the Activity Log, then it should only display actions related to that dashboard within the selected date range.

Team members receive notifications about new comments added to the Activity Log related to their report.

Given that a new comment is added to the Activity Log, when team members associated with the report log in, then they should receive a notification about the new comment.

Smart Filtering Options

Smart Filtering Options let users customize their dashboard by applying filters to view specific metrics or timeframes. This feature simplifies the access process, allowing users to quickly analyze targeted data sets that cater to their immediate needs, enhancing decision-making efficiency.

Requirements

Dynamic Date Range Selection

"As a data analyst, I want to select custom date ranges for my reports so that I can analyze trends over specific periods relevant to my research."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a dynamic date range selector within the Smart Filtering Options feature. Users will be able to easily select predefined ranges like 'Last 7 Days', 'Last Month', or create custom date ranges. This functionality allows users to drill down into specific timeframes for their data analysis, significantly improving the relevance of the insights derived from the reports and dashboards. It enhances user experience by providing flexibility and a straightforward way to track data changes over time, ultimately supporting better decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a predefined date range of 'Last 7 Days' to analyze sales data on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard with Smart Filtering Options, when the user selects the 'Last 7 Days' option from the date range dropdown, then the sales data displayed updates to reflect only the data from the last 7 days.

User creates a custom date range to view specific financial data.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when the user manually enters a start date and an end date in the custom date range fields, then the data displayed updates to reflect the specified date range.

User switches between predefined date ranges to observe changes in data visualization.

Given the user has selected the 'Last Month' date range, when the user then selects 'Last 7 Days', then the dashboard updates promptly to show only the metrics for the last 7 days.

User applies a custom date range to compare metrics over different time periods.

Given the user selects a custom date range from January 1 to January 31, when the user applies another custom range from February 1 to February 15, then they can compare the data side by side on the dashboard.

User resets the date filter back to the default setting to view all available data.

Given the user has applied a custom date range, when the user clicks the 'Reset' button on the date range selector, then the dashboard displays all available data without any filters applied.

User receives visual feedback when selecting different date ranges.

Given the user interacts with the date range selector, when a date range is selected, then the dashboard provides immediate visual feedback indicating that the data is being refreshed based on the new selection.

User is able to save selected date ranges for future use.

Given the user has selected a custom date range, when the user clicks the 'Save' button, then the custom date range is stored for future access in the User's saved filters list.

Multi-Metric Filtering

"As a business manager, I want to filter my dashboard by multiple metrics so that I can see how different factors impact overall sales performance."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to filter data sets based on multiple metrics simultaneously. Users should be able to apply various filters such as criteria for sales figures, geographical locations, and customer segments in a single action. This capability allows users to gain deeper insights by comparing related metrics side-by-side, fostering a more comprehensive understanding of their data. It enhances the analytical power of the platform, making it easier for users to derive meaningful patterns and support strategic business decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies multiple filters on a dashboard to view sales metrics by geographical location and customer segment for the last quarter.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select multiple filters for sales figures, geographical locations, and customer segments, then the dashboard should update to display only the relevant data corresponding to the selected filters without any delay.

User saves a filtering configuration for future use to quickly access commonly analyzed metrics.

Given the user has applied various filters, when they save the current filtering criteria, then it should be retrievable from the saved configurations menu with all selected criteria intact.

User resets filters on the dashboard to return to the default view after analyzing specific metrics.

Given the user has applied multiple filters, when they click the reset filters button, then the dashboard should revert to the default view with all data displayed without any filters applied.

User compares sales metrics across different geographical regions using multi-metric filtering.

Given the user has selected sales figures and geographical locations filters, when they apply the filters, then the dashboard should present a comparative overview of sales data for the specified regions side-by-side in a clear visual format.

User utilizes multi-metric filtering to analyze customer behavior over various timeframes.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they apply filters for customer segments, sales figures, and different timeframes, then the system should display trend graphs showing changes in customer behavior corresponding to the selected metrics and timeframes.

User accesses help documentation for using multi-metric filtering on the platform.

Given the user is on the filtering options section of the dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then the help documentation should display clear instructions and examples for applying multi-metric filters effectively.

Saved Filter Presets

"As a marketing executive, I want to save my favorite filters so that I can quickly access the data I analyze regularly without having to set them up each time."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of a feature allowing users to save their customized filter settings as presets. This functionality will enable users to create and store their frequently used filter combinations, making it quicker and easier to access relevant data without the need to reapply filters manually each time they visit the dashboard. This enhances user convenience and productivity, as users can focus on analysis rather than setup, leading to a more streamlined workflow and improved user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User saves a customized filter for the first time and checks if it appears in the saved filters list.

Given a user has applied a set of filters, When the user selects the option to save the filters, Then the saved filters list should include the newly saved filter with the correct name and settings.

User attempts to load a saved filter preset and verifies that the dashboard updates accordingly.

Given a user has a predefined saved filter, When the user selects the saved filter, Then the dashboard must reflect the data filtered according to the saved settings within 2 seconds.

User tries to delete a saved filter preset and checks if it is removed from the saved list.

Given a user has a saved filter preset, When the user selects the delete option for that preset, Then the preset should no longer appear in the saved filters list after the action is confirmed.

User adjusts an existing saved filter preset and saves the changes.

Given a user has an existing saved filter, When the user modifies the filter settings and saves it, Then the updated filter should override the previous settings without creating a duplicate entry.

User accesses the dashboard on a different device to check if saved filters sync properly.

Given a user has saved filters on one device, When the user logs into the dashboard on another device, Then all the previously saved filters should be accessible and identical to those on the first device.

User applies multiple filters and saves them as a single preset.

Given a user has applied multiple filter criteria across different categories, When the user saves these filters as a preset, Then the saved preset should accurately retain all applied criteria without error.

User navigates to the help section to understand how to utilize saved filter presets.

Given a user is unfamiliar with the feature, When the user accesses the help section, Then the help documentation should provide clear instructions and examples for using saved filter presets effectively.

Real-time Filter Application

"As a sales team member, I want to see real-time updates on my dashboard when I change filters so that I can quickly analyze scenarios and make informed decisions on the fly."

Description

This requirement specifies the need for real-time application of filters as users adjust their selections. Users should see immediate updates to their dashboard visualizations as they change filter parameters. This dynamic response enhances user engagement and allows for exploratory data analysis, where users can experiment with different filter settings in real-time, leading to more interactive and effective decision-making processes in data evaluation.

Acceptance Criteria

User applies a date range filter on the dashboard to view metrics for a specific quarter.

Given a user has selected a date range filter, when the filter is applied, then the dashboard visualizations should update to reflect the data for that specific quarter within 2 seconds.

User selects multiple metrics to filter the displayed data on the dashboard.

Given a user has chosen multiple metrics to filter, when the selection is made, then the dashboard visualizations should update in real-time to show only the selected metrics without requiring a manual refresh.

User removes a filter they no longer wish to apply to their dashboard.

Given a user has applied one or more filters, when the user removes a filter, then the dashboard should revert to displaying data as per the previous configuration instantaneously without delay.

User adjusts a filter parameter using a drag-and-drop interface.

Given a user is utilizing the drag-and-drop interface to adjust filter parameters, when a filter is repositioned, then the dashboard should reflect the changes within 1 second, showcasing the new data set.

User attempts to apply a filter that returns no data results.

Given a user has applied a filter with criteria that yields no data, when the filter is applied, then the dashboard should display a clear message indicating that no data is available for the selected filter criteria.

User collaborates with team members while applying filters to the dashboard.

Given multiple users are accessing the dashboard simultaneously, when one user applies a filter, then all other users should see the updated data in real-time without any discrepancy in the displayed metrics.

Contextual Help Tooltips

"As a non-technical user, I want contextual help available for filter options so that I can better understand how to use them without needing support."

Description

This requirement is aimed at providing contextual help tooltips for the filtering options. As users hover over various filter options, helpful tooltips will appear, explaining the functionality and use cases of each filter type. This feature is essential for enhancing user experience, especially for non-technical users, as it assists them in utilizing the filtering capabilities effectively without the need for extensive training. It fosters greater confidence among users as they navigate the Smart Filtering Options.

Acceptance Criteria

User hovers over the 'Date Range' filter option to understand its functionality.

Given the user hovers over the 'Date Range' filter option, when the tooltip appears, then it should provide a clear explanation of how to set a specific date range for filtering data, including examples of use cases such as 'Last 30 days' or 'Custom Range'.

User navigates to the filtering section and requires assistance on the 'Metric' filter.

Given the user hovers over the 'Metric' filter option, when the tooltip appears, then it should describe what metrics are available for selection and why they are important for analyzing data, including potential applications in various scenarios.

User is unfamiliar with the 'Category' filtering option and needs clarification.

Given the user hovers over the 'Category' filter option, when the tooltip appears, then it should explain how categories are organized and how selecting a category will affect the displayed data, including examples relevant to different types of users (e.g., sales, marketing).

User applies multiple filters and needs reassurance on how each filter affects data visualization.

Given the user hovers over any selected filter in the dashboard, when the tooltip appears, then it should clarify the specific impact of that filter on the data visualization and give examples of potential outcomes based on user selections.

User is new to InsightFlow and attempts to use the filtering options for the first time.

Given the user engages with the filtering option for the first time, when the tooltip appears upon hovering, then it should include a brief introduction to filtering, its purpose, and how it can assist in making better data-driven decisions.

User wants to understand how to reset filters after applying them.

Given the user hovers over the 'Reset Filters' option, when the tooltip appears, then it should explain how resetting filters will revert the dashboard to its original state and the benefits of starting a new analysis from a clean slate.

User is curious about applying advanced filters for detailed analysis.

Given the user hovers over the 'Advanced Filters' option, when the tooltip appears, then it should demonstrate the capabilities of advanced filters, including examples of complex filtering scenarios that users can benefit from.

Live Interaction Modules

This feature allows users to engage in real-time Q&A sessions during webinars and training sessions. Users can ask questions directly to instructors or speakers, enhancing understanding and providing immediate feedback, which fosters a more interactive and personalized learning experience.

Requirements

Real-time Q&A Interface

"As a participant in a training session, I want to be able to ask questions in real-time so that I can clarify my understanding while the material is being presented and engage more effectively with the instructor."

Description

The Real-time Q&A Interface allows users to post questions during webinars and training sessions, facilitating direct communication with instructors or speakers. This functionality enhances user engagement and interaction, making learning more dynamic and responsive. By integrating this feature into InsightFlow, users can receive immediate feedback on their inquiries, enriching their understanding of the material being presented. The interface should include options for users to upvote questions, ensuring that the most relevant inquiries are addressed promptly. The requirement focuses on seamless integration with existing webinar tools and should ensure a stable connection for uninterrupted interaction, enhancing the overall effectiveness of the learning experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User posts a question during a live webinar session.

Given the user is logged into the webinar, When they enter a question in the provided input field and submit it, Then the question should appear in the Q&A section for all participants to see.

User upvotes a question in the Q&A section during live interaction.

Given the user is viewing the Q&A section, When they click on the upvote button of a displayed question, Then the upvote count for that question should increase by one, reflecting the new total.

User receives notifications for upvoted questions during a webinar.

Given the user has enabled notifications, When a question they upvoted receives a response from the instructor, Then the user should receive a real-time notification about the response.

Webinar instructor reviews and answers questions in real-time.

Given the instructor is live in a webinar session, When they access the Q&A interface, Then they should see all submitted questions with the ability to filter by most upvoted or new questions.

Users experience a seamless connection during the Q&A session in the webinar.

Given the webinar is ongoing, When multiple users post questions simultaneously, Then the Q&A interface should handle all submissions without lag or disconnection errors.

Integration of real-time Q&A with existing webinar tools.

Given that InsightFlow integrates with popular webinar platforms, When the Q&A feature is activated, Then it should function without compatibility issues across different platforms (e.g., Zoom, Microsoft Teams).

Users can view and filter questions based on categories or topics during a webinar.

Given users are participating in a session, When they select a category filter in the Q&A section, Then only questions related to that category should be displayed to the user.

Interactive Polling Features

"As a webinar organizer, I want to create interactive polls during my session so that I can engage my audience and gauge their understanding of the topic in real-time."

Description

The Interactive Polling Features enable trainers and speakers to conduct live polls during sessions, allowing users to provide feedback and opinions instantaneously. This feature enhances audience involvement and gives presenters immediate insights into participants' knowledge and preferences. Poll results should be displayed in real-time, fostering interaction and guiding ongoing discussions based on audience feedback. The polling system should be easily accessible through the existing user interface, ensuring that users can participate effortlessly. Integrating with data analytics tools will allow presenters to analyze responses post-session, adding further value to the content and user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a live poll during a webinar session.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow and in a live session, when they select the polling feature, then they should be able to create and launch a poll within 2 clicks.

Participants submit their responses to a poll.

Given the poll is active, when a participant clicks on a poll option, then their response should be recorded instantly and they should receive immediate acknowledgment of their submission.

Poll results are displayed to the audience in real-time.

Given the polling is completed, when the speaker chooses to display results, then the aggregate results should be shown on the screen within 5 seconds of the poll closing.

Post-session analytics of poll responses is available to the presenter.

Given the session has ended, when the presenter accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view detailed reports of poll responses within 15 minutes.

The polling feature is accessible from different devices.

Given the user accesses InsightFlow from a mobile device, when they join a live session, then they should be able to view and participate in polls without any usability issues.

Users can provide feedback on the polling feature itself.

Given the user has participated in a live poll, when they are prompted for feedback, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully and receive a confirmation message.

The polling system integrates seamlessly with existing data analytics tools.

Given an integration request is made, when the polling data is pushed to the analytics tool, then users should be able to see the latest poll results reflected in their analytics reports within 10 minutes.

Moderator Control Panel

"As a session moderator, I want to have control over the Q&A process so that I can manage participant questions efficiently and ensure meaningful discussions are maintained."

Description

The Moderator Control Panel provides instructors and speakers with tools to manage Q&A sessions effectively. This includes features for moderating questions, managing participant interactions, and highlighting important inquiries. The control panel should allow moderators to filter questions based on relevance and status (answered, unanswered) and enable the ability to respond privately or publicly. By offering a streamlined interface for moderators, the learning environment can become more structured and focused, ensuring that the most critical topics are covered during limited time frames. This also includes analytics to review engagement patterns for future sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

Control Panel Access Management

Given a moderator is logged into the Moderator Control Panel, when they attempt to access the Q&A feature, then the system should allow access only if the moderator has the appropriate permissions assigned.

Question Filtering by Relevance

Given a Q&A session is in progress, when a moderator activates the filtering option, then the control panel should display only the questions marked as relevant or important based on the selected criteria.

Real-time Interaction Tracking

Given a Q&A session is underway, when a moderator reviews the analytics dashboard, then it should display real-time data on participant engagement, including number of questions asked, response times, and question status (answered or unanswered).

Public and Private Response Management

Given a question is selected, when a moderator chooses to respond, then they should have the option to select 'public' or 'private' response, and the system should execute this choice correctly without error.

Highlighting Key Questions

Given a Q&A session is in progress, when a moderator identifies a key question, then the moderator should be able to highlight that question in the control panel for all participants to see.

Session Review and Analytics

Given a session has concluded, when a moderator accesses the analytics section post-event, then they should be able to see a comprehensive report that includes engagement metrics, participant feedback, and question handling efficiency.

Customized Learning Paths

Users can create personalized learning paths based on their specific needs and goals. By selecting topics of interest, users receive tailored content and training sessions that align with their objectives, ensuring they maximize their learning journey and focus on relevant skills.

Requirements

Learning Path Creation Tool

"As a user, I want to create personalized learning paths so that I can focus on the skills that are most relevant to my professional development and maximize my learning outcomes."

Description

The Learning Path Creation Tool enables users to intuitively design personalized learning experiences by selecting topics and content that fit their individual needs and goals. This functionality benefits users by providing a tailored learning experience, enhancing user engagement and retention. It integrates seamlessly with InsightFlow’s existing content library, allowing users to easily access relevant materials and resources. The tool also tracks user progress, providing insights into completion rates and areas for improvement, ensuring users receive a comprehensive and dynamic learning experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully creates a personalized learning path by selecting topics from the content library within the Learning Path Creation Tool.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, When the user accesses the Learning Path Creation Tool and selects at least three topics from the content library, Then a personalized learning path should be created and saved for the user with the selected topics visible in the dashboard.

User receives tailored content recommendations based on their selected learning path topics.

Given the user has created a personalized learning path with specific topics, When the user navigates to the recommendations section, Then the system should display content and training sessions aligned with the selected topics and any related objectives.

User can track their progress on the personalized learning path.

Given the user has created a personalized learning path, When the user accesses the progress tracking feature, Then the user should see completion rates, time spent on each topic, and areas for improvement clearly displayed on the interface.

User can edit an existing learning path to add or remove topics as necessary.

Given the user has an existing personalized learning path, When the user accesses the editing feature and selects topics to add or remove, Then the changes should be reflected in the learning path and saved successfully without data loss.

User can share their personalized learning path with teammates for collaborative learning.

Given the user has created a personalized learning path, When the user chooses to share the learning path with specific teammates, Then those teammates should receive notifications and be able to view the shared learning path in their accounts.

User can assess their learning path effectiveness through feedback and suggestion features.

Given the user has completed training sessions within their learning path, When the user submits feedback on their learning experience, Then the system should log the feedback and suggest potential improvements or additional resources.

User receives notifications about new content available related to their selected learning path topics.

Given the user has created a personalized learning path, When new content is added to the content library that relates to the user's selected topics, Then the system should notify the user via email or in-app notifications about the new content.

Topic Selection Interface

"As a user, I want an easy-to-use interface to select topics for my learning path so that I can quickly identify the content that will be most beneficial to my learning trajectory."

Description

The Topic Selection Interface offers an interactive platform for users to browse and select topics of interest when creating their learning paths. This interface enhances user experience by presenting information in a visually appealing manner, allowing for quick and informed decision-making. It integrates with the existing dashboard features of InsightFlow, ensuring users can view their selected topics and associated content in one place. This feature aims to simplify the user journey in creating customized learning experiences, making the process engaging and user-friendly.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Topic Selection Interface to create a customized learning path based on their professional development goals.

Given the user is on the Topic Selection Interface, when they click on a category, then a dropdown menu with relevant topics should be displayed, allowing users to select them.

User has successfully selected several topics of interest for their learning path and is now reviewing the summary of their selections.

Given the user has selected topics, when they access the summary view, then all selected topics should be listed clearly along with a brief description of each topic.

User wants to modify their selected topics after reviewing their learning path.

Given the user is viewing their selected topics, when they click on the 'Edit' button next to any topic, then they should be able to remove or add new topics without losing their previous selections.

User utilizes the Topic Selection Interface to quickly find a relevant training session that matches their selected topics.

Given the user has selected topics, when they search for available training sessions, then the system should filter and display only those sessions that align with the selected topics.

User is done with their selections and wants to save their customized learning path.

Given the user has finalized their topic selections, when they click the 'Save Path' button, then a confirmation message should be displayed, and the customized learning path should be stored in their profile.

User accesses the Topic Selection Interface for the first time and needs guidance on how to use it effectively.

Given the user is a first-time visitor to the Topic Selection Interface, when they arrive at the page, then an onboarding tutorial should automatically initiate, guiding them through the features and usability of the interface.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to track my learning progress on a dashboard so that I can stay motivated and understand how I’m advancing toward my learning goals."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides users with real-time insights into their learning journey, showcasing completion rates, time spent on each module, and areas requiring further attention. This feature enhances user motivation and accountability by making learning progress transparent and measurable. The dashboard integrates with existing analytics tools within InsightFlow to deliver intuitive visualizations and reports that promote a data-driven approach to personal development. By empowering users with feedback and insights, this feature ultimately drives better learning outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing a module to evaluate their learning progress.

Given the user has completed a module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display the module completion status as 'Completed' along with the time spent on the module and any achieved badges.

User analyzes their overall progress on the dashboard, identifying areas that need improvement.

Given the user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they review the performance metrics, then the dashboard should clearly indicate modules with a completion rate below 70% in red, prompting the user to focus on those areas.

User receives a summary report after a training session that visualizes their learning journey.

Given that the user has completed multiple modules, when they download the summary report, then the report should include a visual representation of time spent on each module, completion percentage, and a list of recommended next steps based on their performance.

User shares their progress with a manager to discuss further development opportunities.

Given the user has accessed the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the share option, then the dashboard should successfully generate a shareable link that includes an overview of their learning progress and competencies acquired.

User utilizes the dashboard to set personal learning goals for the upcoming month.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they input new learning goals, then the dashboard should save these goals and display them prominently on the user's interface to encourage tracking and accountability.

User interacts with system alerts related to overdue modules on the dashboard.

Given the user has overdue modules, when they check the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display alerts for each overdue module along with suggested actions to get back on track.

Content Recommendation Engine

"As a user, I want to receive personalized content recommendations so that the learning material I engage with is aligned with my interests and maximizes my learning efficiency."

Description

The Content Recommendation Engine utilizes machine learning to analyze users’ selected topics and learning behaviors, offering personalized content suggestions that align with their interests and goals. This feature enhances user experience by providing tailored recommendations that encourage exploration and deeper learning. By integrating with InsightFlow’s content library and user analytics, the engine dynamically adjusts suggestions based on user feedback and engagement trends, ensuring users always find relevant and timely resources to enhance their learning paths.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple topics of interest to receive personalized content recommendations.

Given the user has selected topics, when they navigate to the recommendations page, then the system displays a list of at least 5 personalized content recommendations based on selected topics and previous learning behavior.

User interacts with the recommendation engine and provides feedback on suggested content.

Given the user has viewed recommendations, when they rate a suggestion as helpful or not helpful, then the recommendation engine adjusts future content suggestions based on this feedback within 24 hours.

User accesses the content recommendation engine for the first time and completes the onboarding process.

Given the user is new to the platform, when they complete the onboarding and select their interests, then the engine should provide at least 3 relevant content suggestions immediately after onboarding.

User updates their selected topics within their profile settings.

Given the user has updated their selected topics, when they refresh the recommendations page, then the system should display updated content recommendations reflecting the new topics within 1 minute.

Administrator monitors user engagement with recommendations over time.

Given the administrator is reviewing user engagement data, when they analyze the recommendation impact, then they should observe at least a 20% increase in content engagement within 6 weeks of implementing the recommendation engine.

Collaborative Learning Features

"As a user, I want to collaborate with peers on my learning path so that I can gain different perspectives and enhance the learning experience through shared knowledge."

Description

The Collaborative Learning Features enable users to share their customized learning paths with peers and collaborate on content selection, discussion forums, and joint learning activities. This functionality promotes cooperative learning and knowledge sharing within teams, enhancing the overall learning experience. Integrated with InsightFlow’s communication tools, users can engage with one another, facilitating discussions and collaborative projects that reinforce concepts being learned. This feature aims to foster a community of learners, driven by collective engagement and support.

Acceptance Criteria

Sharing Customized Learning Paths with Peers

Given that a user has created a customized learning path, when they select the option to share, then the user should be able to select one or more peers from their contact list and send an invitation to collaborate on the learning path.

Collaborative Content Selection

Given that multiple users are viewing a shared customized learning path, when one user adds or removes a topic, then all other viewers should receive a real-time update reflecting the changes made to the learning path.

Discussion Forum Functionality

Given that a user is viewing a shared customized learning path, when they choose to start a discussion on a specific topic, then a discussion forum should be created where all collaborators can post comments and ask questions.

Joint Learning Activities Creation

Given that users are collaborating on a customized learning path, when they select topics for a joint learning activity, then the system should allow them to create an event with assigned tasks and deadlines for each participant.

User Engagement in Discussions

Given that a discussion forum has been created for a learning path, when a user posts a comment, then the system should notify all collaborators of the new comment via the integrated communication tools.

Integration with Communication Tools

Given that users are engaged in collaborative learning, when they use the integrated communication tools to send messages, then those messages should appear in the context of the learning path to maintain relevance and continuity.

Tracking Collaborative Progress

Given that users are collaborating on learning paths, when they complete sections of the learning path, then the system should update their individual progress and reflect this in the shared learning path for all collaborators to see.

Feedback System for Learning Paths

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on my learning experiences so that I can contribute to the improvement of content and help future learners make informed choices."

Description

The Feedback System for Learning Paths allows users to provide input on the content and learning paths they have engaged with. This feature is essential for continuously improving the quality and relevance of learning materials provided by InsightFlow. Users can rate modules, suggest improvements, and share their overall learning experience, creating an iterative feedback loop that benefits both the platform and its users. The system integrates with existing analytics and reporting tools, informing content creators and educators about user needs and preferences, fostering a culture of continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User Submits Feedback After Completing a Learning Path

Given a user who has completed a learning path, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to rate the modules on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit comments for further suggestions.

Feedback Processing and Analytics Integration

Given feedback submissions from users, when the feedback is submitted, then the system should automatically update the analytics dashboard to reflect the latest feedback metrics and suggestions for content improvement.

User Notification of Feedback Receipt

Given a user who has submitted feedback, when their feedback is received, then they should receive a confirmation email acknowledging their submission and outlining the next steps.

Content Creator Access to Feedback Insights

Given a request from a content creator, when they log into the analytics section, then they should be able to view aggregated feedback data on learning paths and modules, including ratings and user comments.

Multiple Feedback Submission Capability

Given a user who has engaged with multiple learning paths, when they are on the feedback page, then they should be able to submit feedback for each learning path separately without issues.

Feedback Improvement Cycle Implementation

Given the feedback collected from users, when the data is analyzed every quarter, then the content must be updated accordingly to ensure relevance and quality of the learning paths.

User Experience Testing for Feedback System

Given the feedback system has been integrated, when user testing is conducted, then at least 80% of users should report that the feedback process was straightforward and easy to complete.

On-Demand Content Library

An extensive library of recorded webinars, tutorials, and training materials that users can access at their convenience. This feature allows users to learn at their own pace, revisit complex topics, and enhance their skills without time constraints, making education flexible and accessible.

Requirements

Comprehensive Search Functionality

"As a user, I want to quickly search for specific training materials or webinars so that I can find the information I need without wasting time."

Description

The On-Demand Content Library must include an advanced search feature that allows users to quickly find specific webinars, tutorials, or training materials. This functionality should include filters by topic, date, duration, and content type to help users refine their search results. The integration of this feature will enhance user experience by making it easier for users to locate the exact content they need, thereby accelerating their learning process and increasing engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a webinar on data visualization techniques within the On-Demand Content Library.

Given the user is on the On-Demand Content Library page, when they enter 'data visualization' in the search bar and click 'search,' then the system should return results that include only webinars related to data visualization, sorted by relevance.

A user wants to find all tutorials related to 'advanced analytics' filtered by content type.

Given the user has selected the 'Tutorial' filter and entered 'advanced analytics' in the search field, when they click 'apply filters,' then the system should display only tutorials relevant to advanced analytics, ensuring no webinars or other content types are included in the results.

A user is looking for webinars conducted last month on marketing strategies.

Given the user selects the date filter for the last month and types 'marketing strategies' in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then the library should populate results that exclusively include webinars from last month that focus on marketing strategies.

A user navigates to find training materials in a specific duration range.

Given the user sets a duration range of '30-60 minutes' and enters a keyword in the search, when they click 'search,' then only training materials that fall within the specified duration range are displayed in the results.

A user checks for the responsiveness of the search feature on mobile devices.

Given the user accesses the On-Demand Content Library from a mobile device, when they execute a search using any of the filters, then the search results should load correctly and maintain the same functionality as on desktop.

User Progress Tracking

"As a user, I want to track my progress through webinars and tutorials so that I can manage my learning journey and identify areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement entails building a feature that allows users to track their learning progress within the On-Demand Content Library. Users should be able to see which materials they have completed, in progress, and recommended content based on their learning history. This functionality not only enhances user engagement but also helps users manage their learning paths more effectively, thereby promoting skill development and continuous learning.

Acceptance Criteria

User Views Learning Progress for a Specific Course

Given a user has logged into the InsightFlow platform, When they navigate to the On-Demand Content Library and select a specific course, Then the user should see a progress bar indicating the percentage of materials completed, in progress, and recommended for future learning.

User Completes a Learning Material

Given a user is viewing a training material in the On-Demand Content Library, When the user completes the material, Then the material should be marked as completed in the user’s learning progress overview, and the progress bar should update accordingly.

User Views Recommended Content Based on Learning History

Given a user has completed several materials in the On-Demand Content Library, When they access the learning progress section, Then the user should see a list of recommended materials tailored to their learning history and progress.

User Filters Learning Materials by Completion Status

Given a user is in the On-Demand Content Library, When they apply a filter to only show materials that are 'in progress', Then the system should display only those materials that the user has started but not yet completed.

User Receives Notifications for Unfinished Learning Materials

Given a user has materials marked as 'in progress', When they log into the InsightFlow platform after a predefined period, Then the user should receive a notification reminding them of the unfinished materials and encouraging them to continue learning.

User Accesses Historical Learning Progress Data

Given a user has been using the On-Demand Content Library for an extended period, When they view their historical learning progress, Then they should see a timeline showing all completed materials and progress over time, allowing them to track their learning increases and patterns.

User Restarts a Previously Completed Learning Material

Given a user has completed a specific learning material, When they opt to revisit that material from their learning progress overview, Then the system should allow them to restart the material and reset their progress status accordingly.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a user, I want to share my feedback on the webinars and tutorials I view so that I can help improve the content for future users."

Description

The On-Demand Content Library must include a feedback and rating system that allows users to rate and review the content they have accessed. This feature will enable users to provide insights on the effectiveness of the materials and help others in selecting valuable resources. Additionally, this data can be utilized to refine and improve content offerings over time, ensuring that the library remains relevant and useful to all users.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review after accessing a webinar in the On-Demand Content Library.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they complete a webinar, then they should see a prompt to rate the webinar between 1 to 5 stars and submit a written review that is at least 50 characters long.

Users can view the aggregated ratings and reviews for each content item in the On-Demand Content Library.

Given a user is browsing the On-Demand Content Library, when they select a specific content item, then they should see the average rating and a list of user reviews displayed prominently on the content page.

Admin reviews feedback and ratings to identify content for improvement or removal.

Given an admin user accesses the management interface, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should see a summary of ratings and reviews, highlighting content with a rating below 3 stars and reviews indicating issues.

A user attempts to submit a rating without completing a webinar.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they try to submit a rating for a content item they have not accessed, then they should receive an error message prompting them to view the content first before providing feedback.

Users can filter content based on ratings and reviews in the On-Demand Content Library.

Given a user is on the content library page, when they apply a filter for ratings, then they should see the content sorted based on their selected rating criteria (e.g., 4 stars and above).

User receives a confirmation after successfully submitting a review and rating.

Given a user has rated and reviewed a content item, when they click the submit button, then they should see a success message confirming that their feedback has been submitted and will be used to improve content.

Mobile Accessibility

"As a user, I want to access the On-Demand Content Library on my mobile device so that I can learn whenever and wherever I want."

Description

This requirement focuses on making the On-Demand Content Library available on mobile platforms, providing users with the ability to access training materials and webinars from their smartphones or tablets. The mobile version should ensure a responsive design that maintains functionality and user experience across different devices. This will increase accessibility for users who prefer learning on the go, facilitating flexibility in their learning schedules.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile User Access to On-Demand Content Library

Given a user is logged into the InsightFlow application on a mobile device, When they navigate to the On-Demand Content Library, Then they should see a fully responsive design displaying all available webinars and tutorials without functionality issues.

Playback Functionality on Mobile Devices

Given a user selects a webinar or tutorial from the On-Demand Content Library on their mobile device, When they initiate playback, Then the content should play seamlessly with controls for pause, rewind, and fast-forward available.

Search and Filter Options on Mobile

Given a user is viewing the On-Demand Content Library on a mobile device, When they use the search or filter functions, Then the results should update in real-time, displaying relevant content accurately based on the user's input.

Offline Access to Training Materials

Given a user accesses the On-Demand Content Library on their mobile device, When they download a training material for offline viewing, Then they should be able to access and view that content without an internet connection.

User Experience Consistency Across Devices

Given a user accesses the On-Demand Content Library from both a desktop and a mobile device, When they log in using the same account, Then their user experience, including preferences and settings, should be consistent across both platforms.

User Feedback Mechanism for Mobile Content

Given a user finishes viewing a training material on their mobile device, When they receive a prompt to provide feedback, Then they should be able to submit their feedback quickly and easily without technical glitches.

Interactive Learning Features

"As a user, I want to engage with interactive content after watching a webinar so that I can reinforce my learning and connect with other learners."

Description

To enhance the educational experience, the On-Demand Content Library should incorporate interactive learning features such as quizzes, discussion forums, and downloadable resources associated with each piece of content. This will not only foster a more engaging learning environment but also reinforce understanding and retention of the material learned. Users can actively participate and collaborate, increasing the value of the resources available.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing Interactive Quizzes within the On-Demand Content Library

Given that a user is logged into the InsightFlow platform and navigates to the On-Demand Content Library, when they select a recorded webinar, then they should see an option to take an interactive quiz related to the content, and the quiz should include at least five questions with multiple-choice answers.

User Participating in a Discussion Forum

Given that a user has completed a training module in the On-Demand Content Library, when they access the associated discussion forum, then they should be able to post a question, reply to another user's comment, and view at least ten previous discussions on that topic.

User Downloading Resources after Completing a Webinar

Given that a user has watched a recorded webinar in the On-Demand Content Library, when they finish the webinar, then they should be able to access and download supplementary materials, including PDF guides and presentation slides associated with that session.

User Receiving a Certificate of Completion

Given that a user has completed an interactive quiz with a passing score after watching a recorded webinar, when they request a certificate of completion, then they should receive a digital certificate via email within 24 hours.

User Tracking Progress in the On-Demand Content Library

Given that a user has accessed multiple pieces of content in the On-Demand Content Library, when they return to their dashboard, then they should see an overview of their learning progress, including completed webinars, quizzes taken, and time spent on each material.

User Engaging with Interactive Training Materials

Given that a user is viewing tutorial content in the On-Demand Content Library, when interactive elements such as polls or live chat are included, then the user should be able to successfully engage with these elements in real-time during the session.

Certification and Badging System

Upon completion of certain training modules, users can earn certifications and digital badges that validate their skills. This recognition can enhance their professional profiles and serve as motivation for continuous learning, helping users showcase their expertise in data visualization.

Requirements

Certification Issuance

"As a user, I want to receive a digital certification upon completing a training module so that I can showcase my newly acquired skills and knowledge on my professional profile."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a system that automatically issues digital certifications to users who complete designated training modules within InsightFlow. The certification system must ensure that the certifications are secure, verifiable, and easily accessible by users through their profiles. A user-friendly interface for viewing and sharing the certificates will enhance user experience and promote the platform's learning features. This functionality is essential for validating users' skills and achievements and incentivizing continuous engagement with the training content.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a training module and expects to receive a digital certification automatically issued to their profile.

Given that the user has completed all requirements of the training module, when they access their profile, then the digital certification should be visible alongside their other achievements.

A user wants to verify and download their certification once it has been issued.

Given that the digital certification is visible in the user's profile, when the user clicks the download button, then a PDF version of the certification should be generated and downloaded successfully.

An administrator needs to ensure the security and authenticity of issued digital certifications.

Given that a digital certification has been issued, when an external verification request is made through the certification ID, then the system should verify the authenticity and return the correct user data associated with the certification.

Users want to share their digital certifications on social media platforms or professional networks.

Given that the user has an issued certification, when they click on the share button, then options for sharing on various social media platforms should appear, and the precise certification details should be included in the shared content.

A user wishes to track the completion status of training modules related to their certifications.

Given that the user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to their training progress section, then they should see a list of modules completed and pending, along with corresponding certifications earned and associated completion dates.

Users need to receive notifications upon the issuance of their digital certifications.

Given that a digital certification has been successfully issued, when the issuance occurs, then the user should receive an email notification confirming the certification details, including a link to access it in their profile.

Users want to review the design and layout of their digital certifications before they are issued.

Given that the user is previewing their certification, when they access the preview feature, then the user should see an accurate representation of the certification design, including their name and details of the training module completed.

Digital Badging

"As a user, I want to earn and display digital badges for my achievements so that I can easily share my progress and accomplishments with my peers and employers."

Description

The digital badging requirement will enable the system to generate and manage digital badges that represent specific achievements within the training programs. Badges should be customizable and represent various skill levels or completed projects. Users will be able to display these badges on their profiles and share them on social media platforms. This will not only highlight their achievements but also promote the InsightFlow platform, increasing user engagement and retention.

Acceptance Criteria

User Completes a Training Module and Receives a Digital Badge

Given a user has completed a training module, when they successfully pass the assessment, then the system should automatically generate and issue a digital badge representing that achievement.

User Customizes Their Digital Badge for Profile Display

Given a user is viewing their issued badges, when they select a badge to customize, then they should be able to change the badge's visual elements, including color and icon, reflecting their personal branding preferences.

User Shares Digital Badges on Social Media Platforms

Given a user has received a digital badge, when they click the 'Share' button on their badge, then the system should generate a post with the badge image and a custom message for selected social media platforms (e.g., LinkedIn, Twitter) allowing for seamless sharing.

Administrator Manages Digital Badge Templates

Given an administrator is logged into the system, when they navigate to the badge management section, then they can create, edit, and delete badge templates that define the criteria and appearance of each badge available to users.

User Views Their Digital Badge Collection

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to the 'Badges' section, then they should see a comprehensive display of all badges earned, including details of each achievement and the date received.

Notifications for Earned Badges

Given a user has successfully earned a digital badge, when the badge is awarded, then the system should send a notification email to the user announcing the new achievement and providing sharing options.

User Profile Integration

"As a user, I want my certifications and badges displayed on my profile so that others can see my progress and expertise in data visualization."

Description

Integrating certifications and badges into user profiles is crucial for enhancing the visibility of users' achievements within the InsightFlow platform. This requirement entails modifying user profile interfaces to showcase earned certifications and badges prominently. The system should provide options for users to manage and share these achievements on various platforms. The integration will improve user satisfaction and incentivize continued usage of the training modules.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Display of Certifications and Badges

Given a user has completed training modules and earned certifications and badges, When they access their user profile, Then they should see their earned certifications and badges displayed prominently alongside their profile details.

Management of Certifications and Badges

Given a user views their certifications and badges on their profile, When they select an option to manage their achievements, Then they should be able to edit the visibility settings and remove badges or certifications as desired.

Sharing Achievements on External Platforms

Given a user has earned certifications and badges, When they choose to share their achievements, Then they should be able to successfully post their certifications and badges on at least three different external platforms (e.g., LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter).

Notifications for New Achievements

Given a user earns a new certification or badge, When they log into InsightFlow after earning an achievement, Then they should receive a notification on their profile indicating the new certification or badge earned.

Achievement Visibility Settings

Given a user is in their profile settings, When they adjust the visibility settings for their achievements, Then the changes should be saved, and the user should see the updated visibility reflected immediately across their profile and shared links.

User Satisfaction with Certification Display

Given users have access to their profile displaying certifications and badges, When surveyed about their profile's effectiveness in showcasing skills, Then at least 80% of users should report satisfaction with the visibility and presentation of their achievements.

Gamification Elements

"As a user, I want to earn points and see my rank on a leaderboard so that I feel motivated to complete more training modules and achieve certifications."

Description

Incorporating gamification elements into the certification and badging system will enhance user engagement. This requirement includes the development of a point system, where users earn points for completing training modules, earning badges, and sharing achievements. The system should display leaderboards to motivate users to complete more training modules and obtain certifications. This gamification will create a friendly competition among users and encourage a culture of continuous learning.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns points for completing training modules through the InsightFlow platform.

Given a user has completed a training module, when the system processes the completion, then the user should receive the specified points in their profile.

User can see their earned points on their profile and achievements page.

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to the achievements page, then they should see a display of their total earned points and badges.

Users can earn digital badges upon completing specific training milestones.

Given a user completes the requirements for a badge, when the system recognizes the achievement, then the badge should be automatically awarded and displayed in the user’s profile.

The system displays a leaderboard of users sorted by total points earned.

Given multiple users have earned points, when the leaderboard is accessed, then it should display users ranked by their total points, showing the top performers.

Users receive a notification when they earn points or badges.

Given a user has earned points or a badge, when the achievement is processed, then the user should receive a notification via the platform’s alert system.

User can share their achievements on social media.

Given a user has earned a badge, when they select the share option, then the system should generate a shareable post with the badge and corresponding message for social media.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

"As an administrator, I want to analyze user engagement metrics regarding certifications and badges so that I can improve the training offerings and increase user participation."

Description

A reporting and analytics dashboard is essential for monitoring user engagement with the certification and badging system. This requirement involves creating a backend dashboard that provides insights into how many users are completing training modules, receiving certifications, and earning badges. The analytics should help administrators understand usage trends, user engagement, and overall effectiveness of the training programs, enabling data-driven improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

Users should be able to view the total number of certifications earned by each user in the dashboard, with the ability to filter by date range and certification type.

Given a logged-in admin user, when they navigate to the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard and select a date range and certification type, then they should see an updated count of certifications earned displayed on the dashboard.

The dashboard must display the total number of users who have completed training modules, along with the percentage of users who received certifications after completion.

Given a logged-in admin user, when they access the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a summary card that shows the total number of training completions and the percentage of users earning certifications.

Real-time engagement data should be available, reflecting the number of users engaged with training modules over the last 30 days.

Given a logged-in admin user, when they view the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see real-time engagement metrics for the last 30 days.

Users should be able to generate downloadable reports from the dashboard containing insights about user engagement and certification achievements.

Given a logged-in admin user, when they click on the 'Download Report' button on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then a CSV report should be generated and downloaded containing user-engagement insights and certification data.

The dashboard should visually represent data using charts and graphs to illustrate engagement trends over time.

Given a logged-in admin user, when they view the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see visual representations (charts/graphs) of user engagement trends over time, updated dynamically based on selected filters.

Email Notifications for Achievements

"As a user, I want to receive email notifications when I earn a certification or badge so that I can celebrate my achievements and stay informed about my progress."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an email notification system that automatically alerts users when they earn a certification or badge. Notifications should be customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred communication method. This feature will enhance user satisfaction and encourage users to actively engage with the platform, as they will be promptly informed of their achievements.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification after earning a certification upon completing a training module.

Given a user successfully completes a training module, When the certification is granted, Then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of earning the certification.

User receives an email notification after earning a digital badge for skill achievement.

Given a user achieves a new skill and earns a digital badge, When the badge is granted, Then an email notification should be sent to the user immediately.

Notification settings allow users to customize their alert preferences for certifications and badges.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When the user selects their preferred communication method for earning notifications, Then the settings should be saved and applied to subsequent badge or certification achievements.

Users can view a history of all email notifications received regarding certifications and badges.

Given a user logs into their account, When they navigate to the notifications history page, Then they should see a list of all email notifications regarding certifications and badges received with timestamps.

Email notifications include clear and concise details about the earned certification or badge.

Given a user receives an email notification about an achievement, When they open the email, Then the email should contain the achievement title, description, and any associated links or next steps clearly listed.

Users can opt in or opt out of email notifications at any time through account settings.

Given a user navigates to their account settings, When they change their email notification preference, Then the change should be reflected immediately in the system and future notifications should follow the new preferences.

The email notification system handles multiple user requests without performance degradation.

Given multiple users earn certifications or badges simultaneously, When the notifications are triggered, Then the system should send all notifications within acceptable response times without delays or errors.

Community Engagement Forum

A dedicated space within InsightFlow for users to discuss webinar content, share insights, and connect with peers. This community forum encourages knowledge sharing and collaboration, fostering a supportive environment for learning and growth among users.

Requirements

User Registration and Profile Management

"As a new user, I want to register for an account and manage my profile so that I can participate in the community forum and connect with other users."

Description

The user registration and profile management feature allows users to create accounts, log in to the community engagement forum, and manage their profiles. This requirement encompasses a user-friendly registration process, options for profile customization (including profile pictures and bio), and secure authentication mechanisms. Enhanced profile management fosters a sense of community by enabling users to present themselves to peers, which encourages more meaningful interactions and engagement within the forum, ultimately leading to a vibrant user community and knowledge sharing.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration: A new user accesses the Community Engagement Forum for the first time and initiates the registration process to create their account.

Given a user is on the registration page, when they enter a valid email address and password, then their account should be created successfully, and they should receive a confirmation email.

Profile Customization: A registered user logs into their account to update their profile information including their profile picture and bio.

Given a user is logged in, when they upload a profile picture and enter a bio in the profile settings, then these changes should be saved and displayed on their profile effectively.

Secure Authentication: A user attempts to log into their account on the Community Engagement Forum after successfully registering.

Given a registered user has valid login credentials, when they enter their email and password on the login page, then they should be granted access to the forum and redirected to their dashboard.

Password Recovery: A user forgets their password and needs to recover their account to regain access to the Community Engagement Forum.

Given a registered user is on the login page, when they click on the 'Forgot Password' link and enter their registered email, then they should receive an email with a link to reset their password.

Profile Deletion: A user who no longer wishes to participate in the forum decides to delete their account and remove their profile.

Given a logged-in user is on the account settings page, when they choose to delete their account and confirm their decision, then their account and all associated data should be permanently removed from the platform.

User Interaction: A newly registered user engages in a discussion within the forum after completing their profile setup.

Given a user has set up their profile, when they post a comment in a forum discussion, then their comment should appear immediately in the thread and show their user profile information correctly.

Discussion Threads and Commenting System

"As a community member, I want to create discussion threads and comment on others’ posts so that I can share knowledge and insights with fellow users."

Description

The discussion threads and commenting system enables users to create topics for discussion, reply to existing threads, and engage in dynamic conversations. Each thread will support nested comments, allowing for organized discussions. Notifications will be sent when a user is mentioned or when there are replies to their comments. This functionality is vital for fostering interaction and engagement among users, ensuring that valuable insights and dialogues are easily accessible, thereby enriching the learning experience within the community.

Acceptance Criteria

Creation and Engagement in Discussion Threads

Given a user is logged into the Community Engagement Forum, when they create a new discussion thread, then that thread should be visible to all users, and the creator should receive a notification for any new replies.

Nested Comments Functionality

Given an existing discussion thread, when a user replies to a comment, then the reply should appear as a nested comment under the original comment, maintaining the thread's hierarchy.

User Mention Notifications

Given a user is mentioned in a comment, when the comment is submitted, then the mentioned user should receive a notification indicating they were mentioned in the discussion thread.

Reply Notifications for Engaged Users

Given a user has commented on a discussion thread, when another user replies to their comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification of the new reply.

Searching Discussion Threads

Given multiple discussion threads exist in the Community Engagement Forum, when a user enters a search term, then the system should display all relevant threads containing that search term in the title or comments.

Real-time Updates in Discussion Threads

Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when another user adds a comment or reply, then the viewing user should see the new content appear in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

User Interaction Metrics for Threads

Given multiple discussion threads within the forum, when a user opens a thread, then the system should display metrics such as the number of comments, replies, and users engaged with the thread at the top of the discussion.

Moderation and Reporting Tools

"As a moderator, I want to have tools to manage content and user behavior within the forum so that I can maintain a positive community atmosphere."

Description

Moderation and reporting tools will allow designated moderators to monitor forum content, manage user behavior, and ensure that community guidelines are followed. This requirement includes the ability to flag inappropriate content, remove posts, and ban users who violate guidelines. Effective moderation is essential for maintaining a respectful and productive environment, preventing spam, and ensuring that discussions remain focused on educational objectives, ultimately enhancing user trust and engagement within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Moderators access the moderation tools within the Community Engagement Forum to oversee user interactions and content submission.

Given a moderator is logged into the Community Engagement Forum, when they navigate to the moderation tools section, then they should see options to flag, remove posts and ban users clearly displayed.

A moderator flags a post that violates community guidelines for inappropriate content.

Given a moderator identifies a post as violating community guidelines, when they use the flag option, then the post should be marked as flagged and notified to the moderation team for review.

A moderator removes a post from the forum that contains spam or harmful content.

Given a moderator has identified a post as spam, when they select the remove option, then the post should no longer be visible in the forum and the user should receive a confirmation notification.

A moderator bans a user who has repeatedly violated community guidelines.

Given a moderator decides to ban a user for repeated guideline violations, when they select the ban option, then the user should be unable to log into the forum and should receive a notification of their ban.

Moderators want to generate a report of all flagged content over the past month.

Given a moderator is in the moderation tools section, when they request a report on flagged content, then a downloadable report should be generated listing all flagged posts with details of the user and reason for flagging.

Moderators discuss moderated content in a collaborative environment to make informed decisions.

Given multiple moderators are discussing flagged content in the moderation tools, when they utilize the real-time collaboration tools, then all moderators should see updates and changes immediately reflected in the discussion.

Search Functionality for Discussions

"As a user, I want to search for specific topics within the community forum so that I can quickly find relevant discussions and insights."

Description

The search functionality for discussions will enable users to easily find relevant threads and topics within the community forum. This feature will include keyword search, filtering options (by date, popularity, or tags), and an intuitive interface that suggests relevant threads as users type. Providing an efficient search capability is crucial for users to navigate the wealth of information in the forum, making it easier for them to find solutions and insights that can help them in their work.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Community Engagement Forum to search for specific discussion threads related to an upcoming webinar on data visualization techniques.

Given the user is on the Community Engagement Forum page, when they enter 'data visualization' into the search bar, then relevant discussion threads should appear that include the keywords in the title or body of the thread.

User applies a date filter to narrow down the search results within the Community Engagement Forum for discussions posted in the last month.

Given the user has performed a search and selected the 'Last Month' date filter, when they view the results, then only discussion threads created within the last month should be displayed.

User uses the search functionality to filter discussions by popularity based on user engagement metrics such as comments or likes.

Given the user has executed a search in the Community Engagement Forum, when they select the 'Popular' filter, then the results should list discussion threads sorted in descending order of engagement metrics (comments and likes).

User types in a keyword within the search bar and expects relevant suggestions to auto-populate as they type.

Given the user starts typing 'webinar' in the search bar, when they pause typing, then a dropdown list of suggested discussion threads that include 'webinar' should dynamically appear.

User searches for discussions using tags to find specific topics more efficiently.

Given the user is on the Community Engagement Forum, when they click on a tag labeled 'Insights', then all discussion threads associated with that tag should be displayed in the results.

Real-Time Notifications and Updates

"As a community member, I want to receive real-time notifications about forum activity so that I can stay engaged and respond promptly to discussions."

Description

Real-time notifications and updates will keep users informed about activity in the community forum, such as responses to their posts, new thread creation, and mentions. This feature will utilize push notifications and email updates, which can be configured by users according to their preferences. Keeping users informed about community activities encourages participation and helps build a more vibrant community as users will be more likely to engage with timely content.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications when someone replies to their post in the community engagement forum.

Given a user has posted a message in the community forum, when another user replies to that post, then the original user should receive a push notification and an email alerting them of the new reply.

Users can configure their notification preferences for different types of activity in the community forum.

Given a user accesses the notification settings for the community forum, when they select their preferences for replies, new threads, and mentions, then their choices should be saved and reflected in future notifications.

Users are notified immediately about the creation of new threads in the community forum.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications for new threads, when a new thread is created in the community forum, then the user should receive both a push notification and an email notification about the new thread.

Users can receive notifications based on their engagement with the community forum.

Given a user is actively participating in the community forum, when they receive a mention from another user, then they should receive a real-time push notification and an email detailing the mention and context.

Users can opt in or out of receiving email notifications for community forum activities at any time.

Given a user is in the community forum notification settings, when they toggle the email notifications option on or off, then the system should immediately reflect this preference and update their notification status accordingly.

Users can see a history of their notification settings changes in the community forum.

Given a user has modified their notification preferences, when they access their notification history, then the user should see a log of all changes made, including timestamps and types of changes.

Analytics Dashboard for Engagement Metrics

"As a community manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard that shows engagement metrics so that I can understand user interaction patterns and improve the forum experience."

Description

The analytics dashboard for engagement metrics will provide insights into user participation, popular discussions, and overall activity within the community. This feature will enable moderators and administrators to track metrics such as the number of posts, user engagement rates, and trending topics. The analytics gathered will help inform community management strategies and improve user experience by identifying areas for growth and enhancement in user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the analytics dashboard to view engagement metrics for the community forum for the first time.

Given the user is logged into InsightFlow, When they navigate to the analytics dashboard, Then they should see a summary of engagement metrics including number of posts, user engagement rates, and trending topics.

A moderator uses the analytics dashboard to analyze the performance of a recent community webinar.

Given the moderator is viewing the engagement metrics for a specific webinar, When they select the webinar date range, Then they should see data reflecting the number of posts, user engagement rates, and popular discussions related to that webinar.

User views the real-time engagement trends within the analytics dashboard during a live event.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard during a live event, When they refresh the data, Then they should see updated engagement metrics reflecting the current number of active participants and interactions happening in real time.

An administrator sets up a custom report for summarizing community engagement metrics over the past month.

Given the administrator accesses the custom report feature, When they select the last month as the date range and the metrics to include, Then the system should generate a report that accurately summarizes the selected metrics

User shares engagement insights generated from the analytics dashboard during a team meeting.

Given that the user has generated a report from the analytics dashboard, When they present the key findings to the team, Then the data must be clear, visual, and align with the metrics displayed, allowing for easy understanding and discussion.

A moderator uses the analytics dashboard to identify top contributors in the community forum.

Given that the moderator has accessed the top contributors section of the analytics dashboard, When they sort by the number of posts and engagement rates, Then they should see a ranked list of users who are actively contributing to discussions.

Interactive Polling and Surveys

During webinars and tutorials, instructors can conduct live polls and surveys to gauge user understanding and gather feedback. This feature not only increases participant engagement but also allows instructors to adapt content in real-time based on audience responses.

Requirements

Real-time Poll Results Display

"As an instructor, I want to see poll results in real time so that I can adjust my presentation based on participant feedback and improve engagement during the session."

Description

This requirement ensures that poll results are displayed in real time during webinars and tutorials. Instructors will have the ability to view participants' responses as they come in and will be able to make instant adjustments to their content based on the feedback gathered. This increases the effectiveness of the session by allowing for immediate interaction and helps instructors gauge understanding and engagement levels. This feature will integrate seamlessly into the existing user interface, providing a smooth experience for both instructors and participants. The poll results will be presented visually, ensuring clarity and quick comprehension of the feedback being collected.

Acceptance Criteria

Live Polling during a Webinar

Given a live webinar is being conducted, when an instructor launches a poll, then participants should see the poll appear on their screens within 2 seconds.

Real-Time Results Visualization

Given a poll has been launched, when participants submit their responses, then the instructor should see the results update in real-time within 3 seconds without page refresh.

Response Aggregation

Given multiple participants are responding to a poll, when the instructor views the results, then the instructor should see a clear graphical representation (bar chart or pie chart) of the results with percentages displayed.

Instructor Control of Poll Visibility

Given a poll is active, when the instructor decides to end the poll, then the instructor should be able to click 'End Poll' to stop responses and display results immediately to all participants.

Integration with Existing UI

Given the polling feature, when integrated into an existing webinar interface, then it should align with the design guidelines and not disrupt the user experience for both instructors and participants.

Feedback Collection Post-Poll

Given a poll has concluded, when the instructor opts to collect feedback, then an optional feedback form should pop up for participants without interfering with their current experience.

Customizable Poll Templates

"As an instructor, I want to have customizable poll templates so that I can craft specific questions that align with my session content and objectives."

Description

To facilitate ease of use, this requirement focuses on providing instructors with customizable poll templates that can be easily created and modified according to specific session needs. Users will be able to select from a variety of question types (multiple-choice, Likert scale, open-ended, etc.) and tailor questions to fit their content. This allows for a more tailored experience during webinars and helps gather relevant feedback. These templates should be easy to save, reuse, and share among instructors, promoting consistency and efficiency in session planning.

Acceptance Criteria

Instructors need to create a poll to assess participant understanding of a specific topic during a live webinar session.

Given an instructor is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the 'Create Poll' section, then they can choose from at least five different question types (multiple-choice, Likert scale, open-ended, etc.) to include in their poll.

An instructor wants to customize a poll template for a specific training session to best fit the session objectives.

Given an instructor is in the 'Poll Templates' section, when they select a question type and input their question, then they should be able to save the customized template and reuse it for future sessions without losing any formatting or content.

The instructor intends to share a poll template with their colleagues to ensure consistency in training across different sessions.

Given an instructor has created a custom poll template, when they use the 'Share Template' feature, then the selected colleagues should receive access to the customized template and be able to modify it if permission is granted.

In a webinar, an instructor wants to assess engagement by employing a real-time interactive poll.

Given a live session is in progress, when an instructor launches a poll, then at least 70% of participants need to respond within the given time frame to indicate a successful engagement rate.

The instructor is preparing for a webinar and wants to preview the poll template before the session.

Given an instructor selects a saved poll template, when they click on the 'Preview' option, then they should see an identical representation of how the poll will appear to the participants during the live session.

An instructor wants to modify an existing poll template based on feedback received from previous sessions.

Given the instructor has accessed a previously saved poll template, when they make changes to the question type or text, then the updated poll should save successfully without errors and reflect the changes upon reaccessing the template.

An instructor is preparing a series of webinars and wants to batch create polls using saved templates.

Given the instructor has multiple saved templates, when they select templates to batch create polls for upcoming sessions, then the system should allow for the creation of at least three polls in one action without errors or data loss.

Participant Anonymity Options

"As a participant, I want the option to respond anonymously in polls so that I can provide honest feedback without fear of judgment."

Description

This requirement seeks to introduce options for participant anonymity in polls and surveys. Instructors will have the choice to conduct anonymous polls, encouraging honest feedback and participation from attendees who might be hesitant to share their opinions openly. This feature is critical for enhancing the quality of responses received and fostering a secure environment for feedback. The implementation will ensure that all responses are aggregated for analysis without attributing them to individual participants, thus maintaining confidentiality while still providing valuable insights to instructors.

Acceptance Criteria

Instructors conduct a live webinar session using InsightFlow where they want to engage participants and assess their understanding of the presented material through an anonymous poll.

Given an active session, when the instructor initiates an anonymous poll, then all participants should see the poll without their identities being disclosed, and the results should show aggregated data only.

During a tutorial, the instructor sets up multiple interactive polls and wants to ensure participants can choose not to provide their identity.

When participants access the poll, then they should have an option to respond anonymously, and successful responses should not link back to any individual identifiers.

An instructor reviews poll results after a live session and needs to ensure that the anonymity feature provided the expected level of confidentiality.

Given that poll responses are collected anonymously, when the instructor views the analytics dashboard, then the data should reflect aggregated responses without revealing any personal information about the participants.

Participants in a training session express concerns about privacy when answering questions and want the ability to conduct all polls anonymously.

When the instructor sets the anonymity option to 'On' for the session, then all polls conducted during that session must automatically enable anonymity for participants' responses.

An instructor gathers feedback from a series of surveys after a webinar and wants to ensure that all responses are anonymous to maintain participant trust.

When the surveys are distributed with the anonymity feature activated, then all feedback collected should be stored without personal identifiers attached, ensuring complete confidentiality.

The development team tests the anonymity feature after implementation to ensure it functions as intended before the next scheduled webinar.

Given that the anonymity feature has been developed, when testing occurs, then all the responses collected in test polls must remain confidential and not traceable to any test participant.

Instructors utilizing the InsightFlow platform for educational purposes want a clear understanding of preferences during polling sessions.

When setting up polls, instructors should have a clear toggle option to enable or disable participant anonymity, with documentation available to explain the implications of each choice.

Post-Session Feedback Summary

"As an instructor, I want to receive a feedback summary after the session so that I can analyze participants' responses and improve future presentations."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for a feature that automatically compiles and presents a summary of feedback collected during the session. After a webinar or tutorial, instructors will receive a comprehensive report detailing key metrics such as response rates, aggregated scores, and highlights of participant comments. This data will serve as a valuable resource for instructors to assess their performance and make enhancements for future sessions. The report should be easily exportable in multiple formats (PDF, Excel) for sharing and analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

Post-Session Feedback Summary Generation for Instructors

Given a completed webinar or tutorial, when feedback responses have been collected, then the system should automatically generate a comprehensive report summarizing response rates, aggregated scores, and participant comments within 5 minutes of session completion.

Exporting Feedback Summary Reports

Given a generated feedback summary report, when an instructor selects the export option, then the system should allow the instructor to export the report in both PDF and Excel formats without data loss.

Accessing Feedback Summary Reports

Given an instructor logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the feedback summary section after a session, then they should see a list of all feedback reports categorized by session date and title.

Real-Time Availability of Feedback Data

Given live polling and survey responses during a session, when the session concludes, then the system must provide real-time statistics on participant engagement, including total responses and average scores before generating the summary report.

Detailed Comments Analysis in Feedback Summary

Given the compiled feedback from a session, when the feedback summary report is generated, then the report should include a section that highlights key participant comments and categorizes them into positive, neutral, and negative feedback.

Notification of Feedback Report Completion

Given a completed feedback summary report, when the report is generated, then the instructor should receive an email notification with a link to access the report within 10 minutes of the session ending.

Feedback Summary User-Friendly Interface

Given an instructor viewing the feedback summary report, when they interact with the report, then all metrics and comments should be clearly labeled and visually presented in an intuitive and user-friendly format for better readability.

Integration with Existing Tools

"As an instructor, I want to integrate polling with my existing webinar tools so that I can easily manage polls without switching between different applications."

Description

This requirement targets the integration of the interactive polling feature with popular webinar and teaching platforms that instructors may already be utilizing. By incorporating APIs or webhooks with tools like Zoom, Webex, or Microsoft Teams, this feature will allow for a seamless experience where polls can be launched and results can be shared directly within these platforms. This will minimize the need for instructors to switch between applications and streamline the user experience during live sessions.

Acceptance Criteria

Instructor launches a live poll during a Zoom webinar to assess participant understanding of a recent topic covered.

Given the instructor is logged into InsightFlow and Zoom, When they initiate a live poll, Then the poll should display on participant screens within 2 seconds and participant responses should be recorded in real-time.

During a Microsoft Teams tutorial, an instructor seeks feedback on the session content using an interactive survey integrated with InsightFlow.

Given the instructor starts an interactive survey from InsightFlow, When they share it within Microsoft Teams, Then all participants should have access to the survey and their feedback should be stored and visible in InsightFlow dashboards immediately after submission.

An instructor needs to view responses and insights from a previous live poll conducted during a Webex session.

Given the instructor accesses the Insights dashboard in InsightFlow, When they select the specific live poll from the previous session, Then they should see a visual representation of the results with options to filter by demographic or engagement level.

A teaching assistant wants to set up a reminder for the next live poll in an ongoing Zoom session during a tutorial.

Given the teaching assistant is using the InsightFlow integration within Zoom, When they schedule a reminder for a live poll, Then a notification should appear to both the assistant and the instructor at the designated time with a countdown.

An instructor plans to use the interactive polling feature in a Webex meeting and needs to configure the poll questions beforehand.

Given the instructor accesses the poll creation tool within InsightFlow, When they save the configured poll questions, Then these should be retrievable for use in any future Webex meetings without loss of formatting or content.

During a live session on Microsoft Teams, an instructor wants to launch a spontaneous poll to check participant engagement levels.

Given the instructor activates the spontaneous poll feature in InsightFlow, When the poll is initiated, Then it should allow responses to be submitted anonymously and aggregate results should be visible to the instructor within 3 minutes.

Participants in a Zoom session want to provide feedback on the interactive polling experience after the session ends.

Given the session has concluded, When participants access the InsightFlow feedback form, Then they should be able to submit their thoughts on the polling feature without needing to be logged into InsightFlow.

Analytics Dashboard for Poll Insights

"As an instructor, I want an analytics dashboard that visualizes poll data so that I can track engagement trends and improve my teaching approach based on insights."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of an analytics dashboard that provides instructors with insightful visualizations based on the data gathered from polls and surveys. This dashboard will allow instructors to analyze trends over time, compare participant engagement levels across different sessions, and derive actionable insights to enhance their teaching methodologies. By presenting the data in a user-friendly format, instructors will be better equipped to drive data-informed decisions in their future content delivery.

Acceptance Criteria

Instructors conducting a webinar can access the analytics dashboard to view real-time responses to live polls and surveys, allowing them to adjust their presentations dynamically based on participant feedback.

Given the instructor is in the analytics dashboard during the webinar, when they select a specific poll, then the dashboard displays live results, including total participants, response breakdown, and engagement metrics.

After completing a series of tutorials, instructors want to analyze poll data over multiple sessions to identify trends in participant engagement and feedback quality.

Given the instructor has access to the analytics dashboard, when they filter the data by date range and poll type, then the dashboard presents visualizations of engagement trends, showing responses compared across selected sessions.

Instructors wish to generate a report from the analytics dashboard to summarize key insights gained from polls and surveys conducted in various classes.

Given the instructor has analyzed the poll results, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then the system produces a downloadable report containing aggregated insights, visual charts, and recommendations based on participant feedback.

An instructor wants to compare the effectiveness of different teaching methods based on the engagement results collected from polls over several sessions.

Given the instructor has selected multiple polls representing different teaching methods, when they view the comparative analysis dashboard, then it displays visual comparisons of participant engagement and satisfaction levels across these methods.

Instructors looking to enhance future webinar sessions want to access historical data on participant engagement from past polls.

Given the instructor navigates to the analytics dashboard, when they select the 'Historical Data' option, then the dashboard displays past engagement metrics, including participants’ responses, trends, and key areas for improvement over time.

Resource Hub Integration

This feature provides links to supplementary materials, such as articles, datasets, and tools, directly within the webinar interface. Users can access valuable resources that enhance their learning experience and provide practical applications of the concepts discussed.

Requirements

Resource Material Linkage

"As a webinar participant, I want to access supplementary resources related to the webinar topics so that I can deepen my understanding and apply what I've learned in practical contexts."

Description

This requirement involves creating a feature that allows users to access links to supplementary materials such as articles, datasets, and tools directly within the InsightFlow webinar interface. The goal is to enhance the user experience by seamlessly integrating valuable resources related to the topics being discussed. This will not only provide additional learning opportunities but also facilitate practical applications of the concepts covered in the webinars. The integration should be intuitive, and responsive, ensuring that users can easily navigate between the webinar content and the supplementary materials, thereby enriching their understanding and engagement with the subject matter.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates the InsightFlow webinar interface to learn about data visualization techniques.

Given the user is actively participating in a webinar, when they click on a supplementary resource link, then the resource should load in a new tab with all content accessible without disrupting the webinar playback.

Users want to explore additional resources that complement the topics discussed during the webinar.

Given a list of supplementary resources is available, when a user hovers over each link, then a tooltip should display a brief description of the resource content.

Participants in the webinar are interested in related datasets and tools mentioned by the presenter.

Given the user has accessed the resource hub, when they scroll through the provided links, then each link should be categorically organized (e.g., articles, datasets, tools) for easy navigation.

A user accessing the webinar on a mobile device

Given the user is accessing the webinar on a mobile device, when they click on a supplementary resource link, then the resource should be optimized for mobile viewing, ensuring all content is readable and accessible.

Webinar users need to quickly return to the webinar after reviewing supplementary materials.

Given the user opens a supplementary resource, when they finish reviewing the resource, then there should be a clear and visible 'Return to Webinar' button that seamlessly takes them back to the active webinar without losing their place.

As a host, I want to ensure that all supplementary materials are relevant and high-quality before sharing them with webinar participants.

Given the webinar host is preparing the resources, when they review the supplementary materials, then all materials should include a summary note indicating their relevance to the webinar topics.

Webinar participants seek confirmation that links to supplementary materials are functional before and during the session.

Given that links to supplementary resources are part of the resource hub, when the webinar begins, then all links should be tested and verified as functional, with any broken links flagged for immediate attention.

Dynamic Resource Updates

"As a webinar organizer, I want to ensure that all supplementary materials are current and automatically updated, so that participants have access to the latest information and resources during the session."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling real-time updates for the resource links provided in the webinar interface. It ensures that any changes or additions to supplementary materials, such as new articles or updated datasets, are automatically reflected in the interface without requiring manual intervention. This enhances the relevance of the resources provided to users, ensuring they have the most current and applicable information at their fingertips. Implementing this feature will help maintain the integrity of the learning environment and support users in making informed decisions based on up-to-date resources.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Resource Link Updates Reflect Real-Time Changes in Webinar Class

Given a webinar is in session, when an administrator updates a resource link, then the link should appear updated in the webinar interface within one minute without requiring a page refresh.

User Accesses Updated Resources During a Webinar Session

Given a user is attending a webinar, when they click on a resource link that has been updated in real-time, then they should be directed to the new resource without encountering a broken link or delay.

Administrator Adds New Resource During a Live Webinar

Given an administrator is in the process of conducting a webinar, when they add a new resource link to the Resource Hub, then all participants should see the new link reflected in their interface instantly.

Resource Update Notifications to Users

Given a resource link has been updated, when a user accesses the resource hub post-update, then they should see a notification indicating that the resource has been recently updated.

Consistency of Resource Links Across Different Sessions

Given a resource link was updated in a previous webinar, when users access the same resource link in a new webinar, then the updated link should still be available and functional across all sessions.

Performance Check During Peak Usage Times

Given that multiple webinars are being conducted simultaneously, when resource links are updated, then the updates should occur without any noticeable lag or system performance issues.

Resource Categorization and Tagging

"As a user, I want to filter supplementary materials by categories or tags so that I can quickly find resources that are relevant to my learning objectives."

Description

This requirement aims to implement a categorization and tagging system for the supplementary resources linked within the webinar interface. By allowing users to filter and search for resources based on specific categories or tags (e.g., 'data analysis', 'case studies', 'tools'), it enhances user experience and makes resource retrieval more efficient. This feature will help users quickly find relevant materials that align with their specific areas of interest, improving engagement and application of the content discussed in webinars.

Acceptance Criteria

User filtering and searching resources during a live webinar.

Given a user is viewing the supplementary resources in the webinar interface, when they apply a filter for the 'data analysis' category, then they should only see resources tagged with 'data analysis'.

User accessing tagged resources post-webinar.

Given a user has participated in the webinar, when they access the resource hub after the webinar, then they should be able to filter resources by tags available during the webinar.

Administrator adding new resources with tags in the webinar interface.

Given an administrator is adding a new resource, when they assign tags to the resource, then the tags must be saved and displayed accordingly in the webinar interface for user access.

User searching for specific resources through the search bar.

Given a user is using the search bar to find resources, when they enter a keyword relevant to a tagged resource, then the search results must include resources that contain the keyword in their title, description, or tags.

User experience on mobile devices while accessing resources.

Given a user is accessing the webinar resources on a mobile device, when they filter resources by category, then the results should be displayed in a mobile-optimized format without any loss of functionality.

User receiving guidance on using the resource tagging system.

Given a user is interacting with the resource hub for the first time, when they hover over the tagging functionality, then a tooltip should appear explaining how to use tags for efficient resource searching.

User feedback on resource retrieval effectiveness.

Given a user has utilized the resource tagging system, when they provide feedback through a survey, then at least 80% should indicate that the tagging system improved their ability to find relevant materials.

User Feedback Mechanism for Resources

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the supplementary materials so that my input can help improve the quality and relevance of future resources."

Description

This requirement involves creating a mechanism for users to provide feedback on the supplementary resources linked in the webinar interface. Users should be able to rate the usefulness of the resources and leave comments or suggestions for improvement. This feedback will help the team to continuously improve the quality and relevance of the resources provided, aligning them more closely with user needs. Analyzing user feedback will also aid in curating content that enhances overall user satisfaction and engagement during webinars.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after attending a webinar where supplementary resources were provided.

Given a user has attended a webinar, when they access the resource hub, they should see an option to rate each resource on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and leave comments. After submission, the feedback should be saved and visible to the admin panel for review.

Admin reviews user feedback submitted through the resource hub.

Given an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, when they view the feedback section, they should see all submitted feedback categorized by resource, including average ratings and individual comments. Admins should be able to filter feedback by date and resource type.

Users receive confirmation after they submit feedback on a resource.

Given a user submits feedback on a resource, when they complete their submission, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded successfully.

User accesses resources directly while attending a live webinar.

Given a user is attending a live webinar, when they click on any resource link provided in the webinar interface, then the resource opens in a new tab without disrupting the webinar experience.

Users view and interact with resources on mobile devices.

Given a user accesses the resource hub from a mobile device, when they browse through the resources, then all links and feedback options should be fully functional and the layout should adapt to fit the mobile screen without losing usability.

Users receive relevant recommendations based on their feedback.

Given a user has submitted feedback on multiple resources, when they return to the resource hub, then they should see personalized recommendations for new resources that align with their interests and prior ratings.

Template Exchange Hub

The Template Exchange Hub enables users to easily browse, buy, and sell pre-built dashboard templates and visualizations. By fostering a space for sharing, users can access a diverse array of high-quality designs that meet various business needs, enhancing the overall customization and effectiveness of their data presentations.

Requirements

Template Browsing Interface

"As a user, I want to easily browse and filter dashboard templates so that I can quickly find a design that fits my business needs without wasting time on irrelevant options."

Description

The Template Browsing Interface requirement defines the user interface through which users can view, search, and filter available dashboard templates. This interface must be intuitive and visually appealing to ensure users can easily browse templates by various criteria such as category, popularity, user ratings, and keywords. It will significantly enhance user engagement by enabling quick access to high-quality designs that meet specific needs, promoting user satisfaction and increased transaction rates within the Template Exchange Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User browses the Template Browsing Interface to find a dashboard template suitable for their business needs.

Given the user is on the Template Browsing Interface, when they apply filters for category and popularity, then the results displayed should only include templates that match the selected criteria and display in order of popularity.

A user searches for a specific template using keywords in the Template Browsing Interface.

Given the user enters specific keywords in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then the interface should return relevant templates based on the keywords provided within 2 seconds.

A user views the details of a template within the Template Browsing Interface to make a purchasing decision.

Given the user clicks on a template, when the detailed view opens, then it must display the template name, designer name, user ratings, a preview image, and a purchase button clearly.

A user decides to filter templates by user ratings within the Template Browsing Interface.

Given the user selects a filter for user ratings, when the filter is applied, then all displayed templates should only include those with the selected rating and should update in real-time.

A user interacts with the Template Browsing Interface on a mobile device to ensure responsiveness.

Given the user accesses the Template Browsing Interface on a mobile device, when they navigate through the templates, then the layout should adjust appropriately, ensuring all buttons and links are accessible and usable without zooming.

A user saves a specific template to their favorites in the Template Browsing Interface for later access.

Given the user is viewing a template, when they click the 'Add to Favorites' button, then the template should be added to their favorites list without requiring a page refresh and display a confirmation message.

A user checks the loading speed of the Template Browsing Interface.

Given the user accesses the Template Browsing Interface, when the page is fully loaded, then it should load within 3 seconds to ensure optimal user experience.

Template Purchase Workflow

"As a user, I want a secure and simple process to purchase dashboard templates so that I can confidently acquire the tools I need for effective data visualization."

Description

The Template Purchase Workflow requirement outlines the steps needed for users to securely purchase and download templates from the exchange hub. This includes implementing a payment processing system, ensuring secure transactions, and providing users with easy access to their purchased templates. A streamlined purchase workflow will enhance user trust and satisfaction, leading to increased sales and participation in the template marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a purchase of a dashboard template from the Template Exchange Hub after selecting their desired item.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they select a template and proceed to checkout, then the payment processing system should securely perform the transaction and confirm the purchase within 30 seconds.

User attempts to download a purchased template from their account dashboard.

Given the user has successfully completed a purchase, when they navigate to their account dashboard and click on 'Purchased Templates', then they should be able to download the template without encountering any errors.

User cancels an ongoing purchase process before finalizing the transaction.

Given the user is on the payment page, when they choose to cancel the purchase, then they should be redirected back to the template listing without any charges being applied.

User receives a confirmation email following a successful template purchase.

Given the user has completed a transaction, when the payment is processed successfully, then the user should receive an email confirmation containing the transaction details within 5 minutes.

User tries to purchase a template but faces a payment processing error due to invalid card information.

Given the user enters invalid payment details, when they attempt to finalize their purchase, then an error message indicating the payment failure should be displayed clearly on the payment page.

User browses the Template Exchange Hub and filters templates based on specific categories.

Given the user is on the Template Exchange Hub, when they apply category filters, then only templates matching the selected categories should be displayed seamlessly without delay.

User reviews the terms and conditions before making a purchase.

Given the user is on the checkout page, when they click on the 'Terms and Conditions' link, then a pop-up or new tab should display the terms in a readable format before they can complete the purchase.

User Rating and Review System

"As a user, I want to read other users' ratings and reviews on templates so that I can choose the best options based on real experiences and feedback."

Description

The User Rating and Review System requirement establishes a framework that allows users to rate and review templates after purchase. This feedback mechanism will help other users make informed decisions when choosing templates and encourage template creators to enhance their designs based on user input. The implementation of this system will foster community engagement, increase trust among users, and improve the overall quality of templates available in the hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully rates a purchased template on the Template Exchange Hub after using it in a project.

Given a user has purchased a template, when they access the template in their dashboard, then they should see an option to rate the template with a 1 to 5 star scale and leave a written review.

Users can view existing ratings and reviews for each template before making a purchase.

Given a template is listed in the Template Exchange Hub, when a user views the template details, then they should see the average star rating and the most recent user reviews displayed prominently.

Alerts are sent to template creators when a new review is submitted for their template.

Given a new review is submitted for a template, when the review is saved, then the template creator should receive an email notification containing the review summary and star rating.

Users can filter templates based on their ratings when browsing the Template Exchange Hub.

Given a user is in the Template Exchange Hub, when they select the filter options, then they should be able to filter templates by average rating (e.g., 1 to 5 stars).

Users can report inappropriate reviews on the Template Exchange Hub.

Given a user is reading reviews for a template, when they find a review they believe is inappropriate, then they should see an option to report the review which initiates a review process.

The system displays an overall quality score for each template based on user ratings and reviews.

Given a user is viewing a template in the Template Exchange Hub, when they access the template details, then they should see an overall quality score calculated from the star ratings and number of reviews received.

Template Upload and Vendor Profile Management

"As a template creator, I want to easily upload my designs and manage my profile so that I can share my work with the community and attract more customers."

Description

The Template Upload and Vendor Profile Management requirement focuses on enabling template creators to upload their designs to the Template Exchange Hub and manage their vendor profiles. This includes providing guidelines for design specifications, ensuring a user-friendly upload process, and allowing vendors to update their profiles with descriptions and contact information. This feature will promote diverse template offerings and empower creators to showcase their work, ultimately benefiting the user community.

Acceptance Criteria

Template Creator uploads a new dashboard template to the Template Exchange Hub.

Given the template creator is logged in, when they select the 'Upload Template' option and provide all required fields (template file, title, description, and tags) correctly, then the template should be successfully uploaded and visible in their vendor profile.

Template creator receives feedback after submitting a template upload.

Given that the template creator has submitted a template upload, when the submission is reviewed by the platform moderators, then a notification with approval or feedback should be sent to the creator within 48 hours.

Vendor manages their profile information in the Template Exchange Hub.

Given the vendor is logged in, when they access the 'Profile Management' section and update their description or contact information, then the changes should be saved and reflected in their public profile immediately.

Template creator ensures their uploaded templates meet design specifications.

Given the template creator uploads a dashboard template, when the system checks for compliance with the provided design guidelines (pixel dimensions, file format, etc.), then the upload should either be successful or provide an error message detailing non-compliance.

User browses and filters available templates in the Template Exchange Hub.

Given a user is on the Template Exchange Hub, when they apply filters based on category, popularity, or price, then the displayed templates should update in real-time to reflect the selected criteria.

Template creator shares their uploaded template on social media platforms.

Given the template creator has uploaded a template, when they use the 'Share' button and select a social media platform, then the correct template link and image should be generated for sharing, successfully posting to the chosen platform.

Vendor receives analytics on their uploaded templates' performance.

Given the vendor is logged in to their profile, when they access the 'Analytics' section, then they should see metrics such as number of views, downloads, and ratings for each of their uploaded templates.

Integrate Template Recommendations Engine

"As a user, I want to receive personalized template recommendations so that I can quickly find relevant designs that suit my needs without extensive searching."

Description

The Integrate Template Recommendations Engine requirement defines the development of an AI-driven algorithm that offers personalized template suggestions based on user behavior, preferences, and previous purchases. This will create a more tailored experience for users, allowing them to discover relevant templates that they might not find through browsing alone. By enhancing user experience and engagement, this feature will likely increase usage of the Template Exchange Hub.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Template Recommendations Engine upon logging into InsightFlow to find relevant dashboard templates.

Given the user has a saved profile with previous purchases and preferences, when the user logs into InsightFlow, then the Template Recommendations Engine should display at least five personalized template suggestions on the dashboard.

A user explores the template marketplace and checks the recommendations offered by the Template Recommendations Engine.

Given the user browses the marketplace, when the user clicks on the 'Recommended Templates' section, then the recommendations should dynamically update based on user interactions with other templates, showcasing at least three new suggestions.

User wants to discover templates that align with their recent project needs using the Template Recommendations Engine.

Given the user has recently completed projects categorized under specific tags, when the user accesses the Template Recommendations Engine, then the system should recommend templates that are tagged with the same categories as those of the user's past projects.

An educator seeks to find templates suitable for classroom presentations via the Template Recommendations Engine.

Given the educator's profile includes educational templates previously purchased, when they utilize the Template Recommendations Engine, then they should receive at least three templates specifically designed for educational purposes.

A user provides feedback on the recommended templates from the Template Recommendations Engine.

Given the user interacts with the feedback option for a recommended template, when they submit feedback on the relevance of the suggestion, then the feedback should be logged, and the user should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback was received successfully.

New users without historical data interact with the Template Recommendations Engine for the first time.

Given the user has just created an account without any previous purchase history, when they access the Template Recommendations Engine, then the system should display a default set of popular templates as recommendations to help them get started.

User Rating System

A robust User Rating System allows buyers to evaluate templates based on user feedback and ratings. This feature provides potential buyers with insights into the quality and effectiveness of designs, ensuring they make informed purchasing decisions and promoting higher standards within the marketplace.

Requirements

Dynamic Rating Interface

"As a user who purchases templates, I want to be able to rate and review the templates I use so that I can share my experience and help others make informed decisions."

Description

The Dynamic Rating Interface allows users to easily submit their ratings and feedback on the templates they have used. This feature will include a 1 to 5 star rating system accompanied by an optional text box for detailed comments. It will be designed to be intuitive and easily accessible on both desktop and mobile platforms. By facilitating user engagement and feedback, this feature will improve the quality of the templates available in the marketplace and provide essential insights for template designers.

Acceptance Criteria

Submitting a Rating on a Template

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to a template page, then they should see a 1 to 5 star rating system and an optional text box for comments, allowing them to submit a rating and feedback.

Mobile Accessibility for Rating Submission

Given a user is on a mobile device, when they access the rating interface for a template, then the user should be able to easily select a star rating and enter comments without any layout issues.

Viewing Average Ratings and Comments on Templates

Given a user is browsing templates, when they view a specific template, then the average rating and all user comments should be displayed prominently on the template page.

Post-Submission Confirmation for Ratings

Given a user has submitted a rating and comment on a template, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded.

Editing Existing Ratings and Comments

Given a user has previously submitted a rating and comment, when they navigate back to the template and select the option to edit, then they should be able to change their rating and update their comments.

Disabling Rating for Unused Templates

Given a template has no user interactions (no views or downloads), when a user attempts to rate the template, then the rating system should be disabled or hidden, preventing submissions.

Report Generation of User Ratings

Given an administrator accesses the back-end of InsightFlow, when they request a report on user ratings, then the system should generate a report containing the number of ratings and average scores for each template.

Rating Display System

"As a potential buyer, I want to see the average ratings and reviews of templates so that I can choose the best options available before making a purchase."

Description

The Rating Display System will present the aggregated ratings and reviews for each template prominently on their respective product pages. It will visually show the average star rating along with a summary of user feedback in a way that is easy to read and understand. This feature will be fully integrated into the current product design, ensuring a seamless user experience. By providing potential buyers with clear insights into template quality, this encourages informed purchasing decisions and helps maintain high-quality standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses a product page for a template that has received ratings and reviews by multiple users.

Given that the user is on the product page, when the page loads, then the average star rating should be displayed prominently at the top of the page, and a summary of user feedback should be available below the rating.

User views the ratings and reviews section of a template to gauge its quality before making a purchasing decision.

Given that the user is on the template product page, when they scroll down to the ratings section, then the user should see at least three recent reviews displayed alongside the average star rating and a visual representation (e.g., star icons) of the rating.

User interacts with the star rating system on a template product page to provide their own rating.

Given that the user has previously purchased the template, when they select a star rating and submit their review, then their rating should be recorded and the average rating on the page should update immediately to reflect the new value.

User seeks clarification on reviews displayed for a specific template.

Given that a user is viewing a template product page, when they click on a review, then a detailed view of the review should open, displaying the full text of the feedback, the rating given, and the date of submission.

User who is a potential buyer navigates back to the main template listing page after viewing the ratings and reviews.

Given that the user has just viewed a product page with ratings, when they return to the main template listing page, then the user should see the same average rating and review summary reflected beside the template thumbnail image.

Admin reviews the integrity of feedback submitted by users for compliance with guidelines.

Given that the admin has access to the rating and review data, when they access the backend system, then they should be able to filter reviews by user, date, and rating stars to ensure all feedback adheres to the community guidelines.

User browses multiple templates and compares their ratings and reviews.

Given that the user is on the template browsing page, when they hover over a template thumbnail, then the average star rating should appear as a tooltip, providing instant insight into the template's rating before clicking to learn more.

Review Moderation Tools

"As an administrator, I want to be able to moderate user reviews for templates so that I can maintain a high standard of quality and relevance in user feedback."

Description

The Review Moderation Tools will enable administrators to review and manage user submissions to ensure that inappropriate or irrelevant feedback does not adversely affect the marketplace. This feature will include functionalities for flagging reviews, approving or disapproving submissions, and responding to user feedback when necessary. This is essential for maintaining a trustworthy review system and protecting the integrity of the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin views flagged reviews in the moderation dashboard.

Given that an admin is logged into the system, When they navigate to the moderation dashboard, Then they should see a list of all reviews that have been flagged by users.

Admin approves a flagged review.

Given that an admin is in the moderation dashboard, When they select a flagged review and click 'Approve', Then the review should be visible to all users and marked as 'Approved.'

Admin disapproves a flagged review.

Given that an admin is in the moderation dashboard, When they select a flagged review and click 'Disapprove', Then the review should be removed from the public view and marked as 'Disapproved.'

Admin responds to user feedback on a review.

Given that an admin is viewing a review in the moderation dashboard, When they click 'Respond' and submit feedback, Then the response should be displayed under the review for all users to see.

Admin filters flagged reviews by submission date.

Given that an admin is in the moderation dashboard, When they apply a date filter to the list of flagged reviews, Then the dashboard should refresh to display only the reviews submitted within the selected date range.

Admin receives notifications for new flagged reviews.

Given that an admin has access to the moderation dashboard, When a new review is flagged by a user, Then the admin should receive a notification alerting them of the new flagged review.

Admin edits a review after approval.

Given that an admin has approved a review, When they select the review from the moderation dashboard and click 'Edit', Then they should be able to update the review content and click 'Save' to update it successfully.

Feedback Analysis Dashboard

"As a template designer, I want to see analytics on user feedback so that I can improve the templates based on actual user experiences and preferences."

Description

The Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide template designers and product managers with insights and analytics based on user ratings and reviews. This feature will include data visualizations such as trends over time, comparisons between templates, and sentiment analysis of user comments. By offering actionable insights, this dashboard will empower stakeholders to make data-driven improvements to templates and offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews historical feedback data to identify trends in template ratings over time.

Given a user accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select the 'Trends Over Time' view, then they should see a line graph displaying average ratings for each template over the last twelve months.

Product managers need to compare the effectiveness of two templates based on user ratings.

Given a user selects two templates for comparison on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they click 'Compare', then the dashboard should display side-by-side analytics including average ratings, total reviews, and sentiment scores.

Template designers want to understand the sentiment of user comments to improve their designs.

Given a user views a specific template's feedback on the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select the 'Sentiment Analysis' feature, then they should see a breakdown of positive, negative, and neutral sentiments in a pie chart format.

A buyer is evaluating which template to purchase based on user feedback.

Given a buyer accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they review several templates, then they should see a summary of average ratings and recent reviews for each template displayed in an easily digestible format.

Product managers want to track the impact of recent changes made to templates based on user feedback.

Given that recent changes have been implemented to a template, when the product manager views the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, then they should see updated ratings and comments indicating any changes in user satisfaction post-implementation.

Preview Mode

The Preview Mode feature allows users to view templates in action before making a purchase. By enabling prospective buyers to interact with and assess the functionality of dashboard templates, this feature enhances confidence in their decisions and reduces buyer's remorse. Users can see exactly how a template will perform with their data, leading to increased satisfaction.

Requirements

Template Interaction

"As a prospective buyer, I want to interact with dashboard templates in Preview Mode so that I can assess their functionality and ensure they meet my business needs before making a purchase."

Description

The Template Interaction requirement enables users to engage with and manipulate the dashboard templates in real-time within the Preview Mode. Users should have the capability to input sample data, adjust filters, and configure settings to evaluate the templates’ responsiveness and functionality. This integration will provide users with practical insights into how the templates operate with their own data, fostering confidence in their purchase decisions. This feature is vital as it addresses the core need for prospective buyers to understand the utility and adaptability of the dashboard templates before finalizing a purchase, ultimately enhancing customer satisfaction and reducing the likelihood of returns.

Acceptance Criteria

User can input sample data into a dashboard template in Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user inputs sample data into the provided fields, then the dashboard should display the updated visuals and calculations based on the new input.

User can adjust filters on a dashboard template in Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user selects different filter options, then only the data that matches the selected filters should be displayed in the dashboard.

User can configure settings of a dashboard template in Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user modifies the configuration settings (such as layout or display options), then the changes should be reflected in real-time within the dashboard.

User can preview the responsiveness of the dashboard template to real-time data adjustments.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user interacts with the dashboard by changing data points, then the dashboard should instantly refresh to show the new data analytics results.

User can access a guide for using Preview Mode functionalities.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user clicks on the help icon, then a guide should appear that explains how to input data, adjust filters, and configure settings with examples.

User can assess the performance of the dashboard template in different scenarios.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user simulates various data scenarios (e.g., high vs low values), then the dashboard should accurately represent the differences in data visualization and insight accordingly.

User can exit Preview Mode seamlessly after evaluating the template.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when the user clicks the exit button, then the user should be returned to the template selection screen without losing any input data.

Real-Time Data Simulation

"As a potential user, I want to input sample data into the dashboard templates during Preview Mode so that I can visualize how my data will behave and determine if the template is suitable for my needs."

Description

The Real-Time Data Simulation feature allows users to input and visualize sample data dynamically as they interact with the templates in Preview Mode. This functionality should include immediate updates to the visualizations and reports as users modify the input, ensuring that they can see how their actual data would look within the dashboard templates. By providing this feature, users will better understand how the dashboards perform under different data scenarios and make informed purchasing decisions based on their specific requirements. This capability is essential for increasing user engagement and reducing uncertainty associated with the buying process.

Acceptance Criteria

User tests the Real-Time Data Simulation feature while exploring a dashboard template in Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they input sample data into the Real-Time Data Simulation, then the dashboard should display updated visualizations and reports immediately without delay.

A user modifies various data points in the Real-Time Data Simulation to see how different scenarios affect the dashboard outcome.

Given the user modifies the input data multiple times, when they input various scenarios, then all changes should reflect in the dashboard outputs within 2 seconds, ensuring a seamless experience.

A user examines a report generated by the Real-Time Data Simulation feature to assess how their actual data would look in the dashboard.

Given a user has entered sample data relevant to their business context, when they view the generated report, then it must accurately represent how the data visualization handles real-time updates and analytics.

User evaluates the ease of use of the Real-Time Data Simulation feature while navigating through different templates in Preview Mode.

Given the user is interacting with various dashboard templates, when they utilize the Real-Time Data Simulation, then the functionality must be intuitive, allowing the user to easily input data without any training or technical background.

A prospective buyer assesses their confidence in a dashboard template based on interactions with the Real-Time Data Simulation feature.

Given the user is interested in purchasing a template, when they utilize the Real-Time Data Simulation and see satisfactory results, then their confidence level to proceed with the purchase should increase as measured by a post-interaction survey.

Template Comparison Tool

"As an engaged customer, I want to compare different dashboard templates side-by-side during Preview Mode so that I can select the one that best fits my data visualization preferences."

Description

The Template Comparison Tool allows users to compare multiple dashboard templates side-by-side in Preview Mode. This requirement facilitates users in identifying the strengths and weaknesses of various templates based on their design, functionality, and responsiveness to data inputs. Users should be able to toggle between different templates and view changes in real-time, making it easier to evaluate which template aligns best with their data visualization needs. This feature enhances the purchasing experience by providing users with the necessary tools to make informed and confident comparisons of available options, ultimately driving higher satisfaction and better decision-making outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare two dashboard templates side-by-side in Preview Mode before making a purchase decision.

Given the user has accessed the Preview Mode with multiple templates, When the user selects two different templates to compare, Then the application should display both templates side-by-side with synchronized settings for real-time data inputs.

User interacts with the comparison tool to switch between different templates and view changes instantly.

Given the user is in Preview Mode with the comparison tool open, When the user toggles between selected templates, Then the dashboard should update instantly to reflect the selected template's design and functionality without delays.

User evaluates the responsiveness of dashboard templates based on different data inputs.

Given the user is in Preview Mode comparing templates, When the user inputs test data into the comparison tool, Then both templates should dynamically reflect the changes based on the new data with no errors in display or functionality.

User needs to assess the usability of dashboard templates through visual elements and layout.

Given the user is viewing template comparisons, When the user interacts with various visual elements (such as charts, graphs, and tables), Then the user should be able to evaluate the usability and readability of each template clearly and easily.

User aims to understand the differences in features between multiple dashboard templates.

Given the user has selected multiple templates to compare, When the user accesses the feature descriptions for each template, Then the application should clearly outline the unique functionalities and limitations of each template in an easy-to-read format.

User wants to share the template comparison with team members for collaborative decisions.

Given the user is in the Preview Mode with templates open, When the user clicks on the share option, Then the application should generate a shareable link that allows team members to interact with the same template comparison in real-time.

User requires a robust help section related to the Template Comparison Tool.

Given the user is using the Template Comparison Tool, When the user accesses the help section, Then the help section should provide clear instructions and FAQs on how to effectively use the Template Comparison Tool and its features.

User Feedback Integration

"As a user, I want to give feedback on the dashboard templates I preview so that I can help improve them and assist other buyers in making informed choices."

Description

The User Feedback Integration feature enables users to provide feedback on dashboard templates directly within the Preview Mode. Users should have the option to rate their experience and leave comments about the templates’ functionality, design, and overall utility. This feedback will be collected to inform future template enhancements and can also be displayed on the product page to guide other prospective buyers in their decision-making process. Implementing this feature is important as it encourages user interaction, displays social proof, and enhances the overall community trust in InsightFlow's offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Template Rating System

Given a user is in Preview Mode, when they interact with the rating system, then they should be able to rate the dashboard template from 1 to 5 stars and submit their rating successfully without any errors.

Comment Submission for Template Feedback

Given a user is in Preview Mode and has rated a template, when they provide additional comments, then their comments should be submitted and stored correctly, linked to the corresponding template rating.

Display of User Feedback on Product Page

Given that user feedback has been submitted for a template, when a user views the product page for that template, then they should see the average rating displayed alongside individual comments from other users.

Validation of Feedback Form Inputs

Given a user is in Preview Mode, when they fill out the feedback form, then all form inputs (rating and comments) should be validated, ensuring that ratings are within the 1-5 range and comments do not exceed 500 characters.

System Notification After Feedback Submission

Given a user submits their rating and comments, when the feedback submission is complete, then the user should receive a confirmation notification that their feedback was submitted successfully.

Accessibility Compliance for Feedback Feature

Given that the feedback feature is available, when users access the rating and comment sections, then they should be fully compliant with accessibility standards (e.g., screen reader compatibility, keyboard navigation).

Responsive Design Testing

"As a prospective user, I want to test how the dashboard templates respond on different devices in Preview Mode, so that I can confirm they will function properly on the devices I use."

Description

The Responsive Design Testing requirement ensures that all dashboard templates can adapt to various screen sizes and devices within the Preview Mode. Users should be able to toggle between different device viewports, such as desktop, tablet, and mobile to validate the responsive nature of the templates. This is critical to ascertain that potential buyers can effectively use the templates on their preferred devices without loss of functionality or user experience. Implementing this feature addresses the need for usability across various devices, ensuring customer satisfaction and broadening the accessibility of InsightFlow’s offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches between desktop, tablet, and mobile viewports while previewing a dashboard template.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they toggle between desktop, tablet, and mobile viewports, then the dashboard template should adjust its layout and functionality without any visual or interactive issues.

User assesses the responsiveness of a dashboard template in a tablet viewport.

Given the user is in Preview Mode on a tablet viewport, when they interact with the dashboard template, then all elements should resize and reorganize appropriately, ensuring that no content is cut off or inaccessible.

User validates the mobile view of a dashboard template for usability.

Given the user is in Preview Mode on a mobile viewport, when they navigate through the dashboard template, then all interactive features (buttons, filters, etc.) must be functional, and the overall usability must remain intuitive and smooth.

User tests the loading performance of a dashboard template in preview mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they select a dashboard template, then it must load within 3 seconds across all device viewports, ensuring a seamless user experience.

User examines the visual consistency of a dashboard template across different devices.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they toggle between device viewports, then all visual elements (colors, fonts, and sizes) should remain consistent and adhere to the design guidelines set for the dashboard template.

User interacts with data visualization elements on a dashboard template while in Preview Mode.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they click on various data visualization elements (charts, graphs, etc.), then those elements should respond correctly, reflecting interactions such as hover effects or clicks, without errors.

User checks for the accessibility features of the dashboard template during preview.

Given the user is in Preview Mode, when they review the dashboard template, then all accessibility features (keyboard navigation, screen reader compatibility) should be available and functional on all device viewports.

Custom Request Feature

The Custom Request Feature allows users to post requests for specific dashboard designs and visualizations. This feature encourages community collaboration, where designers can respond to requests and tailor products to individual user needs, fostering a more personalized and bespoke marketplace experience.

Requirements

User Request Submission

"As a user, I want to submit specific requests for dashboard designs so that I can receive tailored visualizations that meet my exact needs and preferences, enhancing my data insights experience."

Description

The User Request Submission requirement allows users to easily submit requests for specific dashboard designs or visualizations through a straightforward and intuitive interface. It is paramount that this submission process includes fields for detailing the request, such as preferred layout, type of data visualizations, and any specific metrics or KPIs to be highlighted. This feature enhances product usability by enabling non-technical users to articulate their needs, fostering community collaboration where designers can respond with tailored solutions. Furthermore, it facilitates a personalized user experience and boosts user satisfaction by ensuring that their unique requirements are recognized and addressed effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a request for a custom dashboard design with specific layout and visualization preferences.

Given the user is on the request submission page, when they fill in all required fields (request title, preferred layout, types of data visualizations, and KPIs) and click 'Submit', then the system should save the request successfully and display a confirmation message.

User attempts to submit a request without filling in all required fields.

Given the user is on the request submission page, when they leave required fields empty and click 'Submit', then the system should prevent submission and display an appropriate error message indicating which fields are missing.

User receives feedback from designers on their submitted request.

Given the user has submitted a request, when a designer comments on the request, then the user should receive a notification and be able to view the comment in their request history.

User edits a previously submitted request.

Given the user has an existing request in their account, when they select 'Edit' and change any field in the request form, and then submit the changes, then the system should update the request and reflect the changes in the user's request history.

User cancels a submitted request before it is fulfilled.

Given the user has submitted a request, when they choose to cancel the request before it has received a designer response, then the system should change the request status to 'Cancelled' and notify the user of the cancellation.

User views all their submitted requests and statuses.

Given the user is in their profile area, when they navigate to the 'My Requests' section, then the system should display a list of all submitted requests along with their current statuses (Pending, Completed, Cancelled).

User submits a request with attachment of example visualizations or data files.

Given the user is on the request submission page, when they attach a file with their request submission, then the system should upload the file successfully and include it as part of the request details visible to the designers.

Designer Response Interface

"As a designer, I want to view and respond to user requests for dashboard designs so that I can provide customized solutions that meet user expectations and enhance community collaboration."

Description

The Designer Response Interface requirement enables designers to view and respond to user requests efficiently. This interface must present requests in a clear and organized manner, allowing designers to filter requests by parameters such as urgency, category, or complexity. The interface should facilitate communication between users and designers, including features for commenting and providing feedback on specific requests. This requirement is crucial for building a community-driven environment where designers can showcase their solutions and users can collaborate, ultimately leading to enhanced satisfaction and innovative dashboard designs tailored to varied business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Designer views a prioritized list of user requests based on urgency, category, and complexity.

Given the designer accesses the response interface, when they select filters for urgency, category, and complexity, then they should see requests sorted accordingly without any errors.

User submits a new request for a customized dashboard design.

Given the user is on the custom request submission page, when they fill out all required fields and submit the form, then a confirmation message should be displayed, and the request should appear in the designer's list of requests.

Designer comments on a specific user request to seek clarification.

Given the designer views a user request, when they post a comment on that request, then the comment should be visible to the user and marked with a timestamp.

Designer provides feedback on a user request after completing the design.

Given the designer has completed the dashboard design, when they submit feedback on the user request, then the feedback should be recorded and visible in the request history for user review.

User receives notifications for updates on their request status.

Given the user has submitted a request, when the designer responds with an update, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert.

Designer filters requests based on different categories.

Given the designer is in the response interface, when they select a specific category filter, then only requests belonging to that category should be displayed without any unrelated requests.

User can view the communication history for their requests.

Given the user selects a specific request from their submitted requests list, when they access that request, then the communication history (comments and feedback) should be displayed clearly and chronologically.

Community Voting System

"As a community member, I want to vote on dashboard design requests so that I can influence which visualizations are prioritized and ensure the product evolves according to community preferences."

Description

The Community Voting System requirement introduces a mechanism that allows users to vote on which requests for dashboard designs they find most valuable. This feature will empower the community by influencing which requests get prioritized based on user interest and demand. The voting system must be simple, allowing users to cast their votes easily while viewing the number of votes each request has received. This requirement is essential in ensuring that the development efforts align closely with user needs, fostering a sense of ownership and engagement within the InsightFlow community and promoting the creation of relevant and impactful dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria

Voting on Dashboard Requests by Users

Given a user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the Custom Request Feature, then they should see a list of existing dashboard requests along with a vote button for each request.

Displaying Vote Counts for Requests

Given that users have cast votes on dashboard requests, when the voting page is refreshed, then the total number of votes for each request should be accurately displayed next to the respective request.

User Voting Limitations

Given a user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they attempt to vote on a dashboard request, then they should only be able to vote once per request to prevent duplicate voting.

Real-time Vote Updates

Given that a user casts a vote on a dashboard request, when a second user views the request page, then they should see the updated vote count reflected immediately without needing to refresh the page.

Feedback Mechanism for User Votes

Given a user has voted on a dashboard request, when they cast their vote, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their vote has been successfully recorded.

User Engagement with Voting System

Given that multiple users are voting on dashboard requests, when the page displaying the requests is accessed, then the top three requests with the most votes should be highlighted to reflect community interest.

Termination of Voting Period

Given the voting period has been established for certain dashboard requests, when the deadline is reached, then no further votes should be accepted for those requests, and users should be notified of the closure.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the dashboards created from my requests so that I can help improve future designs and ensure they meet my expectations more closely."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement provides a structured process for users to give feedback on the dashboard designs created in response to their requests. This helps ensure continuous improvement by allowing users to express their satisfaction or suggest modifications. The mechanism must include user-friendly forms or tools for feedback submission, as well as provisions for designers to review and address feedback systematically. This requirement is integral to cultivating an iterative development environment where user insights drive refinement, enhancing the overall quality and usability of the custom dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a dashboard design they received through the Custom Request Feature.

Given the user is on the dashboard review page, when they click on the 'Submit Feedback' button, then a feedback form should appear allowing them to rate the design from 1 to 5 stars and provide additional comments.

Designer receives and views feedback submitted by users on dashboard designs.

Given the designer is logged into the system, when they navigate to their 'Feedback' section, then they should see a list of all feedback submissions associated with their designs, including the star rating and comments from the users.

System processes feedback to notify designers about new user comments.

Given that a user submits feedback on a dashboard design, when the feedback is submitted, then an email notification should be sent to the corresponding designer's registered email address within two minutes.

User checks feedback submission status after completing the feedback form.

Given the user has successfully submitted their feedback, when they revisit the dashboard review page, then a confirmation message should display informing them that their feedback has been recorded.

Users can edit their feedback on submitted dashboard designs.

Given the user is on their feedback history page, when they select an existing feedback entry, then they should be able to edit their comments and change the star rating before resubmitting.

System allows designers to respond to user feedback.

Given a designer is viewing feedback for one of their designs, when they click on the 'Respond' button, then a response field should appear for them to reply directly to the user’s comments.

Dashboard design quality improves based on user feedback.

Given that multiple users have submitted feedback on a specific dashboard design, when the designer reviews this feedback, then at least 70% of users must indicate satisfaction (4 or 5 stars) for the design to be considered effective and accepted for publication.

Request Status Tracking

"As a user, I want to track the status of my design requests so that I can stay informed about their progress and know when to expect a response or completion."

Description

The Request Status Tracking requirement enables users to monitor the progress of their submitted requests in real time. This feature should include an easy-to-use dashboard where users can see the status of their requests, such as 'Pending', 'In Progress', 'Completed', or 'Closed'. Clear communication regarding the status helps manage user expectations and fosters transparency within the platform. This requirement is significant as it builds user trust and keeps them engaged in the process of obtaining customized dashboards based on their unique requests.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a custom request for a specific dashboard design and navigates to the Request Status Tracking dashboard to check the progress of their request.

Given the user has submitted a request, when they access the Request Status Tracking dashboard, then they should see their request listed with an appropriate status such as 'Pending', 'In Progress', 'Completed', or 'Closed'.

User's submitted request is updated by a designer as 'In Progress'. The user checks the status on their dashboard.

Given a request status is updated to 'In Progress' by a designer, when the user refreshes the Request Status Tracking dashboard, then the status of their request should reflect this update in real-time without needing to reload the page.

User reviews a completed request and wishes to provide feedback or close the request.

Given a user's request is marked 'Completed', when they choose to close the request, then the status should change to 'Closed', and the user should be prompted to provide feedback which is then saved satisfactorily.

User checks for requests displayed on the Request Status Tracking dashboard that are 'Pending'.

Given the user accesses the Request Status Tracking dashboard, when they filter for 'Pending' requests, then only requests with the status 'Pending' should be visible, ensuring clarity and relevance of information displayed.

User notices a discrepancy where the request status is not updating in the system after an expected change.

Given that a request status has been manually updated by a designer, when the user checks the Request Status Tracking dashboard, then the status should correctly display the updated status reflecting the latest information without lag.

User wants to receive notifications every time the status of their request changes.

Given the user opts in for notifications, when the status of their request changes at any point, then the user should receive a notification via email or in-app alert reflecting the new status immediately.

User wants to access a history log of changes to their request status.

Given the user selects a specific request from the Request Status Tracking dashboard, when they view the request details, then they should see a history log that shows all previous status changes along with timestamps, ensuring transparency of the process.

Featured Designers Section

The Featured Designers Section highlights top contributors within the marketplace, showcasing their best templates and visualizations. This not only promotes user engagement with talented creators but also encourages quality and innovation within the community, benefiting both creators and buyers alike.

Requirements

Designer Spotlight Feature

"As a user, I want to easily find and explore the best templates from top designers so that I can enhance my data visualizations with high-quality, innovative content."

Description

The Designer Spotlight Feature will curate and showcase top designers within the InsightFlow marketplace, focusing on their best templates and visualizations. This section will enhance the platform's engagement by providing users with an easy way to discover high-quality content. It will include designer profiles with ratings, popular templates, and user reviews. This feature aims to foster community interaction by promoting talented contributors and encouraging the sharing of innovative designs. Moreover, it will help users make informed decisions when selecting templates, ultimately improving user satisfaction and platform usability.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Designer Spotlight feature from the InsightFlow homepage to explore top designers and their work.

Given the user is on the homepage, when they click on the 'Designer Spotlight' section, then a list of top designers with their profiles, ratings, and featured templates should be displayed within 2 seconds.

User clicks on a designer's profile within the Designer Spotlight section to view their details and reviews.

Given the user is viewing the Designer Spotlight section, when they select a designer’s profile, then the system should display the designer's profile including their biography, rating, and user reviews without errors.

User interacts with the templates listed under a designer's profile to find a specific template for their project.

Given the user is on a designer's profile page, when they scroll through the listed templates, then they should be able to filter templates by category and sort by popularity or ratings.

User views the ratings and reviews of templates showcased in the Designer Spotlight section to make a selection.

Given the user is on the template listings within a designer's profile, when they click on a specific template, then the detailed view should include the average rating and at least three user reviews relevant to the selected template.

User decides to follow a designer after viewing their profile and templates in the Designer Spotlight.

Given the user is on a designer's profile page, when they click on the 'Follow' button, then the system should confirm that the designer has been followed, and the button should change to 'Following'.

User returns to the Designer Spotlight section after following additional designers and expects to see the updates.

Given the user has followed new designers, when they revisit the Designer Spotlight section, then the newly followed designers should appear at the top of the list with their latest templates showcased first.

User shares a favorite template showcased in the Designer Spotlight on social media.

Given the user is on the detailed view of a template, when they click on the 'Share' button, then a pop-up should appear for sharing options that includes major social media platforms, and the shared link should direct to the correct template page.

Template Rating System

"As a template user, I want to rate and review the templates I use so that I can help others choose quality resources and provide feedback to designers."

Description

The Template Rating System will allow users to rate and review templates they have used. This requirement aims to create a community-driven approach to quality assessment, where users can provide feedback, share experiences, and contribute ratings that reflect the value of each template. The ratings will be visible on template listings, helping new users make better choices based on community feedback. This system enhances user trust and encourages designers to improve their offerings based on constructive criticism, which in turn promotes quality and diversity of designs available in the marketplace.

Acceptance Criteria

User rates a template after utilizing it for a project.

Given a user has successfully completed a project using a template, when they select the option to rate that template, then they should be able to submit a rating between 1 to 5 stars and provide an optional written review that is displayed publicly on the template listing.

User views a template listing and sees average ratings and reviews from other users.

Given a user is browsing template listings, when they access a specific template, then they must see the average rating displayed prominently along with the total number of ratings and a list of up to 5 recent reviews including the user names and their rating.

A designer updates a template based on user feedback and their star rating changes.

Given a designer has received feedback on their template, when they make updates to improve the template, then the average rating should automatically update within 5 minutes post-revision based on the new ratings submitted.

A user attempts to submit a rating but hasn't used the template yet.

Given a user has selected a template that they have not used, when they attempt to submit a rating, then they should receive a message indicating that ratings can only be submitted after using the template.

Users filter and search for templates based on ratings.

Given a user is on the template listing page, when they select a filter option for ratings, then the displayed templates should be sorted and shown according to the selected rating criteria, such as highest-rated or lowest-rated.

Users update or edit their existing template ratings and reviews.

Given a user has previously submitted a rating and review for a template, when they choose to edit their submission, then they should be able to modify their rating and review and see the updates reflected in real-time on the template listing.

Users can report inappropriate reviews for moderation.

Given a user sees a review they believe is inappropriate, when they click the report button next to that review, then the system should notify the moderation team for assessment, and the review should be temporarily hidden until a decision is made.

Designer Profile Pages

"As a user, I want to view designer profiles to better understand their style and find more templates that align with my needs so that I can personalize my visualization projects."

Description

The Designer Profile Pages will feature individual profiles for each top designer in the marketplace. These pages will showcase their biography, portfolio, best-selling templates, and user reviews. This requirement is crucial for personalizing the user experience, allowing users to connect with designers and explore their unique style and offerings. By creating a platform for designers to present their work, the profile pages will foster community engagement, encouraging more users to engage with their preferred designers and explore their complete collection of templates and visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Designer Profile Pages for User Engagement

Given a user is browsing the Featured Designers Section, when they click on a designer's name, then the Designer Profile Page should load displaying the designer's biography, portfolio, best-selling templates, and user reviews without errors.

User Interaction with Designer Portfolio

Given a user is on a Designer Profile Page, when they click on any portfolio item, then the item should open in a detailed view, showing the full template and any associated information, including a preview and download option.

Review Submission by Users

Given a user views the Designer Profile Page, when they submit a review for a template they purchased from that designer, then the review should be displayed on the profile page and reflect the user's rating accurately after submission.

Searching for Designers by Category

Given a user is on the Designer Profile Page, when they filter designers by a category (e.g., Marketing, Finance), then only designers associated with the selected category should be displayed.

Profile Page Responsiveness

Given a user accesses the Designer Profile Page on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when the page is loaded, then it should display properly and remain fully functional across all devices without layout issues.

Integration of Social Media Links on Profile Pages

Given a designer has linked social media accounts in their profile settings, when a user views the Designer Profile Page, then the social media icons should be visible and clickable, redirecting to the respective accounts.

Analytics for Designer Engagement

Given the platform administrators, when they access the backend analytics for Designer Profile Pages, then they should see metrics such as page views, user interactions, and review counts per designer to assess engagement levels.

Trending Templates Section

"As a user, I want to see the trending templates so that I can find the most popular and highly-rated designs quickly and stay inspired in my projects."

Description

The Trending Templates Section will display templates that are currently popular among users. This dynamic section will be updated based on real-time user engagement metrics, such as downloads, ratings, and user feedback. It will serve as a source of inspiration for users seeking fresh ideas, helping them quickly access the most valued designs. This feature aims to promote high-quality content based on user preferences and trends, driving user engagement and satisfaction as designers are rewarded for their creativity through increased visibility of their trending designs.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Trending Templates Section on the InsightFlow platform to find the most popular templates currently in use by other users.

Given the user is logged into the InsightFlow platform, when they navigate to the Trending Templates Section, then they should see a list of templates sorted by user engagement metrics (downloads, ratings, and feedback) with the most popular templates displayed at the top.

A user interacts with a template from the Trending Templates Section to assess its quality and usability.

Given a user is in the Trending Templates Section, when they click on a template, then the user should be redirected to the template's detail page displaying its ratings, reviews, and a preview of the template.

The Trending Templates Section updates in real-time based on user interactions with templates.

Given that the user has downloaded or rated several templates, when they return to the Trending Templates Section, then the list of displayed templates should reflect the most current user engagement data (within the last hour).

As a designer, I want my templates to appear in the Trending Templates Section based on their performance metrics.

Given a designer has templates available in the marketplace, when the engagement metrics for their templates (downloads and ratings) increase significantly, then those templates should appear in the Trending Templates Section within the next update cycle.

A new user visits the trending templates section for the first time to seek inspiration for their own designs.

Given a new user arrives at the Trending Templates Section, when they look through the templates, then they should see a diverse array of styles and categories represented to spark their creativity.

User engagement with the templates in the Trending Templates Section is tracked and analyzed for future improvements.

Given user interactions are happening with the templates, when data collection for analytics occurs, then it should capture metrics such as number of views, downloads, ratings, and time spent on each template for generating insights on user preferences.

Community Challenges and Contests

"As a designer, I want to participate in challenges and contests to showcase my skills and creativity, while also getting the chance to gain recognition within the community."

Description

The Community Challenges and Contests feature will encourage designers to participate in periodic design challenges, where they can showcase their creativity and potentially win acknowledgments or rewards. This requirement promotes engagement within the community, fostering a spirit of friendly competition and inspiring designers to innovate and push their creative boundaries. Challenges will be oriented around specific themes or data visualization techniques, enabling users to discover new content and encouraging collaboration among community members. It also provides a platform for designers to receive recognition for their skills, benefiting the entire InsightFlow user base by enriching the marketplace with diverse, creative templates.

Acceptance Criteria

Designers participate in periodic design challenges organized by InsightFlow, submitting their creative works related to specific themes or techniques. Users can view a list of ongoing challenges and their details, enabling engagement and participation in the community's creative events.

Given that a user accesses the Community Challenges section, When they review the challenges list, Then they should see at least three active challenges with detailed descriptions, deadlines, and submission guidelines.

Participants submit their designs for a challenge through the InsightFlow platform, ensuring all requirements are met and the submission is correctly logged in the system.

Given that a designer has created a submission for a challenge, When they upload their design file and enter required information, Then the system should successfully log the submission and display a confirmation message with the submission details.

Community members can vote for their favorite submissions in the challenges, influencing the selection of winners based on popular choice.

Given that the voting period for a challenge is open, When a user views the challenge submissions, Then they should be able to select their favorite design and submit their vote, with the system updating the vote tally in real-time.

Winners of the design challenges are announced on the platform, showcasing their work and potentially providing them with rewards or recognitions.

Given that a design challenge has concluded, When the organizer calculates the votes and selects the winners, Then the system should prominently display the winner's designs, along with their profiles and any prizes awarded, on the challenge results page.

Users can browse and explore submitted designs from past challenges, allowing for continuous engagement with creative content.

Given that a user accesses the Past Challenges section, When they filter by date or theme, Then they should be able to view a list of past challenge submissions with relevant design details and designer information.

The system tracks engagement metrics related to the challenges, such as submissions, votes, and user feedback, providing valuable insights for future contests.

Given that a challenge has been completed, When the metrics are compiled, Then they should include the total number of submissions, votes, and average ratings from users, forming a report accessible to the InsightFlow team.

Users receive timely notifications about upcoming challenges, deadlines, and voting opportunities to increase participation rates.

Given that a new challenge is announced, When registered users opt-in for notifications, Then they should receive an email or in-app notification detailing the challenge, deadlines, and how to participate.

Marketplace Notifications

Marketplace Notifications keep users informed about new templates, special deals, and trending designs available in the marketplace. Users can subscribe to alerts based on their preferences, ensuring they never miss an opportunity to enhance their data visualization tools with the latest and most popular offerings.

Requirements

Real-time Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications about new marketplace templates and deals so that I can quickly take advantage of them and enhance my data visualization tools."

Description

The Real-time Notification System ensures that users receive immediate alerts about new templates, special deals, and trending designs available in the marketplace. This functionality is important as it keeps users engaged and informed about the latest offerings, directly improving their experience and satisfaction. By integrating this system with user preferences, we enhance the personalization of notifications, allowing users to focus on what matters to them most. This system also requires seamless integration with the existing backend to fetch and display notifications in real time, ensuring that users are always up to date.

Acceptance Criteria

User subscribes to Marketplace Notifications for templates related to data visualization.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to the Marketplace Notifications settings and select their preferences for template alerts, then they should receive notifications in real-time about new templates related to their interests immediately after they are released.

User receives a notification about a special deal on a trending template.

Given that the user has opted to receive notifications for special deals, when a new deal is live in the marketplace, then the user should receive an immediate alert via email and within the InsightFlow dashboard notifying them of the deal.

User checks their notifications after setting up preferences for alerts.

Given that the user has set preferences for Marketplace Notifications, when they access the notifications section of the InsightFlow dashboard, then they should see a list of recent notifications that match their preferences, including timestamps and details of each notification.

User unsubscribes from receiving notifications for certain categories of templates.

Given that the user is logged into InsightFlow, when they navigate to their Marketplace Notifications settings and deselect their preferences for certain categories, then they should no longer receive notifications regarding those selected categories from that moment forward.

User experiences a delay in receiving real-time notifications.

Given that the user has active settings for notifications, when a template is published in the marketplace, then they should receive the notification within 5 minutes; if not, a system alert should pop up in the dashboard indicating a connection issue.

User receives a digest of notifications summarizing the week's updates.

Given that the user has subscribed to weekly notifications, when the end of the week arrives, then the user should receive a consolidated email summary of all the notifications received that week, including new templates, special deals, and trending designs.

User Preference Management

"As a user, I want to customize my notification preferences so that I only receive alerts about templates and deals that interest me, improving my efficiency."

Description

User Preference Management allows users to customize their notification preferences based on criteria such as template type, deal frequency, and trending items. This feature enhances the overall user experience by allowing users to control the types of alerts they receive, thus minimizing clutter and focusing on relevant information. It will involve developing a user-friendly interface where users can easily set their preferences, which are then saved in the database and acted upon by the notification system. This management is crucial for user engagement and retention as it promotes a personalized experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Preferences for Template Type Alerts

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they access the User Preference Management interface and select specific template types they are interested in, then these preferences should be saved and reflected in the user's notification settings.

User Preferences for Deal Frequency Alerts

Given a user wants to receive notifications about special deals, when they adjust their deal frequency preference in the User Preference Management interface, then the system should save the preference correctly and notify the user based on this frequency.

User Preferences for Trending Items Alerts

Given a user is interested in trending designs, when they enable notifications for trending items in the User Preference Management interface, then the user should receive alerts whenever new trending items are added to the marketplace that match their preferences.

User Interface Accessibility

Given a user accesses the User Preference Management interface, when they navigate through the elements, then all interactive elements should be accessible and display appropriate tooltips for enhanced usability.

Preference Data Persistence

Given a user modifies their notification preferences, when they log out and log back into the InsightFlow platform, then their previously saved preferences should be correctly restored and displayed in the User Preference Management interface.

Notification System Response to Preference Changes

Given a user changes their notification preferences, when the changes are saved, then the notification system should immediately reflect these changes and adjust the notifications accordingly within 5 minutes.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when they receive their first set of notifications based on these preferences, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the relevance of the notifications, ensuring continuous improvement.

Template Showcase Carousel

"As a user, I want to see a visually appealing carousel of new templates so that I can easily browse and select designs that suit my data visualization needs."

Description

The Template Showcase Carousel highlights the latest and most popular templates in the marketplace, providing users with a visually appealing and interactive way to discover new content. This requirement enhances the product's visibility of new offerings and engages users by presenting them with visually striking options that could enhance their dashboards. The carousel implementation needs to be responsive, ensuring it displays properly on various devices, and should integrate with the real-time notification system to feature newly added templates prominently.

Acceptance Criteria

User browsing the marketplace for new templates on a mobile device, encountering the Template Showcase Carousel featuring the latest offerings.

Given the user is on the marketplace page, when they scroll to the Template Showcase Carousel, then they must see a responsive carousel displaying at least five of the latest templates in a visually appealing manner.

User subscribes to notifications about new templates, ensuring they are informed when new content is available.

Given the user is located on the notification preferences section, when they select 'new template alerts' and save their preference, then they must receive a confirmation message indicating their subscription was successful.

User interacts with the Template Showcase Carousel, checking if the carousel updates with newly added templates.

Given the user is viewing the carousel, when a new template is added to the marketplace, then the carousel should update within five minutes to include the new template in the display.

User on a desktop device adjusts the screen size to test the responsiveness of the Template Showcase Carousel.

Given the user is on the marketplace page with the carousel displayed, when they resize the browser window to different widths (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the carousel must adjust and display correctly without losing functionality or layout.

User wants to identify trending designs in the Template Showcase Carousel while accessing the marketplace.

Given the user is on the marketplace page, when they view the Template Showcase Carousel, then at least three templates labeled as 'trending' must be showcased prominently within the first five templates displayed.

User tries to access the Template Showcase Carousel and experiences slow loading times, assessing performance.

Given the user accesses the marketplace page with the Template Showcase Carousel, then the carousel must load within three seconds for a seamless user experience.

User engages with the notifications feature for special deals related to the templates.

Given the user subscribes to the 'special deals' notifications, when a deal is active within the marketplace, then the user must receive an email notification detailing the deal within one hour of its activation.

Email Subscription for Marketplace Updates

"As a user, I want to subscribe to email notifications for marketplace updates so that I can stay informed about the latest offerings without constantly checking the app."

Description

This feature enables users to subscribe to email notifications for marketplace updates, ensuring they receive important alerts about new templates, deals, and content directly in their inbox. This functionality broadens the reach of the marketplace notifications beyond logged-in users, allowing even those who may not check the application regularly to stay informed. It includes an easy subscription process, automated email handling, and a compliant unsubscribe option, which enhances user experience and maintains engagement even when users are not actively engaging with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User subscribes to Marketplace Notifications for the first time through the subscription form on the InsightFlow website.

Given a user is on the InsightFlow subscription form, when they enter their email address and check the notification preferences, then they should receive a confirmation email regarding their subscription within 5 minutes.

User opts to unsubscribe from Marketplace Notifications through the email footer.

Given a user has received a Marketplace Notification email, when they click the unsubscribe link in the email footer, then their email address should be successfully removed from the subscription list, and they should receive a confirmation of their unsubscription.

User receives a Marketplace Notification email when new templates are available.

Given a user is subscribed to Marketplace Notifications, when new templates are added to the marketplace, then the user should receive an email notification within 24 hours detailing the new templates available.

User accesses the subscription management page to update their preferences.

Given a user is logged into their InsightFlow account, when they navigate to the subscription management page, then they should see their current preferences and be able to update their notification settings for Marketplace Notifications without errors.

The system sends a Marketplace Notification email containing promotions to all subscribed users.

Given that a promotion is live for Marketplace Templates, when the promotional period starts, then all subscribed users should receive an email detailing the promotion within 3 hours of the start time.

System handles duplicate email subscriptions without errors.

Given a user tries to subscribe using the same email address more than once, when they submit their subscription request, then the system should not allow duplicate subscriptions and should inform the user that their email is already subscribed without any errors.

User tests the subscription process for accessibility compliance.

Given a user with accessibility needs is on the subscription form, when they interact with the form using assistive technology, then they should be able to complete the subscription process successfully without encountering barriers.

Analytics Dashboard for Notification Engagement

"As a product manager, I want to view analytics on user engagement with notifications so that I can assess their effectiveness and improve our strategies accordingly."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Notification Engagement allows administrators to track user engagement with marketplace notifications, including open rates, click-through rates, and user preferences. This feature is essential for evaluating the effectiveness of the notification strategies and understanding how users interact with marketplace updates. By integrating analytics, product managers can make informed decisions about future enhancements, improving overall service and user satisfaction. This will require the collection of relevant data and the development of a user-friendly interface for viewing analytics results.

Acceptance Criteria

User subscribes to marketplace notifications and receives real-time alerts about new templates.

Given a user with an active account, when they subscribe to marketplace notifications, then they should receive alerts within 5 minutes of new templates being available.

Administrator views the analytics dashboard for notification engagement to understand user interaction.

Given an administrator on the analytics dashboard, when they select the 'Marketplace Notifications' section, then they should see metrics for open rates, click-through rates, and user preferences for the last 30 days.

The system tracks and displays the click-through rates for marketplace notifications.

Given a user has received a marketplace notification, when they click on the notification link, then the system should accurately record this action and reflect it in the analytics dashboard.

User preferences for marketplace notifications are captured and stored in the system.

Given a user updates their notification preferences, when they save the changes, then their new preferences should be accurately saved and reflected in subsequent notifications.

The analytics dashboard provides historical data to evaluate the effectiveness of notification strategies over time.

Given an administrator is using the analytics dashboard, when they select a date range, then the dashboard should show historical engagement data for that period, including trends in open and click rates.

Users can opt out of marketplace notifications, and their preferences are updated accordingly.

Given a user opts out of notifications, when they confirm the opt-out, then they should no longer receive any marketplace notification alerts and their status should be updated in the system.

The analytics dashboard is available only to administrators with the proper permissions.

Given a non-administrator user attempts to access the analytics dashboard, then they should receive an access denied message indicating insufficient permissions.

Integration Tools

Integration Tools facilitate easy import and adaptation of purchased templates into users’ existing dashboards. This feature streamlines the process of leveraging new designs and visualizations, allowing users to seamlessly integrate innovative elements into their workflows without significant effort.

Requirements

Template Import Wizard

"As a non-technical user, I want to easily import and customize purchased templates into my dashboard so that I can enhance my data visualizations without needing technical assistance."

Description

The Template Import Wizard provides users with a guided interface for easily importing purchased templates into their existing dashboards. It facilitates a streamlined adaptation process, ensuring that users can effortlessly integrate new visualizations while maintaining the integrity of their current setups. The feature will include options for customizing templates to fit existing data formats and styles, thus enhancing user productivity and minimizing technical barriers. This wizard will significantly reduce the time and effort required for template integration, providing users with flexibility and control over their dashboard's design and functionality. By enabling quick adaptation of new designs, it elevates the overall user experience and empowers users to enhance their reports dynamically.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Template Import Wizard to upload a purchased template from their local device.

Given the user has a purchased template file, when they select the template and initiate the import process, then the system should successfully upload the template without errors and display a confirmation message.

User customizes an imported template to align with their existing dashboard's data structure.

Given the user has successfully imported a template, when they make changes to the template’s data fields and visual styles, then the system should apply these changes appropriately and allow for live previewing of the updated dashboard.

The Template Import Wizard integrates new templates without disrupting existing dashboard configurations or data links.

Given the user imports a new template, when the import is completed, then the existing dashboards should remain fully functional, preserving current data links and configurations without any data loss or errors.

User tries to import an unsupported template format through the Template Import Wizard.

Given the user selects an unsupported template file, when they attempt to import it, then the system should display a clear error message indicating the format is not supported and provide guidance on acceptable formats.

User wants to view a detailed log of actions taken during the template import process.

Given the user has completed the import process, when they request the import log, then the system should provide a comprehensive log detailing all actions taken, including any errors encountered and steps completed.

User attempts to cancel the template import process midway.

Given the user has initiated the template import process, when they choose to cancel the operation, then the system should halt the process and revert to the pre-import state without any changes to the dashboard.

The Template Import Wizard allows users to select and import multiple templates at once.

Given the user selects multiple purchased templates, when they initiate the import, then the system should upload all selected templates sequentially and notify the user of the success of each import, ensuring no template is skipped due to errors.

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a user, I want to drag and drop elements into my dashboard so that I can design my reports according to my preferences and without much hassle."

Description

The drag-and-drop functionality allows users to intuitively move elements from the library into their dashboard and position them according to their specific needs. This feature simplifies the creation and modification of reports and visualizations, enabling users to customize their workspace seamlessly. By supporting all types of graphical elements, like charts, tables, and images, the drag-and-drop interface invites creativity and encourages users to explore diverse content layouts. This capability will benefit users by reducing the learning curve associated with dashboard creation and facilitating a more engaging data presentation experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully drags and drops a chart from the library into their dashboard during a live demonstration of InsightFlow.

Given a user is logged into InsightFlow, when they drag a chart element from the library and drop it onto the dashboard, then the chart should appear in the designated area without any errors.

User places a table into their dashboard and resizes it to fit the layout during a training session.

Given a user selects a table from the library, when they drag and drop it onto their dashboard, then the user should be able to resize it and maintain the data integrity without any distortion.

A user attempts to move multiple elements at once into their dashboard for a customized report layout.

Given a user selects multiple graphical elements in the library, when they drag these elements and drop them into their dashboard, then all selected elements should be positioned correctly as per the user’s arrangement.

A user integrates a new visualization template into an existing dashboard while collaborating with a team in real-time.

Given a user is in collaborative mode, when they drag a new visualization template into their shared dashboard, then the template should be available for all collaborators to see and use immediately.

User creates a report using both charts and images to enhance storytelling vision during a presentation.

Given a user selects both image and chart elements, when they drop these elements into the dashboard, then the dashboard should display both elements without any layout conflicts, allowing for an engaging report.

User customizes the layout of their dashboard by rearranging existing elements using drag-and-drop functionality.

Given a user is in edit mode on their dashboard, when they drag an existing element to a new area, then the element should move to the new area without affecting the layout or functionality of other elements.

User saves their dashboard after making multiple adjustments to ensure all changes are retained.

Given a user has dragged and dropped various elements and changed their layout, when they click the save button, then all changes should be saved successfully without any data loss.

Template Customization Options

"As a user, I want to customize the appearance of the imported templates so that they align with my branding and improve the visual coherence of my reports."

Description

The Template Customization Options feature allows users to modify colors, fonts, and layout of imported templates to align with their brand identity or preferences. It includes a user-friendly interface for applying style changes and previewing them in real-time. This capability ensures that users can make imported templates feel like their own, enhancing the overall personalization of their dashboards. By offering deeper customization, this feature nurtures user engagement and satisfaction, leading to better adoption of the InsightFlow platform for reporting purposes.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies an imported template to change the background color to match their brand's color scheme.

Given the user has imported a template, when they select the background color option and choose a new color, then the background color of the template should change in real-time to reflect the selected color.

User customizes font styles in an imported template to ensure consistency with their brand identity.

Given the user has opened an imported template, when they change the font type, size, and style from the customization menu, then the changes should be applied to the template and visible in the preview.

User adjusts the layout of a dashboard by rearranging widgets that come with the imported template.

Given the user is viewing the imported template on their dashboard, when they drag-and-drop a widget to a new location, then the widget should remain in the new location after saving the layout.

User saves their customized template for future use and retrieves it later.

Given the user has made changes to an imported template, when they click the 'save' option, then their customized template should be saved, and when they navigate to their saved templates, it should be listed there.

User previews the changes made to an imported template before finalizing their customization.

Given the user is in the template customization interface, when they make changes to colors and fonts, then they should see a live preview that updates immediately, allowing them to assess their adjustments before saving.

User applies multiple customization options to a template and wants to revert back to the original settings.

Given the user has customized an imported template, when they click the 'reset to default' option, then all customization changes should be undone, restoring the template to its original state without user loss of data.

User seeks help from the documentation to understand how to customize imported templates more effectively.

Given the user is in the customization interface, when they access the help documentation, then they should find clear, step-by-step guidance on using customization options effectively, including visual aids.

Integration with Data Sources

"As a user, I want to connect my data sources to the templates so that my visualizations are always updated with the latest information, making my reports more effective."

Description

Integration with Data Sources enables users to connect their existing data repositories with their dashboards effortlessly. This feature ensures that the imported templates dynamically pull data from these connections, allowing real-time updates and interactive reports. By facilitating such integrations, InsightFlow enhances the relevance and timeliness of the visualizations produced, fostering a more dynamic decision-making environment. The reliability of integration will directly impact users' ability to derive actionable insights quickly, solidifying InsightFlow's value proposition as a data visualization tool for businesses.

Acceptance Criteria

User connects a new data source to their existing dashboard using Integration with Data Sources feature.

Given a user is on the Integration Tools page, when they select and authenticate a data source, then the dashboard displays a confirmation message indicating successful integration.

User imports a pre-built template and links it to their data source.

Given a user has chosen a template, when they complete the data source linkage process, then the dashboard renders the template with real-time data pulled from the connected source.

User updates data in their source and wants to see real-time changes reflected in their dashboard.

Given a user has connected their data source, when they update data within that source, then the dashboard automatically refreshes to show the updated information within 5 seconds.

User attempts to connect a data source but encounters connection issues.

Given a user is attempting to connect a data source, when the connection fails, then the system provides an error message outlining the issue and suggested steps for resolution.

User wants to review the list of connected data sources within their dashboard settings.

Given a user is on the dashboard settings page, when they navigate to the data sources section, then they should see a list of all connected data sources along with their statuses.

User wants to remove a data source from their dashboard.

Given a user has connected data sources, when they select a data source to remove and confirm the action, then the data source is disconnected, and the dashboard reflects this change without errors.

User evaluates the performance of visualizations after connecting multiple data sources.

Given a user has connected multiple data sources, when they interact with the dashboards that are linked to these sources, then the system responds within 2 seconds, maintaining high performance and availability.

Collaboration Features

"As a team member, I want to collaborate with others in real-time on dashboards so that we can share insights and make decisions together swiftly and efficiently."

Description

Collaboration Features enable multiple users to work simultaneously on dashboards, adding comments and suggestions directly within the interface. This feature is essential for teams who rely on feedback and iterations to improve their reports. It will include version control to track changes and a notification system to alert participants about updates. By enhancing collaborative efforts, this functionality promotes team engagement and ensures everyone has a stake in the reporting process, improving overall product effectiveness and usefulness in a team setting.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Editing of Dashboards by Team Members

Given a dashboard is open, when multiple users are logged in, then they should be able to edit the dashboard simultaneously without loss of data or functionality.

Commenting and Suggesting Changes in Real Time

Given a user is in a collaborative session, when they add a comment or suggestion, then all other users should see the comment or suggestion instantly.

Version Control and Change Tracking

Given the dashboard has been edited, when a user accesses the version history, then they should see a list of all changes made, including timestamps and user identifiers.

Notification System for Updates

Given a user is part of a collaborative dashboard, when any changes are made, then all users should receive a notification alerting them to the changes.

Acceptance of Feedback on Dashboards

Given a user receives feedback through comments, when they address the feedback, then they should be able to mark comments as resolved within the interface.

User Permissions for Collaboration Features

Given a dashboard is shared, when users access the dashboard, then their permissions should determine their ability to edit, comment, or view the dashboard.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

The Metrics Maven

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

The Strategic Educator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

The Growth-Focused Entrepreneur

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

The Insightful Nonprofit Leader

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

The Innovative Corporate Executive

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

The Data-Centric Project Manager

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Interactive Narrative Builder

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Template Library for Narratives

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Interactive Elements Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration Tools

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Export and Sharing Options

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Data Refresh Capabilities

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Story Sharing

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Commenting System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Version Control

Description

Acceptance Criteria